The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutContract 38684CITY SECRETAfiyjo CONTRACT No. XR Fo WATER IALiRECORD .WOWH,TX H, ORIGINA SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENTAND DUAL POWER FEED WATER PROJECT NO.: P265-485108-60115999 MICHAEL J. MONCRIEF MAYOR S. FRANK CRUMB, P.E., DIRECTOR WATER DEPARTMENT DALE A. FISSELER CITY MANAGER PREPARED BY WATER DEPARTMENT FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED FWWD Project No. P265-485108-60115999 NOVEMBER, 2008 Timothy J . Mueck, P .E. Gupta & Associates 13626 Gamma Road Dallas , Texas 75244 Chris P. Harder, P.E. Fort Worth Water Department 1511 11th Avenue Fort Worth , Texas 76102 4~, . .,~~-·······-.. ~"'• ,~ .· * .. d' .,. "*.. "·*'~ '-•: "·* ~ , •••••••••••.••••••..•• l 1. TIMOTHY JAME$ MUECK z I· ................. ·.·.· J l' ,o··. 68486 ; Q:J '•,~o::~ici=MS~~~~-· ~ '.,..~ ••J,-:,J:,,• ~ I 01 ',,,,.ss Al J .,, -,0-3\--0~ f/ --;·• ~ ~"''' . '"<: 1 · ~jE. OF t.~\\\ ; ;e..'\~.......... ,, v •••• ••••• • •• •• • '* .. .. ' ,.... .. .. ,,. ~ .. : ......................... :!.~ 1 ... ~.~~!~.~.!:'.~~~~~ .. J y i -o ·.. 85470 : ., '•"b"·. < .. ,· ., t i1 1't'i,··!.9 E"NS~~~-· t--c> ,,-.r8,0 ... ,... 0 v ,,~ ... N.t -1 \ ~ ltY TABLE OF CONTENTS SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED PART A PARTB PARTC PARTD PARTE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Notice to Bidders Special Instructions to Bidders PROPOSAL Proposal M/WBE Specifications GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS City of Fort Worth Material (E-1) and Construction (E-2) Specifications from the FWWD, not included herein) DIVISION 1 - Item 01010 Item 01025 Item 01040 Item 01051 Item 01300 Item 01310 Item 01370 Item 01410 Item 01430 Item 01500 Item 01600 Item 01651 Item 01700 Item 01720 Item 01750 DIVISION 2 - Item 02121 Item 02212 Item 02220 Item 02223 Item 02930 Item 02950 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Summary of Work Measurement and Payment Coordination Grades, Lines, and Levels Submittals Construction Schedules Schedule of Values Testing Laboratory Services Operation and Maintenance Data Temporary Facilities and Controls Material and Equipment Testing and Startup Contract Closeout Project Record Documents Warranties and Bonds SITE WORK Clearing and Grubbing Finish Grading Structural Excavation, Fill , and Backfill Trench Safety System Seeding and Revegatation Silt Fence PARTF PARTG G-100 DIVISION 3 - Item 03100 Item 03200 Item 03250 Item 03300 DIVISION 15 - Item 15060 DIVISION 16 - Item 16000 Item 16022 Item 16060 Item 16105 Item 16110 Item 16120 Item 16121 Item 16230 Item 16426 Item 16430 Item 16470 Item 16475 Item 16482 Item 16600 Item 16660 CONCRETE Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Concrete Joints and Embedded Items Cast-In-Place Concrete MECHANICAL Gas Pipe and Fittings ELECTRICAL Electrical General Provisions Trenching for Electrical Applications Electrical Demolition Power System Study Raceways, Boxes, Fittings, and Supports Wires and Cables Medium Voltage Cables Standby Gas Generator Set Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center Pad Mounted Transformers Panel boards Low Voltage Circuit Breakers/Disconnects Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers Underground System Grounding System BONDS AND INSURANCE Certificate of Insurance Performance Bond Payment Bond Maintenance Bond Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Laws CONTRACTS Contract NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the Fort Worth Water Department SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed , will be recei ved at the office of the Purchasing Manager until 1:30 P.M., Thursday, December 41\ 2008 and then publicl y opened and read aloud at 2:00 P.M. Plans , Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained at the Water Department , Municipal Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth , Texas 76102 . One set of documents will be pro vided at no cost to prospective bidders . General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department projects, dated January 1, 1978 , with the latest revisions , also compromise a part of the Contract Documents for this project and may be obtained b y paying a non-refundable fee of $50.00 for each set, at the office of Water Department, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth , Texas. All bidders submitting bids are required to be pre-qualified in accordance with the require ments of the special instructions to bidders. A pre-bid conference will be held at 9:00 AM on Thursday, November 20th, 2008 at the SCADA Conference Room , South Holly Water Treatment Plant, SCADA Building, 1511 11 1h Avenue , 76102, Fort Worth, Texas (MAPSCO 76G). The Engineer will transmit to all prospective bidders of record such Addenda as he considers necessary in response to questions arising at the pre-bid conference . Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and ackno wledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form . Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Water Department at 817-392-8293. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all formalities . No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date the bids are recei ved. For additional information regarding the project, contact Chris Harder , P.E. 817-392- 8293. For information regarding contract documents or plan holders lists , contact Carmen Olivo at 817-392-8240 . Ad vertising Dates: October 30, 2008 November 6, 2008 I. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PREOU ALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: All contractors submitting bids are required to be pre-qualified by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids. This prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation: a current financial statement, an acceptable experience record, an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents the Department may deem necessary, to the Director of the Water Department at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids . a) The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status to the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. · b) For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received . c) The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. d) Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non-responsive and will be rejected as such. e) The City, in its sole discretion, may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or expertise. t) Any proposals submitted by a non-prequalified bidder shall be returned unopened, and if inadvertently opened, shall not be considered . g) The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications (financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to be received . Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification. 2. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE: a) Before submitting his Bid, each Bidder must (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with the local conditions that may affect performance of the work, ( c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the work, and ( d) carefully correlate his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents . b.) Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those surveys and investigation reports of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting performance of the work which have been relied upon by the Engineer in preparing the Drawings and Specifications. The data is furnished for information only and neither the Owner nor Engineer guarantees the accuracy of the data . Before submitting his Bid each Bidder will, at his own expense, make such additional surveys and investigations as he may deem necessary to determine his bid price for performance of the work within the terms of the Contact Documents. Special Instructions to Bidders c) The bidder acknowledges by the submission of his bid that he is solely responsible for trench excavation safety as prescribed by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and HB 662 and HB 665 as amended by the 72nd Session of the Texas Legislature and amended by the 73rd Session of the Texas Legislature with HB 1569 . 3 . BID FORM {PROPOSAL) a) Bidders shall use the Bid (Proposal) forms included in the documents for each contract Bid . Supplemental data to be furnished shall be included in the same sealed envelope with the Proposal. b) Bid (Proposal) forms must be completed in ink . The Bid price of each item on the form must be stated in words, if specifically requested , and/or numeral; in case of conflict, words will take precedence . c) Bids by corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the President or Vice President (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or assistant secretary . The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature. d) Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. · e) All names must be printed below the signature. f) The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the number of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form). 4. SUBMISSION OF BIDS : Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Notice to Bidders (unless changed by Addenda) and shall be included in a sealed envelope , marked with the project title , name , and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security and other required documents. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segments or sheets from the contract document at any time . Bidders must complete the proposal section(s) and submit the complete specification book. Failure to do so may result in the bid being considered non-responsive. Revised bid forms issued by addenda shall be stapled to the original bid form in the specification book prior to submission . It is recommended that the bidder makes a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Woman Business Enterprise section for submittal within the time-line stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the Water Department project manager. 5 . MODIFICATIONS AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS : Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner the Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids . Bids may not be withdrawn after opening of Bids for the period set forth in the Notice to Bidders . 6. OPENING OF BIDS : Bids will be opened as indicated in the Notice to Bidders. Bids received after such time will not be considered, and will be returned unopened. 7. BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN : All Bids shall remain open for the period of time set forth in the Notice to Bidders, but Owner may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the date. 8 . A WARD OF CONTRACT: Speci al In structions to Bidders a) Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and waive any and all formalities , and the right to disregard all non-conforming or conditional Bids or counter proposals . b) In evaluation Bids, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid forms . Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and other persons and organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of material or equipment) proposed for those portions of the work as to which the identity of the Subcontractors and other persons and organizations must be submitted as specified in the Supplementary Conditions or Specifications . He may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to establish responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed Subcontractors and other persons and organizations to do the work in accordance with Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time . Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not meet any such evaluation to Owner's satisfaction. c) If a contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible Bidder whose evaluation by Owner indicates to the Owner that the award will be fn the best interests of the Project. d) It is expected that the Owner's evaluation of bids and award of contract will be made as set forth in the Notice to Bidders . The successful bidder will be notified by a Notice of Award which may be a letter or telefax . Time of completion is very important and failure to meet completion schedule will subject the Contractor to liquidated damages as provided in the Supplementary Conditions section of the Contract. 9. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT a) The accepted Bidder, within ten (10) days after formal notice of award, shall execute the formal Contract Agreement and required Bonds on the forms prepared and submitted by the Owner. b) The Owner will issue a Notice to Proceed authorizing the Contractor to commence work . 10 . BID SECURITY: A cashier's check, or an acceptable bidder's bond, payable to the City of Fort Worth , in an amount of not less than five (5%) percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded To be an acceptable surety on the bid bond, the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas. In addition , the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal Jaw; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion , will determine the adequacy of the proofrequired herein. 11. BONDS: A performance bond, a payment bond, and a maintenance bond each for one hundred (100%) percent of the contract price will be required , Reference C 3-3 .7 of the General Conditions . 12 . WAGE RATES: Not Jess than the prevailing wage rates established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas and as set forth in the Contract Documents must be paid on this project. 13. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or Jack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 14 . BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas prior to the award. Special Instructions to Bidders 15. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business in located . "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state , but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state . This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds . The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 16 . AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers , members , agents employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the bases of a bona fide occupational qualification , retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers , members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification , retirement plan or statutory requirements . Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 17 . DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend , indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 18 . MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR W AIYER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("with Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m ., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall Special Instructions to Bidders be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive . Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or women business enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE . The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements. Further, any such misrepresentation of facts ( other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years . 19. FINAL PAYMENT, ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY: a) The contractor will receive full payment (less retainage) from the city for each pay period . b) Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the project as being complete. c) The project shall be deemed complete and accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list has been completed, as evidenced by a written statement signed by the contractor and the City. d) The warranty period shall begin as of the date that the final punch list has been completed . e) Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due and payable. f) In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety have been delivered to the city and there is a dispute regarding (i) final quantities , or (ii) liquidated diimages , city shall make a progress payment in the amount that city deems due and payable. g) In the event of a dispute regarding either final quantities or liquidated damages, the parties shall attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days. 20. ADDENDA: Bidders wanting further information, interpretation, or clarification of the contract documents must make their request in writing to the Fort Worth Water Department Project Manager, at least 96 hours prior to the bid opening. Answers to all such requests will be bound and made a part of the Contract Documents, or should the bidder be in doubt as to their meaning, the bidder should at once notify the Fort Worth Water Department project manager in order that a written addendum be sent to all bidders . Any addenda issued will be mailed or be delivered to each prospective bidder. The bid proposal as submitted by the bidder must be so construed as to include any addenda issued by the Fort Worth Water Department, prior to 24 hours of the opening of bids with appropriate recognition of addenda so noted in the bid proposal. Bidders are responsible for obtaining add addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the proposal form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Water Department project manager or the design engineer. Special Instructions to Bidders PART B -PROPOSAL This proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents. TO: Dale Fisseler City Manager Fort Worth, Texas PROPOSAL FOR: The furnishing of a dual power supply and a natural gas powered 350 KW emergency generator with automatic transfer switch, control system, and soundproof enclosure for use as emergency power supply at the Holly Water Treatment Plant Complex, SCADA Building. PROJECT NAME: Fort Worth Water Department SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed Pursuant to the foregoing 'Notice to Bidders', the undersigned Bidder, having thoroughly examined the Contract Documents, including plans, special contract documents, and the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects, the site of the project and understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, hereby proposes to do all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material except as specified to be furnished by the City, which is necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the Plans and Special Contract Documents and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon acceptance of this Proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and such other bonds, if any, as may be required by the Contract Documents for the performing and completing of the said work. Contractor proposes to do the work within the time stated and for the following sums: Fort Worth Water Dept. B-1 Proposal FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED Item Approx . Unit Description of Item with Unit Unit Price I Amount Bid I No . Quantity Price Written in Words Bid (Furnish and install, including all appurtenant work, complete in place, the following items) r ii ! I Underground Electric -includes I conduit, ductbanks, manholes, I handholes, grounding, and concrete I encasement. O/J~ flu1,ro rt::D I I I 1-~---LS I St'yj\/ ·-rJlouJ~ Dollars I and µ-p I Per Unit Cents I $ /~(tfJ . I) I 3 I soo I LF I Gas Line to Emergency Generator - I includes underground installation of i new line as well as repairs to existing i line . ! ! ' I I ~ -rHDU,,Wo Dollars Unit N b Cents $ 10 J ~~· IPJ I Tren~h Safety I I __ --._l _L>J-=-O ____ Dollars 1 1 I and £, [: r\/ Cents ! I Per Unit ' $ 1_,<,0 I $ f1. ~o.~ I ,_14-.--1-1----1--L-S---i!'--C-i-v-il -S-it_e _W_o_r_k _--in-c-lu-d-es_e_q_u_ip_m __ e_n_t -+--'-------+·--'-11 j foundation pads, sidewalks, retaining I I walls, and drainage/erosion control. 1 11 1 1 1 1 f:t ~ My 11v,u_, ~u tof?ars I and 7" 0 Cents Per Unit $ B 3, tW _w $ B3, (,¥1). (t) 1 L • II 1 LS I Walk-in Electrical Enclosure -in I • d , I accordance with plans an specs. I I OtJt Hv/JOr.f.-i) Fbr1'-f I J I n Vt£, :fW VS t\-AJD Dollars ! i and . i,! O Cents 1 $ 14<;' 000, "'j $ 14 c;; OJO. t L ----·----------i Per Umt __________ ··-··-------·---_J·---···----·--·-·' -··-------··-----·-··---I 5 Fort Worth Water Dept. B-2 Proposal 1 1 LS Fort Worth Water Dept. -·-----~---· l Emergency Generator and A TS - includes controls, weatherproof enclosure, and auto transfer switch. <°[w " HLlll·Or to $1'11\j 0 V/[ flt,O OSMQ Dollars and tJo Cents Per Unit Furnish and Install Electrical - includes all electrical equipment, including MCCs, transformers, panelboards, conduit, grounding, {) t'£ tlv,, I> re-~ Sl'!JY ·1]ltgU..AtJQ Dollars ~d ~o c~~ Per Unit Demolish/Salvage Equipment - removal or salvage all existing equipment, panelboards, conduit and conductors, per plans and specificati~s. nA' J::f -r ~w,i,,..-0 ,SI._, t:> O f.L,() 6FI'/ Dollars and µo Cents Per Unit TOTAL AMOUNT BID PROPOSAL (Cont.) 8-3 I J) (,t) ISO I I $ 4'1) · J_$ 4 qsn · I $ B i q /LliJ lgQ Proposal Within ten (10) days after acceptance of this Proposal, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents, for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in the amount of 5% of the Total Amount Bid is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused thereby . The undersigned bidder certified that he has been furnished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects dated January 1, 1978, and that he has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400. (Complete A or B below, as applicable:) __ A. The principal place of business of our company is in the State of ___ _ Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are required to be __ percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Non resident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders . i-B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. · The Bidder agrees to begin construction within 10 calendar days after issue of the work order, and to substantially complete the contract within 270 calendar days after beginning construction as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner. I (we) acknowledge receipt of the following addenda to the plans and specifications, all of the provisions and requirements of which have been taken into consideration on preparation of the foregoing bid: Addendum No. 1 (Initials)~ Addendum No. 3 (Initials) ___ _ Addendum No. 2 (Initials) __ _ Addendum No . 4 (Initials) ___ _ Fort Worth Water Dept. B-4 Proposal Fort Worth Water Dept. - ~ . .. · ........ ~ .. ""' ...... ' _ ... -.• .......... B-5 Respectfully submitted, By: D01 ~ JY1 Qulf) t;(L Title ~} U f te:,alu.Jf- Telephone: z ,, ,,, ~3S: 4Bo7- Proposal FORT WORTH "'--, w ~-• a City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is $25,000 or more, the M/WBE goal is applicable. If the total dollar value of the contract is less than $25,000, the M/WBE oal is not applicable. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis . All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid . M/WBE PROJECT GOALS The City's M/WBE goal on th is project is 13% of the total bid (Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services). COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of $25 ,000 or more , bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following : 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal, or 2. Good Faith Effort documentation, or; 3. Waiver documentation, or; 4. Joint Venture. 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form , if goal is received by 5 :00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid met or exceeded : opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date . 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5 :00 p.m ., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if participation is less than opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. stated goal : 3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5 :00 p .m ., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form , if no M/WBE participation : opening date , exclusive of the bid opening date . 4 . Prime Contractor Waiver Form, if you will received by 5 :00 p .m., five (5) City business days after the bid perform all subcontractinq/supplier work : opening date, exclusive of the bid openinq date . 5. Joint Venture Form, if utilize a joint venture received by 5 :00 p .m ., five (5) City business days after the bid to met or exceed goal. opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date . FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S M/WBE ORDINANCE, WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS Any questions , please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104. Rev . 11/1 /05 fORTWORTH ~ PRIME COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: City of Fort Worth Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 4 Check applicable block to describe prime I M/W/DBE I I NON-M/W/DBE §CADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED BID DATE < ity's M/WBE Project Goal: Prime's M/WBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER P265-60115999 13% % Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. The undersigned Offerer agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the M/WBE firm(s) listed in this utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth . The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being consi<;iered non-responsive to bid specifications M/WBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant, Parker, Johnson, Collin , Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Kaufman and Rockwall counties. Identify each Tier level. Tier is the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor, i.e ., a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 151 tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier ALL M/WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division . Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) is synonymous with Minority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE). If hauling services are utilized, the prime will be given credit as long as the M/WBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to. be used on the contract. The M/WBE may lease trucks from another M/WBE firm, including M/WBE owner-operators, and receive full M/WBE credit. The M/WBE may lease trucks from non-M/WBEs, including owner-operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the M/WBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Rev . 5/30/03 CITY OF FORT WORTH CONTRACT COMPLIANCE MEMORANDUM THIS FORM MUST BE A TT ACHED TO THE ROUTING "M & C'' BEFORE LAW DEPARTMENT AND CITY MANAGER APPROVAL. To: Chris Harder Project Manager Buyer Department Director From: 6104 MIWBE Office Staff Extension Date: January 6, 2009 In the Amount of $82""'"9._12_00_. __ oo _____ _ CP 00816 DOE/~No. Project/Bid: SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed Project 1. Compliance with the City's M/WBE has been achieved by one of the following methods: a). Texsun Electrical Contractors is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 13% M/WBE participation. The City's goal on this project is 13%. b). is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to .Q% M/WBE participation and documenting good faith effort. identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities. However, the M/WBEs contacted in the areas identified did not submit the lowest bids. The City's goal on this project is Q.%. c). is in compl iance with City's M/WBE Ordinance by documenting good faith effort. The City's goal on th is project is Q.o/o. d). is in complia nce with City's M/WBE Ord inance by submission of the prime contractor waiver form. The City's goal on this project is Q%. 2. The apparant low dollar bidder (s) did not comply with the City's M/WBE Ordinance because: 05 t l I •N - - - - - - - _F~RTJOJ.TH · City off ort Worth ~ . . ATTAaiMENT 1A Page1 af~ · Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form ·~-~-~--:·-··· ~ · .. · ·13% · .. . : . P211:f0111111 · 13 % · . ·. : . · ..... l~.~~fy -~ ~~-~~~~~~rsi-~~plla~ y~~ will . u~e on this project : : . .. . . ··:. .. •,:. . .· ... •',. . .• ~.~:~-c·h:~_;.,·~r ,:·.. 1.i-·t1w,r.·'a..l-1···,;,a ·a ... •,•·~.'~J-~.:~,rwhwa-~ ... R,<'~i·' . ·!~1-...U,· . UI n•HT wa .~l :ll!IN .•. YWI• • . ~ •IL1'1,1 .111:Jfl:!I . ,11 • . . . . • : ... ··~~-;U1V.-,·l"'!~~,~ """""'·"'""-"'' •, .e, ·Jl ··"31l~· · ::paytilent:~~-:~tn&:~6r-tra ~r'fi:· ···· ·'tttt~.,~~--li~~t-t> ·. lriit~~tc{ · .. "', ,;,· ... \ ... "':~:-· :~·· .. if&f : .. ,: ·.~ .. ·:. · ... ?.,.:.:j_:...,,··r. ;; ..• ::~~~.:.~11 .,··~ .. ~~r.;;.~-~!;-.:i·· .. ~~~~,··: ~=~-~ ·.i":0 0•'1 ' .· •:::.'.~ .. :; ... ' .. : ~at. 8 · ti4e ...i.2 ;' ,r·•. ·.:.•· :· ..... ~ '"·-~·.'•~'{· ·r/ ·-.:-.:\·-=!, ... ' .... -1'/:.ftr.'f..; ·~ .. ·,-C. . .,,~:1 <-:".~1' .. ~~'-~·· •• ·!,.· ~'l·-; ... ':·,:····,,,·-)0 0 .,.,.,;,-,'=. ': o •,J~ .. o • • llp lliiJU"" • '• .• ~ .. •••I• "• • •,. • "•'"''" • • ., • ·~ .... • yl • '•'\• ., • • •• .•• ',' ,,., "!> •· • ' • .•., .•"•.: •' .... . . . ,·'' : • f •• • ALL M/WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. . ~~tlo~-~~flrina,·~~-~tioi~~---~-tbne-~-~-~g~~~-~~;~-have been detennlned to be _bonaflde minority or women businesses by the North Cenlral Texas Regional Carb'fication ~ (NC'fflCA), or~ Texas Oepar1ment of Tranaparlallon (TX DOT), highway clvision .. Disadvantaged ~~ Enterprise (DBE) fs synonymoua _wlth Mi~~omen Bl:JSi,ess Enterprise(~. ·. . . .· ·_ . . . .... . . . ·. .. . . •. .· ,• ........ •. . . .. ' ... :·, ::·.· . . .. · ... ·· . . · .. :··· ... . . . ·-· .... -_. · .. --· ......... -·--~--____ :,. ....... ····· ...... ·-· ~-----. · .... -... -.... ·-· . . :, ... . ~ I ·'·· . ·-, > .. · . .-r:·.· _., . ,·.:'-:.<: ... : :i .. · .. : ::-. . ,;•~(·: .:·" . : ~ ~: ..... ~ .. :: ·i ··: ..... :·: '. . •, ! .. . . .' .... :~_;_:}(\//f :-:j. .. ·: ·.·. . •. I •. ··:. :)/·:: .. · .. _ .. , .... ··.··-?t'.}j': .·· .·.·:,. .•.. ·i_.:: .'. .. :· .··->::: {\:.-1·:.:·: ·:~·· I . ; ~·,. -: r. I I - - - - - - - ATTACHMENT 1A Page"°'" - Total Dollar Amount of MIWBE Subcontractors/Suppliers _$ 108.000.00 . . . . .. Total Dollar A~ount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppli ers $ _ 513.484:oo ' .. TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALl SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ -. 6.21 .. 484.00 . .. ~ .. ,, .. . . . By .affixing a signature to th is form, the <;>fferor further agrees to provide, dlrectty to the ~ity upon request, complete and accurate · information regarding actual work performed by . al . subcot .tractors, including MIW/DBE(s) . arrangements · submitted with the bid. The Offerer also agrees to 'allow an ··audit and/or ·examination _ of any .books, records and files h~d by their company. The bidder ·agrees to . aUow the transmission . of · : Interviews · .wffl:\ . owners,·· ··_.principals_, officers, employees . and_ · appUcable .. subcontractors/suppliers/contractors par:tlclpattng on .the .'cont)'.'act that . wnr substant)ate . the _:· actual . work ·· performed by the MJW/DBE(s) · ~ ttiii con~ by · an authoriied · office·r . or employee · of. the :City. Aljy Intentional and/or knowi~g misrepresentation of facts wll be grounds for terminating the contra~ or debarment from City work for: a. period of not l~sa. ~n ~ree .(3) years $net for initiating action un~r. Feder,I,; St~~ or . Local laws con~ming 'false ·statements. Any failure to. comP!Y 't_Vith this ordinance and create a material breach of contract _may result _In a determination of an Irresponsible Offeror ~nd barred _ from. participating In Ci~y work for a period ~f tii:ne ·not1ess than one .(1.) y~r.. .. · . · . · .· · . · ·_· . . ·' . . . . .·iJA~.· ~,~,. Titl• TEXS1JII ELECT.RICAL colffllAC'fOu. me. company Name . . . ·. • "• : I . . . 4646 IWISl'IKl:J> HWY . . Adcha . Clty(S~te/Zlp . . D01JG.· IIDDLDB1l . . Prlnt9d Slg11ature Contact Name/llU. (If different) . Telephone and/or Fax . . . · DOU.G.~JIIJULDEB@TEXSlJDLECTlC;CO!I · E-mal AddNA · · .: . 12/09/2008 . Date ,. . . . . . . . ..... -.. ·.· :· ... ··-···---···· ·--. -..... ······.· .............. , _____ --·· --.............. ·-·-···· ..... ··-····-.... . · Rev. 5/30/03 I I I <D/rW 91.CBC <Dt,lla, I f'ort Wed ~inotity (JJuinu, o,,,,,d( In&. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE CERTIFICATION Tbis certificate aelmowleqea that Duran Industries, Inc. flllllllJla • • .,.. I(,,,,,,,,_ -4 CIIIIWlletl 1 .. m .w la 11111 die '*"f/lt;ll#III a,,.. _.,,__, .By tk N..,,. Jllaorll., a.,.,...,.,,,,, C...~ 1111:. De DllllMIF_, W_......., ••"'-COlllldl'• 'IIMM ofDlnt:lo,s w,•,. tlir ea---. Commodity Description: lnugrated Swpply NAICS Codca: 444190 Expiration Date / Certification #: 3/31/2009 / lilM 06407 ----·- . . . .. iiiiiiill - - - - - - - The Texas Building & Procurement Commission (TBPC), hereby certifies that DURAN IND~STRIES, INC. has successfully met the established requirements of the State of Texas Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Certification and Compliance P~gram to be recognized as a HUB. Thie cartlllcata, printed 14-JUL-2007, aupensed• any registration and certlftcate pr8Yloualy issued by the TBPC'e HUB Certfflcatlon and Compllanee Progiam. U there .,. any changes regarding the infonnatlon (i.e., business ab'Ucture, OWR8f'S~, day-to-day management, Qperaliona1 control, addreaes, phone and fax numbers or authoriNd signatures) provided In the m>mluion of the bulineN' appllcation for regiantlonlcer1fflcation • a HUB, )'OU must mmedlately (within 30 daye of such chang•) nallfy l'le TBPC'e HUB program in writing. The Commlaion 19NN88 the right to conduCt a complilnce ravtew at any time to confirm HUB elfglbllty. HUB certlftcalion may be suspended or revoked upon findings of lnelglbllly. Cer1fflcate1V1D Number: 1752800857200 Fila/Vendor Number: 74923 Approval Date: 11.JUL-2007 E,cplration Date: 11.JUL-2011 Paul A. Gibson HUB Certification & Compliance Manager T exaa Building & Procurement Commission (512) 305-9071 Note: In order for State agenciel and lns1ltutiona of higher education (unlverlitiM) to be cradled for utilizing this bu&lneu as a HUB, they must award payment under the CertiflcateMO Number Identified above. Agencies and unlvef91ti91 are encouraged to validate HUB certification prior to lnutng a notice of award by IICCelling the Internet (http://www.1bpc.atate.tx.ua) or by contacting the TBPC'• HUB Certification and Compliance Program at (888) 863-5881 or (512) 463-6872. · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FORT W"ORT H ...... _.__. PRIME COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME : City of Fort Worth Good Faith Effort Form SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED C ity's M/WBE Proj ect Goal : I PROJECT NUMBER 13% P265 -60 1 15999 A IT ACHMENT 1 C Page 1 of 3 Check applicable block to descr ibe prime I M/W/DBE I I NON -M/W/DB E B ID DATE If you have failed to secure M/WBE participation and you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your DBE participation is less than the City's project goal, you must complete this form. If the bidder's method of compliance with the M/WBE goal i s based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failure to complete this form , in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity} for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a M/WBE or non-M/WBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2"a tier. (Use additional sheets, i f necessary) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities Rev. 05/30/03 ATTACHMENT 1 C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current (not more than three (3) months old from the bid open date) list of M/WBE subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's MIWBE Office. __ Yes __ No Date of Listing __ / ___ / __ 3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? __ Yes (If yes, attach M/WBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.) __ No 4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? __ Yes (If yes, attach list to include ~ of M/WBE firm, person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact.) __ No NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. NOTE: If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or less, the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or more, the bidder must contact at least two- thirds (2/3) of the list within such area of opportunity, but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? __ Yes __ No 6.) Submit documentation if M/WBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in-camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. (Please use additional sheets, if necessary, and attach.) Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection Rev. 05/30/03 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 3 Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain M/WBE participation on this project. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work perforn:,ed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1 C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's M/WBE Office. Authorized Signature Printed Signature Title Contact Name and Title (if different) Company Name Phone Number Fax Number Address Email Address City/State/Zip Date Rev . 05/30/03 FORTW"ORTH '-rs w· CITY OF FORT WORTH Joint Venture Eligibility Form AU questions must be answered; use "NA" if applicable. Joint Venture Page 1 of 3 Name of City project: SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED A joint venture form must be completed on each project RFP/Bid/Purchasing Number: P265-60115999 1. Joint venture information: Joint Venture Name: Joint Venture Address: (If applicable) Telephone: Cellular: Facsimile: E-mail address: Identify the firms that comprise the joint venture: Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide detailed explanations of work to be perfonned by each finn comprising the ·oint venture M/WBE firm Non-M/WBE name: firm name: Business Address : Business Address : City, State , Zip: City, State, Zip : Telephone Facsimile E-mail Telephone Facsimile Cellular Cellular Certification Status: E-mail address Name of Certifying Agency: 2 S . f k rfi cope o wor pe orme db h J . V >Y t e Olnt enture: Describe the scope of work of the M/WBE: Describe the scope of work of the non-M/WBE: Rev. 5/30/03 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Joint Venture Page 2 of 3 3 . What is the pe rcentage of M/WBE participation on this joint v enture that you wi s h to be counted toward meeting the project goal? 4. Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement . 5. List components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not complete if this information is describ ed in joint venture agreement) Profit and loss sharing : Capital co ntri bu tio ns, inclu din g equ ipment: Other appl ica ble own ership int eres ts: 6 . Identify by name, race, sex and firm those individuals (with titl es) who are responsible for the day-to-day management and decision making of the joint venture: Financia l d ecis ions (to incl ud e Account Paya ble a nd Rece ivabl e): Manag ement decisions: a. Estim at ing ----------------------------------------------b. M arketing a nd Sal es ---------------------------------------------- C. Hir ing and Firing o f ma nage ment personn el ----------------------------------------------d . Purchas in g of maj or equ ip ment and/or su pplies Sup ervi s ion of fi eld opera tions The City's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office will review your joint venture submission and will have final approval of the M/WBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this form . NOTE : From and after the date of-project award , if any of the participants , the ind ividually defined scopes of work or the dollar amounts/percentages change from the ori ginally approved information , then the participants must inform the City's M/WBE Office immediately for approva l. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may resu lt in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City 's M/WBE Ord inance . Rev . 5/30/03 Joint Venture Page 3 of 3 AFFIDAVIT The undersign ed affirms th at the for eg oin g statements are tru e and correct and include all materi al information necessary to identify and exp lain the terms and operation of the joint venture. Furthermore, the undersigned shall agree to provide to the joint venture th e stated scope of work, deci s ion-making respon s ibilities and payments herein. The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed necessary to determine if the joint venture is eligible. Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information w ithin the time specified is grounds for termination of the eligibility process . The undersigned agree to permit audits, interviews with owners and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth . Failure to comply with thi s provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint ventu re's eligibi lity and may initiate action under Federal , State and/or Local laws/ordinances concerni ng fa lse __ statements or willful _ misrepresentation of facts . ____________ -----------·-------------------------------------------------------------------------- N ame o f M/W BE firm Name o fnon-M/WB E firm Printed Nam e o f Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner P rinted Name o f Owner Printed Name of Owner Si gnat ure of Owner Si g~ature of Owner Titl e Title Date Date No ta ri za tion State of ___________________ County of ______________ _ On th is _____________ day of _______ ~ 20 __ , before me appeared and -------------------------------------------- to me personally known and who , being du ly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act and deed . Notary Public----------------------- Print Name Notary Public _______________________ _ Si gnature Commission Expires------------------------(sea l) Rev . 5/30/03 - - - - - - - - - - - - .... - - - - - SECTION Cl-1 PARTC GENERAL CONDITIONS DEFINITIONS Cl-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents, the following terms or pronouns in place are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: C 1-1 .2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are all the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained in the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. A. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and include the following items: PART A PARTB PARTC PARTD PARTE PARTF PARTG NOTICE TO BIDDERS PROPOSAL GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIAL CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS BONDS CONTRACT WHITE WHITE YELLOW GREEN WHITE WHITE WHITE B. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A NOTICE TO BIDDERS PARTB PROPOSAL PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PARTF BONDS PART G CONTRACT PART H PLANS (Usually bond separately) Cl-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the Notice to Bidders. Fort Worth Water Department C-I General Conditions C 1-1.4 PROPOSAL : The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. Cl-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, or partnership, company, association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. Cl-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances . Cl-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special Conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. Cl-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section of part of the Contract Documents which sets forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment, and services in order to render a completed and useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, requirements, statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. Cl-1.9 BOND: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the Contractor for the prompt and faithful performance of the contract and shall include the following: A. Performance Bond (See paragraph C3-3.7) B. Payment Bond (See paragraph C3-3.7) C. Maintenance Bond (See paragraph C3-3.7) D. Proposal of Bid Security (See Special Instructions to the Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) C 1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is the formal signed agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. Cl-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension, and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross-sections, layout diagrams, Fort Worth Water Department C-2 General Conditions working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from other parts of the Contract Documents , but they are a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. Cl-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes , acting by and through its governing body or its City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties . Responsibility for final enforcement of Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by charter vested in the City Manager. Terms City and Owner are synonymous . C 1-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth , Texas. C 1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro Tern of the City of Fort Worth, Texas . C 1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth , Texas, or his duly authorized representative . Cl-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. Cl-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The duly appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. Cl-1.18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The duly appointed official of the City of Fort Worth, Texas , referred to in the Charter as the City Engineer, or his authorized representative . Cl-1.19 ENGINER: The Director of Public Works , the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents , engineers, inspectors , or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. Cl-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association , or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative . A sub-contractor is a person, firm , corporation, or others under contract with the principal contractor, supplying labor and materials, or only labor, for work at the site of the project. Cl-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes herein. Fort Worth Water Department Ge neral Conditions C 1-1.22 THE WORK OR THE PROJECT : The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents , including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools , equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. Cl-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays , Sundays , and legal holidays , in which the weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM , with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6. Cl-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being except~d. Cl-1.25 LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City Employees as follows: New Year' Day January 1 M .L. King, Jr. Birthday Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Thanksgiving Friday Fourth Friday in November Christmas Day December 25 Such other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council may determine When one of the named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council , falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar holiday as a holiday. Cl-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Wherever the abbreviations defined herein appear in Contract Documents , the intent and meaning shall be as follows : AASHTO ASCE LAW ASTM AWWA ASA HI Asph. Ave. Blvd. CI Fort Worth Water Department American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials American Society of Civil Engineers In Accordance With American Society of Testing Materials American Water Works Association American Standards Association Hydraulic Institute Asphalt Avenue Boulevard Cast Iron C-4 General Conditions CL Center Line GI Galvanized Iron Lin. Linear or Lineal MH Manhole Max. Maximum Min. Minimum MGD Million Gallons Per Day CFS Cubic Foot per Second R Radius I.D . Inside Diameter O .D . Outside Diameter F Fahrenheit C Centigrade In. Inch Ft. Foot St. Street CY Cubic Yard Yd. Yard SY Square Yard L.F. Linear Foot D.I. Ductile Iron Cl-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplement agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which the bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter ofa Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor. Cl-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: A. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material B. Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including oiled, surface C. Brick, with or without separate base material D. Concrete, with or without separate base material E. Any combination of the above C 1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway, or other surface is any area, except those defined above for "Paved Streets and Alleys". C 1-1.30 CITY STREETS: A city street is defined as that area between the right of way lines as the street is dedicated. Fort Worth Water Department C-5 General Conditions Cl-1 .31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2 ') feet back of the curb lines or four ( 4 ') feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists . C 1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET : A gravel street is any unpaved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made . Fort Worth Water Department C-6 General Conditions SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders with proposal form, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record", "Equipment Schedule", and "Financial Statement", all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount often (10%) percent of the estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are being received, and such experience must have been on projects completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on which bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any For Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data which the Owner supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Fort Worth Water Department C-7 General Conditions Bidders are required , prior to filing of proposal , to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents , to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations , tests, borings, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which may be encountered during the construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigations, examinations, and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between the conditions encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, showing on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals , for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between the price written words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her) or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given, and the proposal must be signed by a member of the firm, association, or partnership, or by a person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign the proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration or words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, incomplete bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced value of any items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. Fort Worth Water Department C-8 General Conditions C2-2.6 BID SECURITY : No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security" of the character and in the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal ". The Bid security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will, within the required time, execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof. The bid security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids . C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders". It is the Bidders sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the work "PROPOSAL", and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the City Manager, City Hall , Fort Worth, Texas. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening the proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the written signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within the forty-eight ( 48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL : Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no "Non-consideration Request" has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his duly authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders". All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids. C2-2.11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as being "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions , or conditions not Fort Worth Water Department C-9 General Conditions called for, unauthorized alternate bids , or irregularities of any kind. However, the Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering of a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which cannot be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of, but not limited to , the following reason : A. Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders B. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. C. The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. D . The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. E . The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. F. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience of record, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. G. Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. H. The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: 1. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part "A" -Special Instructions. 2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been successfully completed by the Bidder. 3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of a bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. Fort Worth Water Department C-10 General Conditions SECTION C3-3 AW ARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS C3-3.l CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After the proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the award of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as may be considered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and or a Woman-Owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and the payment therefore. Contractor further agrees, upon request by the Owner, to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records·, or files in the possession of Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further , any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future Contracts with the Owner for a period of time not less than six (6) months. C3-3 .3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with Current City Ordinance prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and, at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the Owner it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty-five (45) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3-3.5 A WARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five ( 45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made at to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. Fort Worth Water Department C-11 General Conditions The award of the contract, if an award is made, will be to the lowest and best responsible bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. C3-3 .6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest bidders, will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished by the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3-3.7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the Owner in the amounts herein required, the following bonds: A. Performance Bond: A good and sufficient performance bond in an amount not less than I 00 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against the damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work or the use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until the provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made on the project by the city. B. Maintenance Bond: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than I 00 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C8-8. l 0. C. Payment Bond: A good and sufficient payment bond, in an amount not less than I 00 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill 344 Acts 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contact being constructed under these specifications. Payment bond shall remain in full force until all payments as above stipulated are made . D. Other Bonds: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. Fort Worth Water Department C-12 General Conditions No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the Owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and the Surety Company . Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid until approval of bonds by the Owner. C3-3 .8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Owner has by appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner the Contract and other such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No contract shall be binding upon the Owner until it has been attested by the City Secretary, approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager. C3-3.9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the Owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the Owner may annul the award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occurring to the Owner by reason of said Awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which the Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately be forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a proposal will be considered as an acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. C3-3.10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization usually termed the "Work Order" or "Prnceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety Company will, within ten (10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract. Fort Worth Water Department C-13 General Conditions C3-3 . l 1 INSURANCE : The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under the Contract Documents , and such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractor's certificate of insurance for approval. The prime contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub-contractors. A. Compensation Insurance : The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Workers Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub- contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazard(?US work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workers Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property damage with $2 ,000 ,000 umbrella policy coverage. C. Additional Liability : The Contractor shall furnish insurance as separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage , the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts of sub-contractors.) 2 . Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of building or structures adjacent to excavation (if excavations are to be performed adjacent to same). 4. Damage to underground utilities for $500 ,000. 5 . Builders risk (where above-ground structures are involved) 6. Contractual Liability ( covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). Fort Worth Water Department C-14 General Conditions D. E. F. G. Automobile Insurance -Bodily Injury and Property Damage : The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life of the Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance in an amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500 ,000 on account on one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100 ,000 . Scope of Insurance and Special Hazard : The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub-contractors , respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. Proof of Carriage of Insurance: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub- contractor, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub- contractor's work operations . Local Agent for Insurance Bonding: The insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds as written shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas. Each such agent shall be a duly qualified one upon whom service of process may be had, and must have the authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and /or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, any claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant, or any property owner who has been damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth-Dallas area. The name of the agent or agents shall be set forth on all of such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor, and services when due. C3-3 .13 WEEKLY PAYROLL: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all persons engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be Fort Worth Water Department C-15 General Conditions furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be kept posed in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, corporation, or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth -Dallas metropolitan area. The Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office ( or he may delegate his Project Superintendent) with full authority to transact alt business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or otherwise, and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material, labor, or other expenditures, all claims against the work or any other matter associated with such as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project. Such local authority for administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete. Should the Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth- Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible officers with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to a local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented in furthering the work, or other, be governed directly by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer, is assigned. No credit of working time sill be for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. C3-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. Fort Worth Water Department C-16 General Conditions SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. C4-4.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by the General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, the "Special Provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items or work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other part be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work". No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change Order, the Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable t insure completion in the most satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. Fort Worth Water Department C-17 General Conditions C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Work" and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change Order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: A. Unit bid price previously approved B. An agreed lump sum C. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates; (3) materials entering permanently into the project, and ( 4) actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10% of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owned by him and used for the extra work. The fee shall be full and complete compensation, to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and (4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to all accounts, bills, vouchers, and records relating to "Extra Work". No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the contracting parties. No 'claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve "Extra Work" for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such "Extra Work", prior to beginning such work. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep an accurate account of the actual and reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item C). Claims for "Extra Work" will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five (5) before the time for making the first estimate after such work is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon said Extra Work. Fort Worth Water Department C-18 General Conditions The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed upon for "Extra Work" whether or not initiated by a "Change Order" shall be a full , complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known , unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or extra work. C4-4 .6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Before commencing any work under this Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval thereof, a "Schedule of Operations" showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the Contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected . There shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction within the time being plotted horizontally and the percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8 Yi" x 11" sheets and at least five black or blue prints shall be furnished to the Owner. C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWERPLANTFACILITES: Within ten (10) days prior to submission of first monthly progress payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the date of which he will start the several major activities (including procurement of materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM) network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in the contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Owner. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the Contractor shall review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor 's understanding of the contract requirements. The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: Fort Worth Water Department C-19 General Conditions A. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to time constraints , sequencing requirements, and completion time. B. The construction process shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen (14) days and construction values not to exceed $50 ,000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline. C. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the Contract shall not be accounted for within the duration of each activity. D. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. E. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. F. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall as a minimum be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen (14) days duration. For each general category, the construction schedule shall be identify all trades or subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this section. For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements, construction and pre-acceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals 2. Submittal review periods 3. Shop fabrication and delivery 4 . Erection or installation 5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance manuals 6. Installed equipment and materials testing 7. Owner's operation instruction (if applicable) 8. Operational testing 9. Final inspection Fort Worth Water Department C-20 General Conditions If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress . In addition, the Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in schedule progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the Owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. Fort Worth Water Department C-21 General Conditions SECTION CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS CS-5 .1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. He shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents , acceptable fulfillment of the contract, compensation, mutual rights between the Contractor and Owner under the Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise . Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. He shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition of the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the Owner and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy. CS-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall conform with the lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements otherwise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. CS-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken together, are intended to describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions, and standard specifications, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the Owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event that the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in the drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. Fort Worth Water Department C-22 General Conditions C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of the Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project at all times one set of such Contract Documents. The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other Contractors in every way possible. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent, English -speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor 's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas and shall be a subject to call, as is the project superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of property contiguous to the project routing. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night , whether the project is scheduled on a calendar day or on a working day basis. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or corrections necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans , the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition . In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall then deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. Fort Worth Water Department C-23 General Conditions CS-5 .6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than 10 by 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air conditioned , lighed and weather-proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the elements. CS-5.7 CONSTRUCTION STAKES: The City, through its Engineer, will furnish the Contractor will all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these Contract Documents, and lines grade, and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice. These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for the Contractor's use or guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. CS-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTOR: City inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements . Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the material or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have authority to reject materials or equipment and to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and be decided by the Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, not to issue any instructions contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents. He will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions of the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in controversy. Fort Worth Water Department C-24 General Conditions C5-5 .9 INSPE CTOR: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests , the Contractor shall , at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should the work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and the replacing of all adjacent, defective, or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor 's expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. C5-5. l O REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specifically provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's· expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause the defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective work or unauthorized work shall not constitute acceptance of such works. CS-5.11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT: If the Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit the Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if the Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference, make written application to Engineer for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of the equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified; and identifying all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of the Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require the Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against the claims, damages, losses Fort Worth Water De partment C-25 General Conditions and expenses (including attorney's fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. CS-5.12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless otherwise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents . Tests and sampling of the materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not, without specific written permission of the Engineer, use the materials represented by the samples until the tests have been made and the materials approved for use . The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the placing of concrete, using samples from the aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be made prior to the use of the new materials. CS-5.13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction operation shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of the quality and fitness of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean, durable surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. CS-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions shown on the Plans relative to existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines, and service lines for all utilities, etc, is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation, for Extra Work, or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision for which is not made in the Contract Oocuments, in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. Fort Worth Water Department C-26 General Conditions It shall be the Contractors responsibility to verify the locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in ad vance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities , structures, and service lines. Verification of existing utilities , structures , and service lines shall include notification of all existing utility companies at least forty- eight ( 48) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary . All verification of existing utilities and their adjustment shall be considered as subsidiary work. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE : A. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance , shall be required to: 1. Notify the Water Department as to location, time, and schedule of service interruption. 2. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to time and schedule of interruption of their service, or 3. In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made , a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's entrance door knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, an in large bold type shall say: Fort Worth Water Department NOTICE Due to Utility Improvement in Your neighborhood , your (water) (sewer) service will be interrupted on between the hours of and ---- This inconvenience will be as short As possible. Thank You, Contractor Address Phone C-27 General Conditions B. Emergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs , notice shall be as above , but immediate . CS-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through acts or neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub- contractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against such claim. CS-5 .17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-four (24) hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus or discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished, and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the contactor for any clean-up required on the project. CS-5.18 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the work provided for in and contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final cleanup performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and request that the Final inspection be made. Such inspection will be inade within ten (10) days after such notification. After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of the work. Fort Worth Water Department C-28 General Conditions SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6. l LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations , and shall observe and comply with all orders, laws, ordinances, and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies hav ing jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents , and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees . C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6 .3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from the patents, trade-marks, and copyrights in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device , material, or process, or any trade-mark or copyright in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents , and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay for reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon by the design, type of construction or material or equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits . C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce among his employees such regulations in regard to the cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation or a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private , and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by the Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept free from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance . All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. Fort Worth Water Departme nt C-29 General Conditions C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be so placed and used, and the work shall at all times be son conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to properly contiguous to the work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operation, at all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging, placement of crushed stone or gravel, or such other means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer. If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor sha~l make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his own expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in the construction of the work, shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, gas valves, or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to the attention, after twenty-four (24) hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the cost of such work done or materials furnished by the Owner, or by the City, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when a street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and, when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are again placed back into service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges, or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures or such crossings. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and the use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and shrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the work. Whenever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of the property owners, and no payment will be made by Fort Worth Water Department C-30 General Conditions the Owner in settlement of the claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted . C6-6.6 PRIVELEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS, ALLEYS, AND RIGHT OF WAY: For performance o fthe contract, the Contractor shall be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys , or other public places or other right- of-ways as prov ided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. A reasonable amount of tools , materials , and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or stacked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property . If the street is occupied by railway tracks , the work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor, and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the . completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-6.7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any railway, the City shall secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railway tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railway company as to the method of performing the work and take all precautions for safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway companies for permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City notice not less than five (5) days prior to the time of his intentions to begin the work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The Contractor will not be given extra or additional compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS, AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his own expense furnish , erect, and maintain such barricades , fences, lights and danger signals , shall provide such watchmen, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from , and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways", Fort Worth Water Department C-31 General Conditions issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Veron 's Ci v il Statutes , pertinent sections being Nos. 27 , 29, 30 , and 31. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City . If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs , the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. It the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades, signs, fences , lights , or watchmen to protect them. Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences, and lights , and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents , will be paid to the Contractor for the work and materials involved in the constructing, providing, and maintaining of barricades , signs , fences , and lights or for salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades , signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGHT, ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to use explosives , drop weight, etc ., in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property . The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual , or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project, as specified in the Special Construction Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four (24) hours prior to commencing and Fort Worth Water Department C-32 General Conditions shall furnish evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. All claims arising out of the use of explosives shall be investigated and a written report made by the Contractor's insurers to the Engineer within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of the claim to the Contractor from either the City or the claimant. The City shall proceed to give notice to the Contractor of any such claim. The use of explosives may be suspended by the Engineer if any complaint is received and such use shall not be resumed until the cause of the complaint has been addressed. Whenever explosives are stored, or kept, they shall be stored in a safe and secure manner and all storage places shall be plainly marked "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES" and shall be under the care of a competent watchmen at all times. All vehicles in which explosives are being transported shall be plainly marked as mentioned above and shall, insofar as possible, not use heavy traffic routes. C6-6.I0 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way easement privileges as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of-way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his own expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work are shall be acquired for the benefit of the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, and to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences, and to all other public or private property along or adjacent to the work. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of owners or occupants of public or private lands or interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall be made at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. Fort Worth Water Department C-33 General Conditions When and where any direct or indirect injury is don to public or private property on account of any act, omission, negl e ct, or misconduct of the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or have restored at his own cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done , by repairing , rebuilding , or otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner, or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored to the original condition or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing , either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set cross braced posts on either side of permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary , the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts provided at the permanent easement limits , before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal , temporary closures, and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon forty-eight ( 48) hours written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results, proceed to repair, rebuild , or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. C6-6. l 1 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of all the work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants , employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between the Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between the Owner and Contractor. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor covenants and agrees to and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, Owner, its officers, agents, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss or damage and/or personal injury, including death , to any and all persons, of whatever kind or character, whether real or asserted , arising out of Fort Worth Water Department C-34 General Conditions or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers , agents, employees , subcontractors, licensees or invitees, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LISCENSEES, AND INVITEES OF THE CITY; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of City, its officers , agents, servants and employees for any and all claims or suits for property loss or damage and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind of character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees and invitees, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY THE ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF THE OFFICERS, AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES AND INVITEES OF THE CITY. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless the City from and against any and all injuries, damage, loss or destruction to property of the City during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of the Contract, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR RESULTING FROM, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY AND ALL ALLEGED ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE OFFICERS, AGENTS, SERVANTS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES OF THE OWNER. In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended to the Director of the Water Department for a period of thirty (30) days after the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. If the claims concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in the amount equal to the dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may be recommended by the Director. The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that: A. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or Fort Worth Water Department C-35 General Conditions B. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims, and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (A) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made . If condition (B) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that final payment to the Contractor be made. At the expiration of the six month period, the Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been performed and all other obligations to the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation for any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner, he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the month succeeding that in which any such damage is claimed to have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES: In case it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be necessary by the performance of this contract. C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or diversions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service Fort Worth Water Department C-36 General Conditions and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected . C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor's responsibility in the use of all existing fire hydrants and/or valves is detailed in Section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be at the regularly established rates. When meters are not used, the charges , if any, will be as prescribed by the City Ordinance, or where no ordinance applies, payment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. C6-6 .17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK : Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer, and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part thereof or as a waiver or any of the provisions or these Contract Documents. All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or to deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all • injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes . C6-6 .19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS : Inspection by the Engineer or any order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any extension of time , or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. Fort Worth Water Department C-37 General Condition s The Owner reserves the right to correct an y error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power or authority granted thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representatives of the Owner, either personally or otherwise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6.2l STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, excise , and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with the State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provisions of State Comptroller 's Ruling .011, and any other applicable State Comptroller rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. 0~ a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owned improvement in a street right of way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20 .04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales , Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. Limited Sale, Excise, and Use Tax permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sale Tax Division Austin, Texas Fort Worth Water Department C-38 General Conditions SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS C7-7 .1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization, and with assistance of workman under his immediate superintendence, work of a value of not less than fifty (50) percent of the value embraced in the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees and workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject to the same requirements as to character and competency . The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives . C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT : The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company; firm, or corporation, or does by bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the damages. C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operation, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail and step by step manner of prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall also be submitted a table of estimated amounts to be earned by the Contractor during each monthly pay estimate period. The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in the Special Contract Documents. Any deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the Fort Worth Water Department C-39 General Conditions Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 "Extension of Time of Completion" of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time . C7-7.4 LIMITATIONS OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public right of way greater than is necessary for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on the additional section or street. C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor if available. The Contractor may bring in from outside the City of Fort Worth his key man and his superintendent. All other workmen, including equipment operators , may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents , foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties or tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner, shall misconduct himself or be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest, or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or their duties , or who neglects or refuses to comply with or carry out the directions of the Owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written consent of the Engineer. All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance of the assigned duties . The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is considered to be necessary for prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work, workmen or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE : Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of work completed as defined in Cl-1.23 "WORKING DAY" or the date stipulated in the "WORK ORDER" for beginning work, whichever comes first. Fort Worth Water Department C-40 General Conditions Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holidays , providing that the following requirements are met : A. A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later than the preceding Thursday. B. Any work to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the timely completion of the project. The Engineer's decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such specific Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday. Calendar Days shall be defined in C 1-1 .24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires. C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the Owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized by the Owner. C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall have occurred. Should an extension of time of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval. In adjusting the contract time or completion of the work, consideration will be given to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of an without the fault of negligence of the Contractor, including but not limited to acts of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery Fort Worth Water Department C-41 General Conditions on schedule . This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery . If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents , then the contract time may be increased by Change Order. C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material , if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed , a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall _be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineer to stop work , or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide materials or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall , however , be subject to the approval of the City Council ; artd no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7 .10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential element of the contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the Proposal the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the Proposal section of the Contract Documents . The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule , unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents , will be deducted from monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. Fort Worth Water D epartment C-42 General Conditions AMOUNT OF CONTRACT Less than $5 ,000 inclusi ve $35.00 $5 ,001 to $15 ,000 inclusive $45.00 $15,001 to $25 ,000 inclusive $63.00 $25 ,001 to $50 ,000 inclusi ve $105 .00 $50 ,001 to 100 ,000 inclusive $154 .00 $100 ,001 to $500,000 inclusive $210.00 $500 ,001 to $1 ,000 ,000 inclusive $315 .00 $1,000 ,001 to $2 ,000 ,000 inclusive $420 .00 $2,000,000 and over $630 .00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor 's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.l 1 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the city in the event the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely responsible. C7-7 .12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unfavorable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension of work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way , and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, as set forth in Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THE TIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time , then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer tat Fort Worth Water Department C-43 General Condition s construction may be resumed . Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City of Fort Worth . The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the President of the United States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days notify the City i~ writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigations, the Owner finds such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contract, then if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort, assist the Contractor in procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials, and equipment within thirty days, the Contractor may request the Owner to terminate the contract and the Owner shall comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include, but not be limited to , the payment for all work executed, but no anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7 .14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the work under contract shall be suspended immediately upon written order of the Engineer or the contract may be declared cancelled by the City Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: A. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner. B . Substantial evidence that the progress of the work operations by the Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. C. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. D. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work. E. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry out the work satisfactorily. Fort Worth Water Department C-44 General Conditions F. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. G. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. H . Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under contract. I. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. J. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working operation in an acceptable manner. K. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. A copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is cancelled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the Owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may, with the written consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contact Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered by the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possession of an use any materials, plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor, and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of Fort Worth Water Department C-45 General Conditions said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto . The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents in such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: A. Notice of Termination: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination is to become effective . Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action. B. Contractor Action: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination. 2 . Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated. Fort Worth Water Department C-46 General Conditions 3. Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination. 4. Transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times , and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer. a . The fabricated or un-fabricated part, work in process , completed work, supplies, and other material produced as part of, or acquired in connection with, the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. b. The completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished by .the Owner. 5 . Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination. 6. Take such action as may be necessary , or as the Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire the rest. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list, certified as to the quantity and quality of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by the Engineer. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the Owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list, as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. C. Termination Claim: Within 60 days after notice of termination , the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60 day period or authorized extension thereof, any an all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived . D. Amounts : Subject to the provision if Item C7-7 .16 , the Contractor and Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as Fort Worth Water Department C-47 General Conditions further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits . Nothing in C7-7 .16 hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict , or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. E. Failure to Agree: In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7 .16(D) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined . No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. Deductions: In arriving at the amount due the contractor (under this section, there shall be deducted (a) all un-liquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract; (b) an y claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and (c) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies, or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. Adjustment: If the termination hereunder be partial , prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of the contract, the Contractor may file with the Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or price specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the notice of termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the Owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. No Limitation of Rights: Nothing contained in this sectionshall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7 .14 hereof entitled "Suspension of Abandonment of the Work and Amendment of Contract" or any other right which Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. Fort Worth Water Department C-48 General Conditions The Contractor shall comply with federal , state , and local laws , ordinances , and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death , or damage in connection with the work. Fort Worth Water Department C-49 General Conditions SECTION C8-8 MEASURMENTANDPAYMENT C8-8.1 MEASURMENT OF QUANTITIES : The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer , based on measurements made by the Engineer . These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents , numbers , and weights of the materials and items installed. C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finished, overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees , royalties, risk due to the elements and other causes , delays, profits , injuries, damage claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place an in a satisfactory condition of operation. C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set forth, the said "Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools , materials , machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans . C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials , and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or form the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in Paragraph CS-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work , for all expense incurred by or in consequence of suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements or patents , trademarks, copyrights , or other legal reservations , and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials , or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense , any defects Fort Worth Water Department C-50 General Conditions or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the materia l used or equipment and machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances , or any damage due or attributed to such defects , which defects , imperfection, or damage shall have been disco vered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the one year guarantee period after final acceptance . The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage , and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. C8-8 .5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the 1st and 5th day or each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month , or estimate period under the Contract Documents. Not later than the 10th day of the month the Engineer shall verify such estimate , and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars in amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less than $400 ,000, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000 or greater within twenty-five (25) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimated on form furnished by the City. The partial estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work, which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the estimate have not been installed.(stich payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof) The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates. It is understood that the partial estimate from month to month will be approximate only, and all partial monthl y estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimates rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quality of sufficiency , or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or prov isions of this contract. C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents shall hav e been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable Fort Worth Water De partment C-51 General Conditions time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory , in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment thereof as outlined in C8-8 .8 below . C8-8 .8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sum that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory evidence of payment as follows: prior submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as furnished by the City, certifying that all persons, finp.s, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full, that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent Engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents . It is, therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design featu,res, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto. Fort Worth Water Department C-52 General Conditions C8-8. l O GENERAL GUARANTEE: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guarantee as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. C8-8.1 l SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents, or the Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation, and clean-up are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. C8-8 .12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one- tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. C8-8. l 3 RECORD DOCUMENTS: Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings, and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work. Fort Worth Water Department C-53 General Conditions PARTD Special Conditions D-1 General: Subject to modifications as herein contained , the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and Specifications, effective Jul y 1, 1978 , with the latest revisions are made a part of the Contract Documents for this project. The Plans , Special Conditions and Provisions Documents , and the rules , regulations , requirements , instructions , drawings or details referred to by manufacturer's name, number or identification included therein as specifying , referring or implying product control, performance , quality , or other shall be binding upon the Contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative; therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by all. The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally , but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below: 1. Plans 2. Contract Documents 3. General Contract Documents and Specifications The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project and shall govern over any conflicts with the General Contract Documents under the provisions stated above . D-2 Pre-Construction Conference and Submittals A pre-construction conference shall be held with representatives of the following agencies: City Water Department, interested utilities such as electric and gas, Engineer, and the successful Contractor. Submittals at time of pre-construction meeting shall include (but not limited) to: Contractors Work Plan and Schedule Plant Security Requirements Trench and Shoring Safety Design Name and number of responsible person for off hour emergencies The pre-construction conference is intended as a forum between the Contractor and the appropriate city staff to go over the project in detail and to afford the Contractor the opportunity to submit all the required documents listed above. If the Contractor fails to submit any of the required documents, the Contractor shall not be allowed to begin work; however , contract time shall begin. Fort Worth Water Department D -1 Special Conditions D-3 Project Designation: Construction under these Special Docum ents shall be performed under the Fort Worth Water Department Project Designations: SCAD A BUILDING GENERA TOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED Project Number P265-485108-60115999 D-4 Time of Completion: The Owner desires the Contractor to substantially complete the project within 270 calendar days. Substantial completion shall be defined as all work performed to be able to utilize power from the primary service , the secondary service, and the emergency generator. Thereafter, final completion shall occur within 300 calendar days. Final completion shall consist of final acceptance of all work required under the contract, including submittal of O&M manuals, warranties, and record drawings. In the event that the Contractor fails to meet the substantial completion or the final completion date for the project, the Owner shall withhold money permanently form the Contractor 's total compensation at the rate specified in Item C7-7.10 per calendar day as liquidated damages until substantial completion is met. D-5 Wage Rates: The labor classifications and mm1mum wage rates set forth herein have been predetermined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth , Texas , in accordance with statutory requirements, as being the prevailing classifications and rates that shall govern on all work performed by the Contractor or any sub-contractor on the site of the project covered by these Contract Documents. Current prevailing wage rates for Tarrant County, Texas are available on-line at www.gpo.gov/davisbacon/allstates .htm. D-6 Contractor Compliance With Workers Compensation Laws A: Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner (City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. B: Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificate to the Owner (City). Fort Worth Water Department D-2 Special Conditions C . Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate"): A copy of a certificate of insurance , a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82 , TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project , for the duration of the project. Duration of the Project: Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed an~ accepted by the City. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor") includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees . This includes, without limitation , independent contractors, subcontractors , leasing companies , motor carriers, owner- operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling , or delivering equipment or materials , or providing labor , transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project , such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements , which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code , Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the ·contractor providing services of the project , for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4 . If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period , file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project , and provide to the City: Fort Worth Water Department D -3 Special Conditions (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; ( d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and Fort Worth Water Department D-4 Special Conditions (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; ( e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (f) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (a) -(g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. 11. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. D. Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing Fort Worth Water Department D-5 Special Conditions labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee". "Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage , or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. D-7 Additional Insurance Requirements A. The City, its officers , employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. B . Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. C. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. D. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal , and/or material change in policy terms or coverage . A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium . E . Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. F. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits , on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. G. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups . The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. H. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. I. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance . Fort Worth Water Department D -6 Special Conditions Iii - - J. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such in s urance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. K . In the course of the project, Contractor shall re port, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could gi ve rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. L. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. M . Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. D-8 Coordination with Fort Worth Water Department: During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time , existing gas lines and electrical service. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those utilities . D-9 Existing Utilities: The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures . However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location . It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, service lines , or other property crossed or exposed by his construction operations. Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for the support, protection, relocation, and or temporary relocation of all utility poles , gas lines, telephone cables , utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above and below ground during construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and or temporary relocation of such facilities shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged, the Contractor shall replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense . The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or service line. He shall cooperate with the owners of all utilities to locate existing Fort Worth Water De partm e nt D -7 Special Condition s underground facilities and notify the Engineer at once of any conflicts in grades and alignment. In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs , of their property that may be made necessary by performance of this contract. D-10 Exploratory Excavations: In addition to those areas as may be designated on the Drawings, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to excavate and locate existing utilities which may affect construction of the water and/or sewer facilities . All exploratory excavations shall occur far enough in advance to permit any necessary relocation to be made with minimum delay. All costs incurred by the Contractor in making exploratory excavations shall be considered to be included in the unit price bid for constructing of water/sewer line or the associated structures. D-11 Safety Restrictions -Work Near High Voltage Lines When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification shall be given the power company (Oncor) who will erect temporary mechanical barriers, de- energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. The work done by the electric company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to Oncor, and shall record action taken in each case. D-12 Water For Construction Water for construction shall be furnished by the City at no expense to the Contractor. Contractor shall be required to secure the use of a fire hydrant meter. D-13 Detectable Warning Tape Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe detector shall be installed directly above underground gas or electric lines. The detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems Inc., or approved equal, and shall consist of a minimum thickness of 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents found in soil. The minimum overall thickness of the tape shall be 5 .5 mils and the width shall not be less than 2". The tape shall be color coded and imprinted with the following message as follows: Gas Electric Fort Worth Water Department Safety Yellow Caution! Buried Gas Safety Red Caution! Buried Electri? D -8 Special Conditions - - - - Installation of detectable tape shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as close to the grade as practical for optimum protection and detectability. Allow a minimum of 18 " between the tape and pipe. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding , blocking , detectable tape, and all other appurtenances required shall be considered subsidiary to the cost of pipe installation . D-14 Disposal of Spoil/Fill Material: Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material , the contractor shall advise the Project Manager of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the City's Floodplain Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No . 11517). Disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the Contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies , shall be at Contractor's expense. In the event that the Contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Floodplain Administrator , Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D-15 Temporary Soil Erosion, Sediment, and Water Pollution Prevention Control A. DESCRIPTION : Temporary soil erosion , sediment, and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract shall be placed by the Contractor. These measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The temporary measures shall include dikes , dams , berms , sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting , temporary seeding , straw mulch , asphalt mulch, plastic liners , rubble liners, baled hay retards, slope drains , and other devices. B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by preparing of right of way and clearing and grubbing and shall direct the Contractor to provide temporary pollution control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams , other water courses , lakes, ponds , or other areas of water impoundment. Temporary pollution control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution control installations. Fort Worth Water Department D -9 Sp eci al Conditions The Engineer shall limit th e area of preparing of right of way, clearing and grubbing , excavation, and borrow to be proportional to the Contractor 's capability and progress. The Contractor shall also conform to the following practices and controls: 1. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams. 2. Frequent fording of live streams will not be permitted; therefore , temporary bridges or other structures shall be used. 3. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from entering a flowing stream. C. SUBMITTAL : Prior to start of the applicable construction, the Contractor shall submit for approval his schedules for accomplishment of soil erosion control work and his plan to keep the area of erodible soil to a minimum. No work shall be started until the erosion control schedules have been submitted and reviewed by the Engineer. D. PAYMENT: All labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work under Temporary Water Pollution Control will not be paid directly but will be considered to be subsidiary to the work under various items within the contract. D-16 Protection of Trees, Plants, and Soil: All property along and adjacent to the Contractor's operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc. shall be preserved or restored, after completion of the work, to a condition equal to or better than existed prior to the start of work. By ordinance , the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal , or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street Rights-of-Ways and designated alleys . This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 871-5738 . All tree work shall be in compliance with pruning standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Arborist Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by calling the above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due the Contractor by the City . Fort Worth Water Department D -10 Special Conditions - To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. This is the only instance when pruning paint is recommended . No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs incurred will be considered a subsidiary cost of the project. Fort Worth Water Department D -11 Special Conditions TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL ITEM01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.01 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall complete the work as specified in the plans and specifications . B. The work is located in the City of Fort Worth, Texas. The location is at the South Holly Water Treatment Plant. Address of project location is 1511 11th A venue , Fort Worth , TX 76102. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The work covered by these Contract Documents consists of emergency power upgrades to the SCADA Building. Included in the work is the installation of a new 350 KW natural gas powered emergency generator, installation of a new electrical equipment enclosure, installation of a new secondary power feed to the SCADA building from the South Holly Water Treatment Plant filter gallery, and upgrades to the existing primary power feed. B. In the Contract Documents the words "furnish", "install", and "construct" shall mean for the contractors to furnish all labor, tools, material, and miscellaneous items necessary to complete the work as specified and as shown in the drawings . C. The scope of work to be completed is defined by the drawings and these specifica,tions. Any part, appurtenance , or miscellaneous item of work which is reasonably implied or normally required to make the installation satisfactorily and completely operable, even if not specifically required by the drawings and/or specifications, shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost. In general terms, the work consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment , tools, and related items as required to complete the installation. D. Comply with applicable building codes 1. Comply with city , state, and national codes as a minimum or the requirements of these documents if more stringent than codes. 2 . All work is to be inspected by the appropriate Code Enforcement Officers. Permit fees shall be waived by the City of Fort Worth. Fort Worth Water Department 01010 - I Summary of Work E. The work to be provided under this Contract is not necessarily limited to the foregoing descriptions. Accordingly , the Contractor shall thoroughly study the drawings , the specifications , and the existing facilities to fully understand the extent of the work. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and payment shall be as described in Item 01025, "Measurement and Payment". Payment shall constitute complete compensation for all work involved in furnishing labor, materials , equipment, tools , and related items to execute this Contract. 1.04 WORK SEQUENCE Coordinate the construction schedule and operations with the Owner and Engineer, per construction drawings, and as specified in Item O 1310 - Construction Schedules. 1.05 DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS The following descriptions are intended to clarify the nature of the work required for this project. Each bid item includes all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Bid Item 1 -Underground Electric: Work shall include all labor, materials , and equipment required for installation of underground electrical , including trenching , bedding, backfill, conduit, ductbanks , pull strings , concrete encasement, conductors, electrical manholes, electrical handholes, grounding, warning tape , and all incidentals necessary to install underground electric per plans and specifications. This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price. Bid Item 2 -Gas Line to Emergency Generator: Work shall include all labor, materials, and equipment required for installation and/or repair and reconnection of gas lines, including trenching , bedding , backfill, piping , tracer wire , valves , pressure gage , and all incidentals necessary, per plans and specifications. Work shall include acquisition of plumbing permit, calling in for code inspection, pressure testing of lines , all in accordance with Fort Worth plumbing code. This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price. Bid Item 3 -Trench Safety: Work shall include all labor, materials , and equipment required for installation, operation, and maintenance of trench safety equipment, meeting the federal, state, and local safety requirements, and in accordance with the submitted trench safety plan. This bid item shall pay per linear foot of trench safety required on the project. Fort Worth Water Department 01010-2 Summary of Work Bid Item 4 -Civil Site Work: Work shall include all labor, materials , and equipment required for installation of the reinforced concrete electrical enclosure foundation, the generator foundation, the transformer foundation, the perimeter retaining wall, the sidewalks, the natural drainage swale, and the silt fence , temporary seeding, and erosion control best management practices included in this project. This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price. Bid Item 5 -Walk-In Electrical Enclosure: Work shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to deliver and install a painted steel electrical enclosure. This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price . Bid Item 6 -Emergency Generator and ATS: Work shall include all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to deliver and install a 350 KW natural gas powered emergency generator with auto transfer switch, per plans and specifications , complete and in place. This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price. Bid Item 7 -Furnish and Install Electrical (aboveground): Work shall include all labor , materials, and equipment necessary to deliver and install all above ground electrical equipment, including motor control centers , transformers, fuses, circuits, switches, panel boards, enclosures, conduit, conductors, fasteners , supports, tagging, grounding , and all incidentals necessary for a complete and functional electrical and control system. This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price. Bid Item 8 -Demolish/Salvage Equipment: Work shall include all labor necessary to remove and dispose or salvage equipment identified on the plans. Salvaged equipment include the existing natural gas generator and auto transfer switch, which shall be delivered to Field Operations, located at the plant site. Equipment identified to be removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his expense . This bid item shall be measured and paid at the lump sum price. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION- Fort Worth Water Department Not Applicable Not Applicable 01010 -3 Summary of Work ITEM01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION 1.02 1.03 Measurement of an item of work shall be as specified in the Bid Proposal and payment will be as specified in this section. RELATED INFORMATION A. Bid Forms B. Special Instructions to Bidders C. Contract and Bonds D. General Conditions E. Section O 1310 -Construction Schedules F. Section 01370-Schedule of Values BID A. The amount bid for each bid item shall be the full amount paid to the Contractor for completing the specified work unless altered by change order. B. Required items of work and incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work which are not specifically listed in the Bid Proposal, and which are not specified in this section to be measured or to be included in one of the items listed in the Bid Proposal, shall be considered as incidental to the work. All costs thereof, including Contractor's overhead costs and profit, shall be considered as included in the various bid items. Contractor shall prepare his bid accordingly. C. Work includes furnishing all labor, equipment, tools , and materials and performing all operations required to complete the work satisfactorily, complete in place, as specified and as indicated by the Contract Documents. Fort Worth Water Departme nt 01025 - I Measurement and Payment 1.04 MEASUREMENT Measurement of an item of work will be made by the unit indicated in the Bid Proposal and will include all work listed therein . PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 PROGRESS PAYMENT SUBMITTAL Prepare and submit three (3) copies of the following with each progress payment request: A. A listing of the value of work complete for each bid item. Lump sum bid items shall indicate the value complete of each item listed on the accepted schedule of values . B. A listing of the value of materials stored applicable to each bid item or, in the case of lump sum bid items, the schedule of values item. Invoices indicating the full value of materials on hand must also be submitted. C. An updated project sch~dule. D. An updated listing of subcontractors and suppliers . Fort Worth Water Department 01025 - 2 Measurement and Payment PART 1 GENERAL ITEM01040 COORDINATION 1.01 UTILITIES Coordinate work with various utilities within the project limits in accordance with General Conditions. Notify applicable utilities prior to commencing work, if damage occurs, or if conflicts or emergencies arise during the work. A. Oncor: Contractor shall coordinate with Oncor for improvements to the primary electrical service work to the site, to including installation of transformers and meter transocket. Contact: Ralph Schroeder, P .E., Oncor, 817-988-8904 . B. Atmos Energy: Contractor may be required to coordinate with Atmos Energy, should issues with gas service develop. Contact with Atmos Energy is Bob Davison, 817-215-4704. 1.02 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre-Construction Conference 1. Contractor shall be prepared to discuss the following subjects, as a m1mmum: a. Sequencing of critical path work items b. Project changes and clarification process c. Use of site, access, and storage; security, temp. facilities . d. Major equipment delivery and priorities e. Contractor's trench safety plan 2. Attendees may include, but are not limited to: a. Owner's representative b. Engineer's representative c. Contractor d. Equipment manufacturers B. Progress Meetings 1. Construction Inspector will schedule regular progress meetings at site, conducted monthly to review work progress, progress schedule, shop drawings and sample submissions schedule, application for payment, contract modifications, and other matters needing discussion and resolution. Fort Worth Water Department 01040 - 1 Coordination 2. Attendees will include Owner 's representative, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate . 1.03 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. Exercise reasonable care to verify locations of ex1stmg subsurface structures and underground facilities , proceeding in accordance with the General Conditions. B. Thoroughly check immediate and adjacent areas subject to excavation by visual examination ( and by electronic metal and pipe detection equipment, as necessary) for indications of subsurface structures and underground facilities. C. Make exploratory excavations where existing underground facilities or structures may potentially conflict with proposed underground facilities or structures. Conduct exploratory excavations in presence of Owner's representative and sufficiently ahead of construction to avoid possible delays to Contractor's work. 1.04 REFERENCE POINTS AND SURVEYS A. Location and elevation of benchmarks are shown on drawings. B. Dimensions and coordinate points for lines and elevations for grades of structures, appurtenances, and utilities are indicated on the drawings, together with other pertinent information required for laying out work . If conditions vary from those indicated, notify Engineer immediately, who will make minor adjustments if required. C. Any existing survey points or other control markers destroyed without proper authorization will be replaced at Contractor's expense . D. Contractor's responsibilities shall include: PART2 PART3 1. Provide survey and layout as required to complete the work. 2. Locate and protect reference points prior to site preparation. 3. Re-establish reference points resulting from destruction by Contractor's operations. 4. Maintain accurate log of survey work as it progresses as a Record Document. PRODUCTS - EXECUTION- Not Applicable Not Applicable Fort Worth Water Department 01040-2 Coordination ITEM01051 GRADES, LINES, AND LEVELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE All construction stakes shall be provided by the Contractor using the bench marks and reference points pro vided by the Engineer 's representative. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 GRADES , LINES, AND LEVELS A. Existing Dimensions and Elevations 1. Dimensions and elevations shown on the plans for ex1stmg structures were taken from previous construction record drawings and field surveys. Contractor shall verify actual dimensions and elevations prior to final fabrication of any materials or otherwise proceeding with work affected by dimensions or elevations of existing structures. 2. Contractor shall at no additional cost make whatever adjustments in the work as necessary to fit the actual dimensions and elevations of existing structures . B. Tolerances 1. The Contractor shall construct all new structures and pipelines under this contract to within 0.1 feet of the alignments and to within 0.02 feet of the grades shown on the drawings . 2. Support structures for equipment shall be constructed to tolerances specified by the equipment manufacturer. 3. Site grading shall be constructed to within 0.1 feet of the grades. 4. In all cases, the grading must be such that positive drainage is maintained. 5. Any work constructed or installed in alignments or elevations other than that specified herein and on the drawings shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Fort Worth Water Department 01051-1 Grades, Lines , and Level s C. Within ten days after the effective date of the agreement, the Contractor shall verify the grade and location of all permanent benchmarks. If a discrepancy is found the Engineer shall have the bench marks checked and resolve the discrepancy. After such time, the Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and protection of the bench marks. D. Construction Staking 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for layout, staking, and control of all grades, lines, and levels . 2. The Contractor shall employ experienced survey personnel to layout the work. E. The Contractor shall safeguard all permanent bench marks at the site and shall bear the cost of replacing the bench marks and assume entire expense of correcting work improperly constructed due to failure to maintain and protect such established points and marks. F. Prior to initiating construction activities, Contractor shall contact Engineer's representative for inspection of location of construction staking and offset staking. Fort Worth Water Department 01051 -2 Grades, Lines, and Levels PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE ITEM 01300 SUBMITTALS A. Submit administrative submittals as specified including, but not limited to: 1. Construction Schedules (Reference Item 01310) 2. Submittal Schedules (Reference Item 01310) 3. Progress Reports (Reference Item 01310) 4. Operation and Maintenance Data (Reference Item 01430) 5. Progress Payment Requests (Reference Item 01025 6. Project Closeout Submittals (Reference Item 01700) B. Submit product and equipment submittal information as specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General Provisions B. Technical specifications list submittal requirements for each item . PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 PRODUCT AND SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL DATA As applicable, the following types of data are required: A. Fabrication and Placement: Dimensioned drawings, lists, and schedules . B. Catalog Sheets C. Specification Sheets D. Certifications E. Laboratory, shop, or mill test reports F. Basis of design and design calculations, test procedures, and related information as required per various sections of these specifications. G. Samples Fort Worth Water Department 01300 -l Submittals H. Parts lists I. Operation and maintenance manuals (Hard copy and/or CD) 3.02 INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PRODUCT SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS All data needed to determine the following facts shall be submitted: A. Conformance to specifications, including kind, type, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices. B. Conformance to plans, including dimensions, . orientation, appearance, external connections and anchorages, and installation clearances. C. Specific purpose of design conditions, and adequacy to meet same: weights, dynamic loads, supports required , and operating characteristics. D. Coordination with other work, including items needed by trade, but furnished by others, and information needed by others to perform their part. E. Exceptions to or deviations from specific requirements, if any, and reasons for same. F. Delivery Date 1. This should be stated as a firm date of delivery, not measured for approval of drawings to date of shipping. For this purpose, the time taken to review data may be taken as not exceeding 21 days. The Owner or Engineer does not assume responsibility for correctness or completeness of the data. 2. The Contractor should determine that proposed delivery dates will not cause delay or result in failure to complete the project on time. 3. No extension of time or waiver of liquidated damages will b e granted due to failure to deliver on time unless the Contractor presents written evidence that favorable delivery is not obtainable for an acceptable item. 4. Such evidence will be considered as a basis for extension of time only when presented promptly after award of contract. 3.03 PREPARATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings Fort Worth Water Department 01300-2 Submittals 1. Preparation by a qualified detailer is required 2. Identify details by reference to sheet, detail numbers , and specification section, as shown on the contract drawings. 3. Include on the drawing all information required for submission , or submittal transmittal letter containing required information. B. Product Data 1. Modify the manufacturer's standard schematic drawings to delete or supplement information as applicable. 2. For manufacturer's catalog sheets , brochures , diagrams, schedules ,. performance charts, illustrations, and other descriptive data: a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent material b. Show dimensions and clearances required c. Show performance characteristics and capabilities d. Show wiring diagrams and controls (hard copy and/or CD) 3. Include on the data all information required for submission or submit transmittal letter containing required information. C. Submission Requirements 1. Accompany submittals with a transmittal letter in duplicate. 2. Include the following information or each submittal: a. Date and revision dates b. Project title and number c. The names of the following: 1.) Engineer 2.) Owner 3.) Contractor 4.) Subcontractor 5.) Supplier 6.) Manufacturer d. Identification of product or material e. Relation to adjacent structure or materials f. Field dimensions clearly identified g. Specification section number h. Applicable standards such as ASTM number 1. Contractor's stamp with his signature signed, certifying that he has reviewed the submittal , verified field measurements, and that the submittal complies with all requirements of the Contract Documents. J. List each deviation from contract requirements and a discussion of the reason for each. 3.04 ROUTING OF SUBMITTALS Fort Worth Water Department 01300-3 Submittals A. Submittal data and routine corre spondence should be routed as follow s : 1. Supplier ( or subcontractor) to Contractor (through representati ve if applicable) for review. If submittal does not meet contract requirements , or is incomplete, Contractor shall return the submittal to the supplier and not forward. 2. Contractor to Engineer and Owner simultaneously for review . 3. Engineer to Contractor 4 . Contractor to Supplier B. Addresses of Communications 1. Owner: 2. Engineer: Fort Worth Water Department Attention: Chris Harder, P.E. 1511 11th A venue, SCAD A Building Fort Worth, TX 76102 Christopher .harder@fortworthgov.org Timothy J. Mueck, P.E. Gupta & Associates 13626 Gamma Road Dallas, TX 75244 tmueck@gaiconsulting.com 3 .05 NUMBER OF COPIES REQUIRED The Contractor shall submit a total of 6 (six) copies in the original submittal , unless otherwise specified in technical specifications. A total of three copies will be subm itted to the Engineer and three copies to the Owner. A total of two copies will be returned by the Engineerto the Contractor. Should additional copies be required by the Contractor, additional copies will need to be submitted. 3.06 DISPOSITION OF SUBMITTALS A . Engineer shall review submittal contents for completeness and compliance with the section. The Engineer will mark and return the submittals with one of the following: 1. No Exceptions Taken -Furnish item as submitted 2. Exceptions as Noted-Furnish item with changes as noted 3 . Revise and Resubmit-Revise and resubmit changes as noted 4. Rejected -Item is not acceptable, resubmit alternative item conforming to the project requirements . 5. Submit Specific Item -Submit specific item or Subpart as noted . Fort Worth Water Department 01300 -4 Submittals B. Review of Submittals by Engineer and Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to meet the contract requirements . Any item of work , even if completed, found to deviate from the requirements of the specifications and drawings shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner unless , such deviation is clearly identified as a deviation on all appropriate submittals. 3.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Shop Drawings 1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified. 2. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made, including those requested by the Engineer and Owner. B. Product Data and Samples Submit new data and samples as required for initial submission 3.08 REPETITIVE REVIEW The need for more than one resubmission or any other delay in completing reviews of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of contract time. Fort Worth Water Department 01300-5 Submittals PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE ITEM 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A . Prepare and submit a construction schedule that accomplishes the work within the allotted time and adheres to the overall project schedule and project specific constraints listed herein . B. Complete the work in accordance with the schedule. C. Update the schedules as necessary to reflect the changes in the work and actual site conditions. In no case shall the contract completion date be altered unless specifically approved by Change Order. D . Prepare and submit progress reports E . Coordinate the work with activities of the Owner and other contractors F. The construction schedule is a tool for the Contractor, Engineer , and Owner to use in executing and monitoring the progress of the work. Failure to include any items of work in the schedule does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to complete the work as specified in the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A . General Provisions B. Section O 1300 -Submittals 1.03 SIGNIFICANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING DOCUMENTS A. The percentage completion reported for each activity as listed in the monthly progress report and the prices of those activities as stated in Item 013 70 -Schedule of Values, and will be used, in part, to determine the amount of each monthly payment to the Contractor. B. No progress payments will be made to the Contractor until all required scheduling reports and documents have been received and accepted by the Owner. Fort Worth Water Department Ol310 -I Con struction Schedules 1.04 PROJECT SPECIFIC SCHEDULING CONSTRAINTS A. The submittal schedule shall allow sufficient time for the Owner and Engineer to adequately complete their review. 21 calendar days shall be allotted for the review of each submittaL Allow more time for large, voluminous, or complex submittals. Delays caused by re-submittal and subsequent reviews shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The work shall not be done between 6:00 PM to 7:00 AM, nor on Sundays or legal city holidays , except with written permission of the Owner. PART2 PART3 · Contractor shall submit a request to the Owner two weeks in advance of such work. Owner shall be notified 48 hours prior to any work planned for Saturdays. Emergency work may be accomplished without obtaining pnor perm1ss10n. PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 SCHEDULE DOCUMENTATION A . Prepare and submit the following construction scheduling documents in accordance with the terms of this section: 1. Preliminary Construction Schedule a. Shall be submitted within 10 days of the date of the Notice to Proceed. b. Shall schedule all proposed activities (in bar chart format) for the first 60 days of the project. c. Owner may require more detailed scheduling 2. Submittal Schedule a. The following shall be submitted within 10 days of the date of the Notice to Proceed: 1.) Submittal data identified in Item 01300 for each specification section. 2.) Projected initial submittal date 3.) Latest date from completion of submittal review 4.) Submittal data shall be prioritized to conform to the requirements of the construction schedule. b. The submittal schedule shall be integrated with the construction schedule. 3 . Proposed Construction Schedule a. Shall be submitted within 45 days of the date of the Notice to Proceed. Fort Worth Water Department 01310-2 Con struction Schedules b. No progress payment will be made until this schedule is · submitted and accepted by the Owner and Engineer. c. Construction schedule shall include : 1.) Bar chart illustrating the proposed schedule 2.) Schedule of projected earnings 4 . Monthly Progress Report and Schedule Updates a. Submit a revised schedule each month. b. Shall identify all activities commenced during the proceeding month. c. Shall identify all activities completed. d. Shall identify all activities which are behind schedule. e. Shall identify a detailed plan to bring any activities which are behind schedule up to schedule and to maintain the overall completion schedule. f. Shall include an updated submittal schedule g. Summary of overall status of work B. Execute the work in a manner consistent with the proposed schedule . Revise the schedule monthly as necessary to reflect the actual conduct of the work. C. The Owner's maintenance personnel shall perform routine maintenance activities concurrent with the work. Contractor shall coordinate his work to prevent damages and delays to activities conducted by the Owner. 3.02 PARTIAL OR TOTAL SHUTDOWNS A. Regardless of the dates outlined herein, partial or total shutdown and/or bypass of any equipment or facility is subject to the approval of and the operational constraints of the Owner. B. At least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to partially or totally shutting down and/or bypassing equipment or any facility , the Contractor shall submit to the Owner for review: 1. A detailed description of the work to be performed 2. A schedule outlining the duration of each scheduled task and total duration time of the shutdown. 3. A list of all equipment and materials required to complete each task. 4. Documentation that all manpower, equipment, and materials as necessary to complete each task are available on site . Fort Worth Water Department 01310-3 Construction Schedules C. A mmmmrn of two days prior to shutdown and/or bypass, a special coordination meeting will be held with the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer to review the shutdown procedures. D . The Contractor shall provide any labor assistance necessary to complete shutdown operations including, electrical and control rerouting. E. The Contractor shall work whatever hours are necessary to maintain schedules during shutdown and/or bypasses. Fort Worth Water Department Ol310-4 Construction Schedules PARTl GENERAL ITEM01370 SCHEDULE OF VALVES 1.01 SCOPE Contractor shall develop and submit to the Owner for approval a Schedule of Values for the project. 1.02 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General Provisions B. C. PART2 PART3 Item 01025 Item 01300 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Measurement and Payment Submittals Not Applicable 3.01 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A . Within ten (10) calendar days following the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer and Owner, in triplicate , a tentative Schedule of Values (a breakdown of the lump sum bids) whi ch in turn shall be used to determine partial payment estimates and may be used to verify costs of credits, change orders , etc. 1. The tentativ e schedule of values will be reviewed by the Owner to determine whether, in his judgment, the schedule of values is of sufficient detail and if the prices included are "unbalanced" or "front-end loaded", in an effort to inflate the prices of those items of work to be completed in the early stages of work. 2 . The Owner will provide the Contractor with his comments , and/or may request additional information from the Contractor to justify certain item quantities and prices . On the basis of the Owner's comments , the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the tentative schedule for further review and/or approval. 3. Once the tentative schedule is approved by the Owner, it shall become the schedule of values to be used in determining partial payment estimates. Three (3) copies of this schedule shall be submitted to the Owner for distribution and use. Fort Worth Water Department 01370 -I Schedule of Values 4. No partial payment requests (including the first) shall be approved until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the Owner. B. Each partial payment request by the Contractor shall be based on the approved Schedule of Values indicating the total quantity and price of the work completed to the date of the request. After approval of the submittal , no modifications will be made to the Schedule of Values, except as required by approved change orders. C. In so far as possible, total quantities and unit prices shall be shown for all items of work, separating for each item the materials and labor and such other sub-items as the Contractor may desire . "Lump Sum", "miscellaneous", and other such general entries in the schedule shall be avoided whenever possible. D. A separate schedule of values shall be prepared for each lump sum bid item. The sum of the items listed on the schedule of values shall equal the contract lump sum price for the bid item. No additional payment will be allowed if the quantities shown on the schedule differ from those actually required to accomplish the work, unless the quantities are altered by change order. E. The Schedule of Values will be used as a guide in evaluating the value of work involved in change orders. F. It is the Owner's intent that the Schedule of Values may also be used as a fair and expedient method of determining the value of items of work deleted, should the Owner so desire. Therefore, it is the Contractor's responsibility, as well as to his advantage, to make the Schedule of Values detailed and each item and its respective value as equitable and accurate as possible. Fort Worth Water Department 01370-2 Schedule of Va lues ITEM 01410 TESTING LABO RA TORY SERVICES PART l G ENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide testing and inspection , complete , as described in this Section and else where in the Contract Documents . B. Requirements for testing may be described in various Sections of these specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide the services of an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. B. Upon completion of each test and/or inspection, promptly distribute copies of test or inspection reports to the Engineer, to government agencies requiring submission of such reports , and to such persons as directed by the Engineer. C. When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents , all subsequent retesting occasioned by non-compliance shall be performed by the same testing laboratory as the sole expense of the Contractor. E. Employment of a testing laboratory by the Owner in no way relieves the Contractor of his obligation to perform the work according to the Contract Documents. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. Inspections and testing required by laws , ordinances , rules and regulations , or orders of public authorities are the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Specifications Sections. Contained in the various specification sections are requirements for certification of products , testing, adjusting, and balancing of equipment, and other tests and standards. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION 3.01 WORK INCLUDED Fort Worth Water Department Not Applicable 01410 - I Testing Laboratory Services A. Testing is required for the following items of work: 1. Soils compaction control -independent testing lab 2. Cast-in-place concrete -independent testing lab 3. Gas line pressure testing -licensed plumber 4. Generator testing and startup -manufacturer's rep 5. Electrical equipment testing -as specified 3.02 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with Owner, Engineer, and Contractor, providing qualified personnel promptly on notice. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling , and testing of materials and methods of construction. C. Promptly notify Owner, Engineer, and Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies of work that are observed during performance of services. D. Prepare and distribute reports of inspections and tests within three (3) days of test completion. E. Include the following information for each test as well as additional data specified in the applicable section. 1. Date of test 2. Location of test 3. Specified standards 4. Test results 5. Remarks and observations F. The laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of the Contract. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the work 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 3.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel; provide access to the work or to manufacturer's operations. B. Provide to laboratory preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested in required quantities. Fort Worth Water Department 01410 -2 Testing Laboratory Services C. Furnish copies of mill test reports D. Furnish labor and equipment: 1. To provide access to the work to be tested . This shall include, as necessary , any ladders, scaffold , hoists , etc. needed by laboratory personnel for inspection or testing of the work. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the site 3. To provide area for laboratory's exclusive use for storage of test samples. E. When changes of the construction schedule are necessary, coordinate such changes with the testing laboratory as required. 3.04 EQUIPMENT TESTING A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, and equipment required for preliminary field testing of all equipment to be furnished or for portions of the work that have been completed. B. Upon completion of the work and prior to final acceptance and payment, all equipment to be furnished shall be tested as specified or required to ensure compliance with the drawings and specifications. C. Should the equipment tested, either for preliminary or final tests , not comply with the requirements as set forth on the drawings and specifications , the Contractor shall make the necessary changes and adjustments, or replacements as may be required, and at no cost to the Owner. D. All costs of whatever nature for testing shall be borne by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.05 CONCRETE TESTING A. Portland Cement 1. Secure from cement manufacturer Certificates of Compliance delivered directly to the concrete producer for further delivery directly to the testing laboratory. 2 . Require the Certificates of Compliance to positively identify the cement as to production lot, bin or silo number, dating and routing of shipment, and compliance with specified standards. Fort Worth Water Department 01410 -3 Testing Laboratory Services B. Aggregate 1. Provide one test unless character of material changes, material is substituted, or additional test is requested by the Engineer. 2. Sample from conveyor belts or batching gates at the ready-mix plant. Test for sieve analysis and specific gravity test to determine compliance with specified standards. C. Laboratory Design Mix: Provide mix design in accordance with ACI 613. D. Molded Concrete Cylinders: 1. Provide two test cylinders of concrete of each day's placement. 2. For every two cylinders taken, test one cylinder at seven days, and one at 28 days. 3. Report the mix, slump, location of concrete placement, and test results prior to addition of any plasticizers. 4. Take specimens and make tests in accordance with applicable ASTM standard specifications. 3.06 SOILS AND MISCELLANEOUS TESTING A. Testing and control of soils shall be performed by testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM standards. B. The Contractor shall furnish materials to be used in soils testing. 3.07 PAYMENT FOR TESTING Include within the Contract Sum an amount sufficient to cover all testing and inspecting required under this section of these specifications, and to cover all testing and inspecting required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. Fort Worth Water Department 01410 -4 Testing Laboratory Services ITEM 01430 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIRMENTS A. Furnish for each item of equipment or system as specified in the indivi dual technical specification sections . B. Prepare data for use by Owner's personnel in the form of an instructional manual. C. Manual Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches 2. Paper: 20 pound minimum, white for typed pages 3. Test: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten . . 4. Three-hole punch data for binding and composition; arrange printing so that holes do not obliterate data. 5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating data, with typed description of product and maj or component parts of equipment and provide with heavy section dividers with numbered plastic index tabs. 6. Provide each manual with the title page, and typed tab le of contents with consecutive page numbers. Place contents of entire set, identified by volume number, in each binder. 7. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "Operation and Maintenance Manual, Volume NO._ OF _" if applicable, and list: a. Project title b. Designate the system or equipment for which it is intended c. Identity of separate structure as applicable d. Identity of general subject matter covered in manual. Identity of equipment number and specification section. 8. Assemble and bind material in same order as specified. 9. Material shall be suitable for reproduction. 10. Binders shall be commercial quality, permanent, three ring b inders. 11 . Table of contents , neatly written, arranged in systematic order : a. Contractor, name or responsible principle, address, telephone number. b. List of each product required to be included, indexed to content of each volume. c. List with each product: Name, address, and telephone number of subcontractor, supplier, installer, and maintenance contractor, as appropriate. Fort Worth Water Department 01430 -l Operation and Maintenance Data d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying numbers or symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 12 . Product Data a. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to specific product. b . Clearly annotate each sheet to: 1.) Identify specific product or part installed 2.) Identify data applicable to installation. 3.) Delete references to inapplicable information. 13. Drawings: Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems b. Control and flow diagrams c. Coordinate drawings with project record documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. d. Reduced to 8-1/2" by 11 ", or 11" by 17'' folded to 8-1/2" by 11 ". e. Identify specification section and product on drawings. 14. Instructions and Procedures: Within text, as required to supplement product data. a. Handling, storage, maintenance during storage, assembly, erection, installation, adjusting, testing ; operating, shutdown in emergency, troubleshooting, maintenance, interface, and as may be otherwise required. b. Organize in a consistent format under separate heading for each difference procedure. c. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. d. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, including: I.) Proper procedures in the event of failure 2.) Instances that might affect the validity of warranties. 15. Warranties, Bonds, and Service Agreements: In accordance with Item 01700, Contract Closeout 1.02 MANUALS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Content for each Unit (or Common Units) and System: 1. Description of units and component parts , including controls, accessories, and appurtenances. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Fort Worth Water Department 01430 - 2 Operation and Maintenance Data b. Performance curves, engineering data , nameplate dat a, and test results . c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replacement parts . 2. Operating Procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine , and normal operating instructions. b. Test procedures and results of factory tests where required . c. Regulation, control stopping, and emergency instructions . d . Description of operating sequence by a control manufacturer. e. Shutdown instructions for both short and extended durations. f. Safety precaution~. g. Installation instructions. 3. Maintenance and Overhaul Procedures: a. Routing operations b. Guide to troubleshooting c. Disassembly, removal, repa1r , reinstallation, and reassembly. 4. Installation instructions; including alignment , adjusting, calibrating 5. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, detailed assembl y drawings showing each part with part numbers and sequentially numbered parts list, and diagrams required for maintenance. 6. Where applicable, identify installed spares and other provisions for future work. 7. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 8. As-installed, color-coded piping diagrams B. Maintenance Summary 1. Compile an individual maintenance summary for each applicable equipment item, respective unit or system, and for component or sub-units. 2. Include detailed lubrication instructions and diagrams showing points to be greased or oiled, recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants and frequency of lubrication. 3. Recommended spare parts: a. Data to be consistent with manufacturer's Bill of Materials/Parts List furnished in O&M manuals. b. Provide MSDS sheets for all chemicals and lubricants C. Content for Each Electric or Electronic Item or System 1. Description of Unit and Component Parts: a. Function and normal operating characteristics Fort Worth Water Department 01430 -3 Operation and Maintenance Data b. Performance curves , engine ering data, nameplate data, and test data. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replacement parts . d. Interconnection wiring diagram s, including control and lighting systems 2. Circuit Directories of Panel boards a. Electrical Service b. Controls c. Communications 3. List of electrical relay settings, and control and alarm settings. 4 . Electrical interconnection diagrams by control manufacturer 5. As-installed control diagram by control manufacturer 6. Operating Procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions b. Sequences required c. Safety precautions d. Special operating instructions 7. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations b. Guide to troubleshooting c. Adjustment and checking d. List of relay settings, control and alarm contact settings 8. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 9 . List of original manufacturer 's spare parts , manufacturer's current prices , and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 1.03 MANUALS FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Content for Architectural Products , Applied Materials , and Finishes: 1. Manufacturer 's data, giving full information on products a. Catalog number, size , and composition b. Color and texture designations c. Information required for reordering manufactured products 2 . Instructions for Care and Maintenance a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimental to product. c. Recommend schedule for cleaning and maintenance. B. Content for Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products a. Applicable standards Fort Worth Water D e partment 01430 - 4 Operation and Maintenance Data b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspections, maintenance , and repair. 1.04 NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Paper Copies -Provide three written paper copies of each manual B. Electronic Copy -provide one electronic (pdf) copy of each manual. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION- Fort Worth Water Department Not Applicable Not Applicable 01430 -5 Operation and Maintenance Data ITEM 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DE SCRIPTION A. The facilities and controls specified in this section are considered minimum for the proj e ct. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls which he considers neces sary for the proper execution of the work and to meet his re sponsibilities for protection of persons , property, and the environment. B. The Contractor shall furnish equipment which will be efficient, appropriate, and large enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work, and a rate of progress which will ensure the completion of the work within the time stipulated in the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing all temporary piping, plumbing, heating, ventilating, lighting , electrical, temporary structures, and such other items required to maintain the functional use of the Holly SCADA building. Failure to show all details of temporary conductors, conduit, piping and temporary construction on the drawings or in the specifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for constructing the improvements without interrupting PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION 3.01 UTILITIES Not Applicable A. Sanitary Facilities: The Contractor may utilize existing sanitary facilities at the SCADA building. Any damage to existing bathrooms at SCADA building will be repaired by the Contractor. B. Water for Construction: The Contractor may use water from existing fire hydrants free of charge. Contractor shall, however, arrange for a fire hydrant meter, and pay the required meter deposit fee. C . Electric Power for Construction: Contractor may utilize existing receptacles at the SCADA building. Any temporary systems and their components shall be furnished and installed in conformance with the requirements of the National Electric Code (NEC). Fort Worth Water Department 01500 -1 Temp orary Faciliti es and Controls 3.02 WASTE Contractor may utilize the existing waste container at the SCADA building. Any excess refuse beyond the capacity of the existing waste container shall be removed and disposed of at the Contractor's expense. 3.03 SECURITY AND TEMPORARY APPROVED PROTECTION A . Furnish, install , and maintain suitable barriers and protection to prevent public entry, and to protect the work, existing facilities, and existing roads from construction operations. B. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures and be solely responsibl e for the protection of temporary facilities, finished construction areas , equipment, and materials at the site until the project has been completed and accepted by the Owner. 3.04 SITE MAINTENANCE A. Except as provided herein, no sidewalk, private property, or other are as adjacent to the site shall be used for storage of the Contractor 's equipment and materials unless prior written approval is obtained from the legal owner. B. At all times, the Contractor shall maintain areas covered by the contract and public properties free from accumulation of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. All trash and waste materials shall be cleaned and disposed in an approved waste receptacle each day. C . Excavated materials shall be removed from the site in a manner that will cause the least damage to adjacent lawns, grassed areas, trees, gardens, shrubbery, or fences regardless of whether these are on private property or public right of ways. Fort Worth Water Department 01500 -2 Temporary Facilities and Controls PART 1 GENERAL ITEM 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.01 REQUIREMENTS Provide material and equipment as specified conforming to the following: A. Compl y with size, make , type , and quality sp ecified, unless specificall y authorized in writing by the Engineer. · B. Manufactured and Fabricated Products PART2 PART3 1. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accord with the best engineering and shop practices. 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages , to be interchangeable . 3. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. 4. Equipment capacities, sizes , and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 5. The materials and equipment used on the work shall correspond to the approved samples or other submitted data. PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment incorporated into the work shall: 1. Be new and in current production, conforming to applicable specifications and standards. 2 . Comply with size , make, type , and quality specified , or as specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. B. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard. C. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers , select any one or the products or manufacturers named, which complies with the specifications. Fort Worth Water Department 01600 -l Mat erial and Equipm ent D. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or equal ", Contractor must submit a request for substitutions for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. 3 .02 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL A. Except as specifically indicated or specified, materials and equipment removed from any existing structure shall not be used in the completed work. B. Arrange for transportation, storage, and handling of products which require off-site storage, restoration, or renovation at no additional cost. 3.03 SUBSTITUTIONS A. For a period of thirty (30) days after the date of the Work Order, Engineer will consider written requests from the Contractor for substitution of products that are specifically called out with a product name. B. Submit to the Engineer a separate request for each product, supported with complete data, with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: 1. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified. 2. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. 3. Effect on the construction schedule 4. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified. 5. Listing of any required license fees or royalties. 6. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials. C. Engineer shall be the judge of the acceptability of the proposed substitution. D. In submitting a request for a substitution, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Engineer that he: 1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work, and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects. Fort Worth Water Department 01600 -2 Material and Equipment 4. Waives all claims for additional costs , under his responsibility , which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Any incidental cost associated with using alternative products shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Engineer will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and notify the Contractor, in writing , of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of any proposed substitution . 3.04 COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER 'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that the installation of work comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two copies to Engineer. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in conformance with the contract requirements. C. Manufacturer's recommendations are mm1mum standards for handling materials and equipment and the installation of the work. If the project drawings and specifications are more stringent, the requirements of the drawings and specifications shall govern. D. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with the manufacturer 's instructions , consult Engineer for further instruction. E. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. F. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically authorized by the Engineer. G. Manufacturer shall supply to the City a Certificate of Compliance on equipment furnished that it meets the specification requirements and has been installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 TRANSPORATION AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled and stored by the manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, and Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner to prevent warping , Fort Worth Water Department 01600 -3 Material and Equipment tw1stmg , bending , breaking, chipping , rusting , and an y mJur y, theft or damage of any kind to the material or equipment. B . Equipment shall be shipped as late as possible to assure its availability when required by the Contractor's schedule . The intent of this requirement is to reduce on-site storage time prior to installation and operation. Under no circumstances shall equipment be delivered to the site more than one month prior to installation without prior written authorization from the Engineer. Equipment shall not be shipped until the submittal review process is complete. C. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer 's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. D. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of contract documents and approved submittals, and that products are properly protected and undamaged . Notify Engineer immediately upon receipt of shipment. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. F. Materials and equipment delivered to the job shall be unloaded and placed in a manner which will not hamper the normal operation of the existing lift station or interfere with the flow of street traffic. 3.06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled and stored by the manufacturer, fabricator , supplier, and Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner to prevent warping, twisting , bending, breaking, chipping, rusting , and any injury, theft, or damage of any kind to the material or equipment. B. Special attention shall be given to the storage and handling of equipment on site. Equipment storage will be approved by the Engineer. As a minimum , the procedure outlined below shall be followed: 1. Equipment having moving parts such as gears, electric motors , and instruments shall be stored in a temperature and humidity controlled building approve by the Engineer, until such time as the equipment is to be installed. 2. Equipment shall be stored fully lubricated with oil and grease, unless otherwise instructed by the manufacturer. 3. Manufacturer's storage instruction shall be carefully studied by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. These instructions shall Fort Worth Water Department 01600 -4 Material and Equipment be carefully followed and a written record shall be kept by the Contractor. 4. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum of once weekly to insure proper lubrication and to avoid metal to metal "welding". 5. Motors and other equipment fitted with electric heaters shall have the heaters maintained in an energized condition at all times. C. Indoors 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weatherproof enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by the manufacturer's instructions. 3. Connect and energize motor heaters and other equipment space heaters during storage. D. Outdoors 1. Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids, prevent soiling or staining. Cover products that are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. · 2. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 3. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and are free from damage or deterioration. 3.07 APPURTENATE ITEMS A. Provide wedges, shims, filling pieces, keys, packing, grout, or other materials necessary to properly align, level, and secure apparatus in place. Parts intended to be plumb or level shall be proven exactly so. Grinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after erection shall be done . B. Provide openings, channels, and chases, and install anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete, as required to complete the work under this contract and do all cutting and patching as required. C. Furnish sleeves, inserts, hangars, and anchor bolts, required for the execution of the instrumentation and electrical work, specified and shown on the drawings. In no case shall beams, lintels, or other structural members be cut without the approval of the Engineer. 3.08 INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR ACCEPTANCE Fort Worth Water Department 01600 -5 Material and Equipment A. Furnish all materials or specimens for testing and all labor and facilities for inspection of equipment and materials. B. If the Owner requires, either prior to beginning or during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall submit samples or materials for such special tests as may be necessary to demonstrate that they comply with the specifications. Such samples shall be furnished, stored, packed, and shipped as directed at the Contractor's expense. Except as otherwise noted, the Owner will make arrangements for and pay for the tests. C. Delay of approval resulting from the Contractor's failure to submit samples or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of a claim against the Owner or Engineer. 3.09 REJECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment which, in the opinion of the Engineer, have become so damaged as to be unfit for the use intended or specified shall be promptly removed from the site of Work. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for the damaged material or its removal. B. Damaged material and equipment shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 3.10 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Fort Worth Water Department 01600 -6 Material and Equipment PART 1 ·GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS ITEM 01651 TESTING AND STARTUP A. Submit to Engineer, for approval, start-up and test schedule minimum of 30 days prior to commencing work specified in this section . B. Submit to Engineer, a minimum of three copies of manufacturer's representative's installation report, field test data, test records, and a log of the testing and start up procedure for each item of equipment and system. 1.02 SERVICE OF MANUFACTURER"S REPRESENTATIVE A. The contract price for the project shall include the cost of furnishing competent and experienced personnel who shall represent the manufacturers and shall assist the Contractor, to install , adjust, and test the equipment in conformity with the Contract Documents. B. After the equipment is installed by the Contractor, such personnel shall make all adjustments and tests required to prove that such equipment is in proper and satisfactory operating condition. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 TESTING AND STARTUP PLAN A. Submit plan which includes a schedule of manufacturer's representative visits and for testing and startup of all equipment and systems provided with the work. B. Include in the startup plan: 1. Sequences 2. Lock-out procedures and safety precautions 3. Utility requirements C. The plan shall include the manufacturer's representative schedule with the name of the representative, date, and purpose for each visit identified. Fort Worth Water Department 01651 -I Testing and Startup 3.02 PREPARATION A . Complete equipment installation with controls, safety devices and auxiliary support systems necessary to start the equipment and verify the equipment functions correctly under no load conditions . B . Remo ve temporary bracing supports and other construction debris that may damage equipment. C. Remove protective coatings and oils u sed for protection during shipment and installation. D. Flush and lubricate systems m accordance with Manufacturer 's recommendations . E. Install temporary connections and devices required to fill , operate , checkout and drain the system. F . Check equipment for correct direction of rotation and freedom of moving parts. G. Align equipment to manufacturer's tolerances. H. Check installation prior to start-up for conformance to manufacturer's instructions. I. Adjust or modify equipment to make equipment properly operational. J. Correct any deficiencies or problems noted in manufacturer 's representative installation reports . K. Submit manufacturer 's representative's installation reports with correcti ve action noted. 3.03 TESTING AND STARTUP A. Begin testing and startup procedures after approval by Engineer of testing and startup plan and after receipt of manufacturer's installation report . B. Make final connections to equipment and complete the system installation necessary to apply the system loads to the equipment and verify the equipment functions correctly. C . Start equipment according to manufacturer's instructions. Fort Worth Water Department 01651 - 2 Testing and Startup D. Operate the system through the design performance range consistent with the available flows . Adjust, balance , calibrate , and check out the equipment, safety devices , controls , and process system to operate within the design conditions. E. Perform acceptance test as outlined in Section 16230 -Standby Generator. F. Submit log of testing and startup procedure, field data test, and applicable test records to Engineer and Owner. Fort Worth Water Department 01651 - 3 Testing and Startup PART 1 GENERAL ITEM 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.01 SCOPE A. Comply with the requirements stated in the Contract Documents in closing out the work. B. Comply with related requirements in other parts of the Contract Documents, including fiscal provisions , legal submittals, and additional administrative requirements. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 FINAL INSPECTION A. When the Contractor considers the work complete, he shall submit written certification to the Engineer that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed 2. Contractor has inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4 . Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of the Engineer and Owner's representative and are operational. 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection B. The Owner and Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should the work be designated as incomplete and defective: 1. Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the Engineer that the work is complete. 3. The Owner and Engineer will re-inspect the work. 4. When the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents , the Contractor shall be requested to make closeout submittals. Fort Worth Water Department 01700 - I Contract Cl oseo ut 3 .02 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO OWNER/ENGINER A. Project Record Documents to comply with Item 01720 B. Operation and Maintenance Data to comply with Contract Documents C. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: Submit the following in such form as approved by the Engineer: 1. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims. 2. Contractor's affidavit ofrelease of liens , with: a. Consent of surety to final payment b. Separate releases or waivers of liens for subcontractors and others with lien rights against property of Owner. 3. All submittals shall be duly executed before delivery to Engineer. D. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations E . Equipment Warranties and Bonds, see requirements ofltem 01750 F. Certification from all manufacturers of proper equipment installation, testing, and demonstration as specified in Contract Documents. 3.03 FINAL ADmSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to Engineer B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to contract sum: 1. Original contract sum 2. Additions or deductions resulting from: a. Previous change orders b. Deductions for uncorrected work c. Deductions for liquidated damages d. Other adjustments 3. Total contract sum, as adjusted 4. Previous payments 5. Sum remaining due C. Engineer and Owner will prepare any final change orders, reflecting approved adjustments to contract sum which were not made by previous change orders. Fort Worth Water Department 01700-2 Contract Closeout 3.04 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final application for payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Contract Documents . B. Final payment shall not be approved until all Contract Closeout requirements have been met and all other contract requirements fulfilled. Fort Worth Water Department 01700 -3 Contract Closeout ITEM 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCPOPE A. Prepare and maintain record documents for the project to accurately reflect the construction as built. Documents must be submitted at work completion as a condition for final acceptance. B. Meet with the Engineer's representative monthly to review as-built plans. PART2 PART 3 - Progress payments will not be approved unless Record Documents are up to date. PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 MARKING Mark all changes with a red pencil. 3.02 RECORDING A. Keep record documents current. B. Stamp each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. Legibly mark contract drawings to record actual construction: 1. Horizontal and vertical location of underground and under-slab utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. 2. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Field changes of dimension and detail 4. Changes made by change order. 5. Details not on original contract drawings C. Legibly mark specifications and addenda to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, serial number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by change order or field order. 3. Other matters not originally specified. Fort Worth Water Department 01720-1 Project Record Documents 3.03 SUBMITTAL A . At project completion, deliver record documents to the Engineer. Place all letter-sized material in a three ring binder, neatly indexed. Bind contract drawings and shop drawings in rolls of convenient size for ease of handling . B . Accompany the submittal with a transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document as submitted 1s complete and accurate. 6. Signature of Contractor. Fort Worth Water Department 01720 -2 Project Record Documents PART 1 GENERAL ITEM 01750 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.01 SCOPE A. Provide duplicate, notarized copies of warranty documents. Execute · Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers . Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of work delayed materially beyond the date · of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after final acceptance, listing date of substantial completion as start of warranty period. C. Maintain and keep in good repair the improvements covered by these drawings and specifications during the life of the Contract. D. Indemnify the Owner against any repairs which may become necessary to any part of the work performed and to items of equipment and systems procured for or furnished under this Contract, arising from defective workmanship or materials used therein, for a period of two (2) years after date of final substantial completion of the work. Such warranty period shall be provided by the Contractor regardless of supplier's standard warranty provisions. E. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment required, and shall make such repairs and removals or shall perform such work or reconstruction as may be made necessary by any structural or functional defect or failure resulting from neglect, faulty workmanship, or faulty materials, in any part of the work performed by him. Such repair shall also include refilling of trenches, excavations, or embankments which show settlement or erosion after backfilling placement. F. Except as noted on the drawings or as specified, all structures such as embankments and fences shall be returned to their original condition prior to the completion of the Contract. Any and all damage to any facility not designate for removal resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. G. In the event the Contractor fails to proceed to remedy the defects of which he has been notified within fifteen (15) days of the date of such notice, the Owner reserves the right to cause the required materials to be procured Fort Worth Water Department 01750-1 Warranties and Bonds and the work to be done , as described in the drawings and specifications, and to hold the Contractor and the sureties on his bond liable for the cost and expense thereof. H. In the event that immediate repairs are necessary to continue operations at the facility , the Owner reserves the right to cause those repairs to be made and hold the Contractor liable for the expense of such repairs . In such a case , every reasonable effort will be made by the Owner to notify the Contractor in advance but, failure of such notification shall not constitute a waiver of the Contractor 's liability. In any case , the Contractor will be notified as soon as reasonabl y possible of the need for such repairs. I. Notice to Contractor for repairs and reconstruction will be made in the form of a registered letter addressed to the Contractor at his home office. PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION- Fort Worth Water Department Not Applicable Not Applicable 01750-2 Warrantie s and Bonds PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ITEM 02121 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Remove and dispose of trees , stumps, brush, roots , vegetation , logs , rubbish , and other objectionable matter in embankment and excavation areas. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Item 02220 Structural Excavation, Fill , and Backfill B. D-14 of Special Conditions , "Disposal of Spoil/Fill Material " PART2 PART3 PRODUCTS - EXECUTION Not Applicable 3.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Clear excavation areas of stumps, brush , logs , rubbish, trees , and shrubs , including any buried trees or other materials found in the excavation. Do not disturb any tree not specifically called out for removal on the plans without prior permission from the Engineer. B. Clear and grub areas required for construction . At areas required for equipment foundations , remove all stumps and roots to a depth of at least 2' below the existing ground surface. . Backfill and tamp all holes remaining after clearing and grubbing. Blade areas as required to prevent ponding of water and to facilitate drainage. C. Do not cut or deface trees outside of construction areas D. Topsoil shall be stockpiled as directed by the Engineer . 3.02 DISPOSAL A. Dispose of cleared and grubbed material as specified m the Special Conditions, D-14 , "Disposal of Spoil/Fill Material ". B. No burning is permitted. Fort Worth Water Department 02121-l Clearing and Grubbing PARTl GENERAL ITEM02212 FINISH GRADING 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANC E Topsoil material and source shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to placement at the site of work. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. B. PART2 Maximum Dry Densi ty -Determined by ASTM D 698 Optimum Moisture -Determined by ASTM D 698 PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL Topsoil may be stockpiled on-site material , supplemented by approved off-site material as required. Stockpiled and off-site topsoil shall be free from lump s, clay , toxic substances , roots , debris , and stones over 1" in diameter . PART3 . EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE A. Finish Grading 1. Rough grade compacted fill allowing for a maximum amount of natural settlement and compact. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots . Remove debris , roots , branches , stones , etc. in excess of three inches in size. Remove fill material which has been contaminated with petroleum products. 2. Compact areas which are to receive paving or stabilized base to subgrade elevation and to at least 95 percent maximum dry density. Moisture shall be between optimum and 5 percent abo ve optimum. 3. Bring compacted fill to required levels, profiles , and contours . Make changes in grade gradually. Blend slopes into level areas . 4. Slope grade away from structures minimum 6 inches in 6 feet , unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Fort Worth Wate r Department 02212 - l Finish Grading 5. Where fill to required subgrade elevation is less than 6 inches, scarify to a depth of 6 inches and compact. 6 . Cultivate subgrade to a depth of 6 inches where topsoil is to be placed. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment, used for hauling and spreading topsoil , has compacted subgrades. B. Placing Topsoil 1. Place in minimum 4 inches depth up to finished grade elevations 2. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during wet weather. 3. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough and low areas to ensure positive drainage. Maintain levels , profiles, and contours of subgrades . Rake until surface is smooth. 4. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and other foreign material while spreading. 5. Manually spread topsoil around trees, plants, and structures to prevent damage which may be caused by grading equipment. 6. Lightly compact, 90% minimum of maximum dry density as defined by ASTM D 698. 3.02 MAINTENANCE A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion; keep free from trash and rubbish. B. Repair settled, eroded, or rutted areas, using additional topsoil upon final acceptance of the facilities. C. Repair any sloughing, sliding immediately. Bench any slide areas 8 inches deep . Fort Worth Water Department 02212 -2 Finish Grading ITEM 02220 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION, FILL, AND BACKFILL PART I GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK This section describes requirements for: A. The excavation for all structures, backfilling around completed structures, and the disposal of all excess excavated material. All operations required for the proper completion of the · excavation work, including sheeting, shoring, and bracing, dewatering of excavations, and compaction of backfill are included. B. All fill required for completion of the work as shown or specified. 1.02 REFERENCED ST AND ARDS American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), latest version A. ASTM C. 33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates B. ASTM C 40 -Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Sand for Concrete C. ASTM C 136 -Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate D. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement E. ASTM D 4318 -Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils F. ASTM D 698 -Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort G. ASTM D 1557 -Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb Rammer and 18" Drop H. ASTM D 4253 -Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table Fort Worth Water Department 02220 -l Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submit the following in accordance with the General Conditions and General Requirements of the Contract Documents . A. Testing laboratory reports , as specified or required, to show compliance with the specifications for material from off-site locations . The specified tests shall be performed by a certified independent laboratory employed and paid by the Contractor. B. Submit certification from the landowner of each proposed off-site soil borrow source stating that to the best of the landowner 's knowledge and belief there has never been contamination of the borrow source site with hazardous or toxic materials. The certification shall be furnished to the Owner prior to proceeding to furnish soils to the site. 1.04 PROTECTION OF FACILITIES A. Before the start of earthwork operations, adequately protect utilities , trees, shrubs, and other permanent objects. Costs resulting from damage to permanent facilities due to negligence or lack of adequate protection will be charged to the Contractor. · B. Provide surface drainage during the period of construction to protect the work and to avoid nuisance to adjoining property. C. The Contractor shall conduct operations in such fashion that trucks and other vehicles do not create dirt nuisance in the streets. The truck beds shall be sufficiently tight, and shall be loaded in such a manner that objectionable materials will not be spilled onto the streets. Any dirt, mud, or other materials that is spilled onto the streets or deposited onto the streets by the tires of vehicles will be promptly cleaned by the Contractor. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE The Contractor will arrange for the services of a testing laboratory, as specified in the General Requirements, to perform compaction tests on the compacted materials. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least 48 hours in advance of the time at which tests will be taken. Any area failing to comply with the specifications shall be reworked as required. 1.06 INSPECTION OF EXCAVATIONS A. Notify the Engineer's representative at least 48 hours prior to completion of any excavation so that the excavation may be inspected. Do not place Fort Worth Water Department 02220 -2 Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill B. PART2 reinforcing steel or concrete in the excavation prior to inspection unless the Engineer has given approval to proceed without inspection. Notify the Engineer's representative at least 48 hours prior to backfilling pipe trenches . Do not begin backfilling of pipe trenches until all pipe joints have been inspected, pipes tested, and approved unless the Engineer's representative has given approval to backfill the trenches without inspection. PRODUCTS 2.01 NON-EXPANSIVE EARTH FILL A. The non-expansive earth fill shall consist of soil materials with a liquid limit of 35 or less, a plasticity index between 8 and 20, a minimum of 35 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, a minimum of 85 percent passing the No. 4 sieve, and which are free of organics or other deleterious materials. When compacted to the recommended moisture and density, the material shall have a maximum free swell value of 0.5 percent and a maximum hydraulic conductivity (permeability) of lE-05 cm/sec, as determined by laboratory testing of remolded specimens of the actual materials proposed for the non-expansive earth fill. B. On-site excavated materials complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.0lA, can be used as non-expansive earth fill. Prior to using the on-site excavated material, the material shall be tested by a certified independent laboratory employed and paid by the Contractor. Contractor shall submit test results to the Engineer's representative for approval prior to placing the material. C. Prior to bringing any of the proposed material to the site, submit for review to the Engineer 's representative, an analysis of the proposed material including moisture-density relationship curve prepared in accordance with ASTM D 698 by a certified independent testing laboratory employed and paid by the Contractor. 2.02 SAND Where sand is shown or specified, use natural sand meeting ASTM C 33 requirements for fine aggregate. 2.03 CONCRETE BACKFILL Concrete backfill shall be Class E (1,500 psi) concrete as specified in Section El- 20 of the Fort Worth Water Department's Material Specifications, dated January 1, 1978. Fort Worth Water Department 02220-3 Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill 2 .04 FILTER MATERIAL A . Where shown, use a mixture of coarse aggregate and fine aggregate for the filter material. B. Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel, crushed gravel , or crushed stone and shall have a gradation limit of %-inch to No. 4 complying with ASTM C 33 (Type 7). C. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand and shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregate . 2.05 GRANULAR FILL A. Class 1 Aggregate Fill: Consist of durable particles of crushed stone free of silt, clay, or other unsuitable materials and have a percentage of wear of not more than 40%, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131 and ASTM C 535 . The material should meet the following gradation in accordance with ASTM D 448: Sieve Size 1-1/2 inch 1 inch Yi inch No.4 No.8 PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING Percent Passing 100 95 -100 25 -60 0 -10 0-5 A. Remove shrubs, trees, stumps, roots, underbrush, weeds, and other vegetation in the way of construction. Remove tree stumps to a depth of 4 feet below grade. B. Topsoil consisting of friable material free of vegetation, clay lumps, stone, or toxic substances shall be stockpiled in areas , as directed by the Engineer, at the site for use in finish grading. 3.02 SLABS ON GROUND A. Slabs at grade: Fort Worth Water Department 02220-4 Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill 1. Subgrade : Scarify to a depth of s ix inches below the cleared depth. Adjust moisture content as specified. The recompacted subgrade shall be proof-rolled with a pneumatic tire roller in order to detect any soft areas . Soft or wet areas will require removal and replacement with non-expansi ve fill material of at least 12 inches compacted thickness (2 lifts). Depressions from stump removal shall be cleaned of all organic material and filled with non- expansive fill material. 2. Final Grade: Conform to lines and grades shown on the drawings . B. Slabs Below Grade: Excavate to twelve inches above final subgrade. In order to preserve the in-situ moisture of the subgrade, do not excavate the final 12 inches until just prior to the construction of se~l slab or granular leveling pad, where specified. If the soil at the time of final exposure and concrete placement is not within range specified in paragraph 3.02C, the top six inches shall be recompacted at the proper moisture level. Soft and wet areas not achieving compaction will require removal and replacement with concrete or select granular fill. C. Compaction: I. · The subgrade and fill material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of standard proctor density as determined by ASTM D 698. The moisture content of the backfill soils shall be at or near (- 2% to +5%) the optimum moisture value. The Contractor shall maintain a more narrow range of moisture content in order to achieve the specified density . The methods used to secure the specified compaction and moisture content will be the Contractor 's responsibility. Wet soils shall be worked by plowing, disking, or scarifying and air drying as required to reduce the moisture content to optimum levels. 2. Compaction should be performed with a heavy tamping foot roller with fully penetrating feet. The tamping foot roller should weigh no less than 2 ,000 pounds per linear foot of drum width. A minimum of eight (8) passes of the tamping foot roller should be provided, even if the specified density is achieved with fewer passes. All fill materials deposited in place by scrapers, dump trucks, drag lines, or similar equipment shall be thoroughly broken up before being spread into uniform layers. 3. Moisten layers between lifts to achieve bonding. 3.03 EXCAVATION Fort Worth Water Department 02220-5 Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill A. Excavation work shall be unclassified and includes the removal of all types of materials encountered without exception. Make excavations to lines and grades indicated on the drawings. Complete excavations within the tolerances specified. Topsoil and clay materials shall be placed in separate stockpiles. B. All excavation shall comply with OSHA and local safety laws. C. Structures: 1. Wherever practicable, cut all footing excavations to neat lines with a tolerance of one inch. Where beams are shown to be monolithic with slabs on ground, shape soil to the profile shown. Excavate a sufficient distance from the walls, shafts, or similar elements of structures to allow for placing and removing forms and for inspection. 2 . Excavate to the elevations shown on the drawings forming a level and undisturbed surface free of mud or other soft material. When the bottom of the excavation, at the elevation shown, in not within the foundation bearing material shown on the drawings or is unsuitable for foundation bearing, notify the Engineer. Remove all pockets of soft or otherwise unstable soils and replace with concrete or suitable well-compacted soils as directed by the Engineer. 3. Fill all unauthorized excessive excavation with concrete at no charge to the Owner. 4. Protect all open excavations from rainfall or excessive drying so as to maintain the foundation subgrade in a satisfactory, undisturbed condition. Keep excavations reasonably free of water at all times and completely free of water during placement or concrete. Soils below foundation, which become soft, loose, or otherwise unsatisfactory for dewatering or other construction methods shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials, as directed by the Engineer, at no cost to the Owner. 3.04 BACKFILL A. Complete backfill to the surface of natural ground or to the lines and grades shown on drawings. Use approved on-site excavated material except where special materials are shown or specified. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and compact each layer as specified. Fort Worth Water Department 02220-6 Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill B. Backfill at Structures : Place backfill a s promptly as practicable after completion of each structure or portion of a structure. The backfill shall not be placed until the wall attains required compressive strength, or as allowed by the Engineer. Remo ve concrete forms before starting backfill and remo ve shoring and bracing as the work progresses. Caution should be exercised not to o ver-compact the backfill. Hand operated tampers or other lightweight compactors should be used in the five (5) foot area adjacent to the wall. C. Compacting Backfill: Place material in uniform layers of prescribed maximum thickness and wet or dry the material to within two percent below or five percent above (-2% to +5%) optimum moisture content. Compact with power-driven hand tampers to the prescribed density. 1. Regular and Non-Expansive Fill Material: Place in 4 inch maximum layers. Compact to between 95 and 100 percent of maximum soil density, as determined by ASTM D 698 . 2. Sand and Granular Material: Place in 6 inch maximum layers . Compact to not less than 95 percent of maximum soil density as determined by ASTM D 4253 . D. The final surface grade shall slope away from the structure on a gradient of 1.5 to 3 percent, such that surface water does no pond adjacent to the structure within the backfill zone . Fort Worth Water Department 02220 a 7 Structural Excavation, Fill, and Backfill PARTl GENERAL 1.01 DESCRJPTION ITEM02223 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM This item shall govern for the excavation protection required for trenches or excavations in excess of five feet deep, including all additional excavations , backfill, and repair made necessary by the protection system. The requirements of this item governs all trenches for mains, vaults , wetwells , drywells , valve vaults, and other appurtenances 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Trenches: A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground in which the depth is greater than the width where the width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15) feet. If forms or other structures are installed or constructed in an excavation so as to reduce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to fifteen (15) feet or less at the bottom of the excavation, the excavation is considered to be a trench. B. Benching System: Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between the levels . C. Sloping System: Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are inclined away from the excavation. D. Shield System: Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields". Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the work progresses. Shields can be either pre-manufactured or job-built in accordance with OSHA standards. 1.03 STANDARDS A. The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 , Subpart P - Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing requirements for trench safety. B. The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the adequacy of the trench safety system and providing "a safe place to work" for the workers. Fort Worth Water Department 02223 -l Trench Safety System PART2 The Contractor shall, in addition, comply with all state and local regulations and ordinances. The trench excavation safety protection system shall be shall be designed by or under the supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Texas. PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL All materials and products incorporated into the Trench Safety System shall be suitable for their intended uses; and shall meet all design criteria and parameters used by the Trench Safety System designer; and shall meet all applicable requirements of OSHA standards. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES A. At least ten (10) Calendar Days prior to trench excavation or any excavation operations, and not more than thirty (30) Calendar Days following execution date of the Construction Agreement, Contractor shall submit a site specific Trench Safety System Conformance Affidavit stating that operations will be conducted in full conformance with OSHA standards. 1. The Conformance Letter shall also describe the Trench Safety System techniques proposed to be used on the project. 2. Specific references to the applicable OSHA standards shall be included for each technique to be used. B. The Trench Safety System Plan shall be in writing, site specific, and sufficiently detailed and clear to be understandable and usable by all personnel who will be executing, supervising, and witnessing the trenching operations. A copy of the Trench Safety System Plan shall be available at the site of trenching operations at all times. A second copy . shall be provided to the Engineer for the Owner's records. C. If borings and/or geotechnical analyses are required to develop the Trench Safety System Plan, they shall be executed by the Contractor at his cost. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Contractor's Competent Person(s) shall maintain a copy of and implement OSHA trenching safety regulations at the worksite. Trenching shall be completed to lines and grades indicated or as specified in various technical Fort Worth Water Department 02223 - 2 Trench Safety System specification items requiring excavation and tre nching and/or backfilling. Contractor shall perform all trenching in a safe manner and maintain safety systems to prevent injury to personnel or damage to structures , utilities , or property in or near the excavation. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent or an installed trench safety system is damaged , work in trench shall immediately cease and personnel evacuated from hazardous area and City notified . Personnel shall not re-enter excavation until necessary repairs or replacements are completed, inspected, and approved by the Contractor 's Competent Person(s). Repair and replacement of damaged safety system shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.03 CHANGED CONDITIONS A. When changed conditions require modifications to the Trench Safety System, Contractor shall provide a new design or an alternate Trench Safety System designed by the Contractor's trench safety Engineer adequate for conditions encountered. Copies thereof shall be provided to the City. A copy of the most current Trench Safety System shall be maintained on site and made available to inspection at all times . B. Changes to the Trench Safety System Plan initiated by the Contractor for operational efficiency or by changed conditions will not be cause for contract time extension or cost adjustment thereof. 3.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for Trench Safety System shall be on a unit price basis , the unit price being as given in the Bid Proposal, and the unit of measure being linear feet of trench exceeding five feet in depth, or the perimeter of the structure foundation for structural excavations exceeding five feet in depth, without regard to whether specific trench safety precautions were required or used for the trench reach being measured. Fort Worth Water Department 02223 -3 Trench Safety System ITEM 02930 SEEDING AND REVEGATATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Pro vide all labor, materials, equipment, tools , and related items required for preparing ground , seeding and/or h ydro-mulching. Areas requiring seeding and/or hydro-mulching shall include all areas disturbed by construction, including. Contractor storage areas. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Water: Contractor shall be responsible for making satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth Water Department prior to obtaining Fort Worth water. Provide necessary meters, hoses, temporary piping, sprinklers , and other watering equipment required to complete the work. B . Maintenance : Until final acceptance, and until an approved stand of grass is achieved, maintain seeding and hydro-mulching by watering , cultiv ating, cleaning, and replacing as necessary to keep grass in a healthy condition. 1.03 ACCEPTANCE The work will be accepted, when a completed, undamaged, stand of permanent grass is achieved , as approved by the Engineer. 1.04 SEEDING SCHEDULES A. B. Annual Rye Grass: Complete between September 15 and April 1. Bermuda Grass : Complete between April 1 and September 15 . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GRASS A. Bermuda Grass: Extra fancy , hulled, and treated lawn-type seed with purity of 95% or better and germination of 85% or better. Weed content less than Yi %. B. Annual Rye Grass: Purity of 95% or better and a germination of 90% or better. Weed content less than Yi %. Fort Worth Water Department 2930 -l Seeding and Re vegatation 2 .02 MULCH FIBER A. B. C. PART3 Wood cellulose for hydro-mulch -Weyerhauser or Comweb with green color additi ve. The wood fiber mulch shall blend with grass seed, fertilizer, and other additives to form a homogenous slurry. Upon application, the mulch material shall form a mat covering the ground. This mat shall have the characteristics of moisture absorption and percolation and shall cover and hold grass seed in contact with the soil. The dye shall be biodegradable and not inhibit plant growth. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Grading: Verify that lawn areas have been final graded in accordance with Item 02212 , "Finish Grading". B. Establish a dense lawn of permanent Bermuda grass in all areas disturbed by construction activities, such as excavation, trenching, and vehicle traffic . 3 .02 FINAL GRADING/SEED BED PREPARATION A. Loosen areas to be grassed and fine rake to break up lumps and produce a smooth, even grade, free from unsightly variations, ridges , and depressions. B. Remove and dispose of stones 2 inches or larger, sticks , roots, other debris, and grass stubble exposed during operation. C. Do not vary final grading elevations more than 3 inches. Maintain positive drainage at all times. 3.03 GRASS PLANTING A . Refer to seeding schedule and proceed with appropriate grass planting. B. Hydro-mulching : 1. At time of seeding, soil to be moist but not muddy, and wind velocity shall not exceed 10 miles per hour. Add water if required to moisten soil. 2. Hydraulic mulching shall consist of mixing wood fiber mulch, grass seed, fertilizer , and other additives with water. It shall be mixed in standard Fort Worth Water Department 2930-2 Seedin g and Rev egatation hydraulic mulching equipment to form a homogenous slurry . This slurry shall be sprayed under pressure , uniformly over the soil surface. The hydraulic mulching equipment shall contain a continuous agitation system that keeps all materials in uniform suspension throughout the mixing and distribution cycles. 3 . Using standard hydraulic mulching equipment, the wood fiber mulch, seed, and fertilizer slurry shall be applied evenly over the soil surface in a one-step operation. The mixture shall be applied to the area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all components are placed in the equipment. 4. Complete final grading and hydro-mulch rye grass evenly at a rate of five pounds per thousand square feet with cellulose fiber at a rate of fifty pounds per thousand square feet and a fertilizer rate of eighteen pounds per thousand square feet. 5. Complete final grading and hydro-mulch Bermuda grass at a rate of two pounds per thousand square feet, with wood cellulose at a rate of fifty pounds per thousand square feet , and a fertilizer rate of eighteen pounds per thousand square feet. 3.04 PERFORMANCE A. Establish a dense lawn of permanent grass, free from lumps and depressions. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain planted areas until the approved stand is established. Maintenance shall consist of watering, replanting, maintaining existing grades, and repair of erosion damage. B. Re-grass any area failing to show uniform cover. Such replacement shall continue until a dense lawn is established. 3.05 GRADE MAINTENANCE AND EROSION DAMAGE A. Maintain original grades of lawn areas after commencement of planting and during maintenance period. B. Provide surface repair to ruts, ridges, and tracks. Replant areas required for final acceptance. 3.06 ACCEPTANCE The work shall be accepted when a completed, undamaged stand of grass is achieved, as approved by the City. A stand of grass shall be achieved when 95% of the grass area is covered with no uncovered areas m excess of ten square feet. Fort Worth Water Department 2930 -3 Seeding and Revegatation PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ITEM02950 SILT FENCE The placement of silt fences shall consist of materials and labor to place a filter fabric fence as described herein and designated on the plans. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SILT FENCE Filter fabric shall be woven or non-woven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene , polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material. Geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any principle direction (ASTM D-4632), Mullen burst strength exceeding 200 psi (ASTM D-3786), and the maximum apparent opening size of .8 IIliil. Filter fabric material shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months expected useable construction life at a temperature range of 0°to 120° F . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Provide filter fabric fence systems at all locations specified on construction plans. Filter fabric fence systems shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained and accumulated. B. Attach the filter fabric to 1 inch by 2 inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet apart and embedded a minimum of 1 foot. The wooden stakes shall be installed at a slight angle towards the source of anticipated runoff. C. Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher so that the downward face of the trench is flat and perpendicular to the direction of flow. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and compact the trench. D. The filter fabric should be provided in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the Silt Fence to minimize the use of joints. When joints are necessary, the fabric should be spliced together only at a support post with a minimum 6 inch overlap, and sealed securely. Fort Worth Water Department 2950 - I Silt Fence 3.02 MAINTENANCE Inspect sediment filter barrier systems after each rainfall , daily during periods of prolonged rainfall , and a minimum of once a week. Repair or replace damage d secti ons immediately to restore the requirements of this specification. Remove sediment deposi ts when silt reaches one-third of the height of the fabric . Fort Worth Water Department 2950-2 Silt Fence PART 1 GENERAL ITEM03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.01 WORK INCLUDED This item defines requirements for design, construction, erection, and removal of concrete formwork. 1.02 REFERENCE ST AND ARD American Concrete Institute, ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork". PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMMATERIAL A. Smooth Forms: 1. Construct formwork with plywood; tempered,· concrete-form hardboard; dressed lumber faced with plywood or fiberboard lining; metal, plastic, or metal-framed plywood-faced, panel material acceptable to the Engineer to provide continuous, straight smooth surfaces. Form material shall be free of raised grain, tom surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents, or other defects. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand the pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection . 2. Smooth forms shall be used on all concrete surfaces exposed to view or liquid in the completed structure. B. Rough Forms: 1. Construct forms of dressed or undressed lumber free of knots, splits, or other defects. Forms shall be plywood, metal , or other material acceptable to the Engineer. Material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand the pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. 2. Rough forms may be used on concrete surfaces that will not be exposed to view or liquid in the completed structure. Fort Worth Water Department 03100-1 Concrete Formwork C. Waterproofed Surfaces: At surfaces to be waterproofed, provide formwork with sufficient anchor pattern to facilitate bond of the membrane waterproofing. D. Shores: Wood or adjustable metal type with bearing plates and with double wedges at bottom. 2.02 FORM ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Form ties shall be of the removable end, permanently embedded body type, and shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to support and maintain the form in proper position and alignment without the use of auxiliary spreaders. 2. Provide ties with a water seal washer for all liquid containing structures. B. Chamfers: Provide a chamfer on all exposed edges by using either wooden of plastic chamfer strips. Chamfer strips shall be forty five degree right angles in section with the two shorter sides measuring %-inch. 2.03 DESIGN OF FORMWORK The design and engineering of all concrete formwork, including all shoring, bracing, and re-shoring, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Design formwork for loads, lateral pressure, and allowable stresses as described in ACI 347. Allow for design consideration, wind loads, allowable stresses, and other applicable requirements of controlling local building codes. Formwork shall compensate for anticipated deflection during placement of concrete when required to maintain specific tolerances. Design form work to be readily removed · without impact, shock, or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION A. General: 1. All formwork, scaffolds, and work platforms shall be safe and conform to OSHA requirements. 2. Construct and maintain form work, complying with ACI 34 7 and these specifications so that it will maintain correct sizes of members, shape, alignment, elevation, and position during Fort Worth Water Department 03100-2 Concrete Formwork concrete placement, and until concrete has gained sufficient strength. Provide for openings , offsets , sinkages , ke yways, recesses , moldings , anchorages , and inserts , as required . 3 . Construct forms for eas y remo val without damage to concrete surfaces . 4. Formwork shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. 5. Chamfer strips shall be placed in forms to bevel all edges and comers permanently exposed to view, except the top edges of walls and slabs which are known to be tooled. Edges of formed joints and interior comers shall not be beveled unless shown or specified otherwise. Equipment bases shall have formed beveled edges for all vertical and horizontal comers. Unless otherwise noted , bevels shall be %-inch wide. 6 . If runways are required for moving equipment, provide for support or runways with struts or legs resting directly on the formwork or structural member. Do not allow runways or supports to rest on the reinforcing steel. 7. No form supports shall be cast in place or removed during or after placement of concrete. B. Forms for Surfaces Exposed to View or Liquid 1. Drill forms to suit ties used and to prevent leakage of concrete mortar around tie holes. Form ties shall be uniformly spaced and aligned in horizontal and vertical rows. Form ties shall not displace or interfere with reinforcing steel or other embedment placement. · 2. Provide sharp, clean comers at intersecting planes with out visible edges or offsets. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square, intersections. 3. Form molding shapes, recesses, and projections with smooth-finish materials and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. 4. Form exposed comers of beams and columns to produce square , smooth, solid, unbroken lines.· Provide all exterior exposed comers with %-inch chamfer. Fort Worth Water De partment 03100-3 Concrete Formwork 5. Arrange facing material in orderly and symmetrical fashion . Keep the number of seams to a practical minimum. Support facing material adequately to prevent deflection in excess of allowable tolerances . 6. For flush surfaces exposed to view in the completed structure, overlap previously placed , hardened concrete with form sheathing by approximately 1-inch. Hold forms against hardened concrete to maintain true surfaces, preventing offsets or loss of mortar. C. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finish slab surface. Provide and secure units ~o support types of screeds required. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork so that concrete surfaces will be have a maximum variation of Yi'' over any 10 foot length, or 1" over the entire dimension of the structure. B. Establish sufficient control points and bench marks as references for tolerance checks. Maintain these references in undisturbed condition until final completion and acceptance of the project. 3.03 ADUSTMENTS OF FORMWORK A. Use wedges or jacks to provide positive adjustment of shores and struts. Wedges used for final adjustment of forms should be fastened in position after inspection and before concrete placement. B. Securely brace forms against lateral deflections .. Prepare and compensate for settling during concrete placement. C. For wall openings, construct wood forms that facilitate any necessary loosening to counteract swelling of forms. 3.04 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. Before placing concrete, clean surfaces of forms and embedded materials. Remove accumulated mortar, grout, rust, and other foreign matter. B. Coat forms for exposed or painted concrete surfaces with form oil or form- release agent before placing reinforcement. Cover form surfaces with coating material used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed Fort Worth Water Department 03I00-4 Concrete Formwork instructions . Do not allow excess coating material to accumulate in forms or to contact hardened concrete against which fresh concrete will be placed . Remove coating material from reinforcement before placing concrete. C. Other than retained-in-place metal forms, form for unexposed surfaces may be wet with water immediately before concrete placement in lieu of coating. One exception is that when a possibility of freezing temperatures exists, use of a coating is mandatory. 3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Forms on vertical surfaces, when repair of surface defects or finishing is required before concrete is aged, may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations. B. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. Formwork for columns, walls, sides of beams, and other parts not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after 12 hours provided that concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operation and provided the removal of these forms will not disturb members supporting the weight of the concrete. C. All forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete or any construction loads shall remain in place until concrete has reached the minimum strength specified for removal of forms and shoring. In no case shall forms be removed in less than four ( 4) days. 3.06 REMOVAL STRENGTH The minimum concrete compressive strengths for removal of all formwork supporting the weight of concrete shall be at least 75 percent of the specified minimum 28 day strength of the class of concrete involved. Obtain permission of Engineer prior to removal of forms. 3.07 RESHORING A. When re-shoring is permitted or required, plan operations in advance and secure approval of such operations. While re-shoring is underway, keep live load off the new construction. Do not permit concrete beams, slab, column, or other structural member to be subjected to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads permitted for developed concrete strength at the time of re-shoring. Fort Worth Water Department 03100-5 Concrete Formwork B. Place re -shores as soon as practicable after stripping operations are complete, but in no case later than the end of the working day on which stripping occurs . Tighten re-shores to carry the required loads without overstressing construction. Leave re-shores in place until tests representative of concrete being supported have reached specified strength at the time of removal of form work supporting the weight of concrete. 3.08 FORM REUSE Do not reuse forms that are worn or damaged beyond repair. Thoroughly clean and recoat forms before reuse. For wood or plywood forms to be used for exposed smooth finish, sand or otherwise dress concrete contact surface to original condition or provide form liner facing material. For metal forms , straighten, remove dents, and clean to return to .original condition. Fort Worth Water Department 03100-6 Concrete Formwork PARTl ITEM03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE This item specifies requirements for all concrete reinforcement. Also included are grouting of reinforcement dowel bars. 1.02 REFERENCE ST AND ARD A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A 36 -Standard Specification for Structural Steel 2. ASTM A 82 -Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. J.' ASTM A 183 -Standard Specification for Welded Steel ·wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A 497 -Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ASTM A 615 -Standard Specification fro Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A 675 -Standard Specification for Steel Bars and Bar Size Shapes, · Carbon, Hot-Rolled Special Quality, Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 315 -Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 2. ACI 318-77 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: 1. Submit the manufacturer's certificates giving the properties of steel proposed for use. List the manufacturer's test number and heat Fort Worth Water Department 03200 - 1 Concrete Reinforcement number , chemical analysis , yield point , tensile strength, and percent elongation. Also identify on the certificates the prop os ed location of the steel in the work. 2. When foreign manufactured reinforcing bars are proposed for use , the material shall be tested for conformance to ASTM requirements by a certified independent testing laboratory located in the United States. Certificafion from any other source is not acceptable. Furnish copies of the test reports to the Engineer for review. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcement until the material has been approved. The cost of testing shall be borne by the supplier. B. Bill of Materials: Submit bills of materials to be reviewed with shop drawings . C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings according to the Item 01300, "Submittals". Show reinforcement fabrication, bar placement location, splices, spacing, and bar designation, bar type , length, size, bending, number of bars, bar support type, and other pertinent information, including dimensions: Information must correspond directly to data listed on the bill of materials. 2. Provide sufficient detail to permit placement of reinforcement. Do not begin fabrication of reinforcing steel until after shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 3. Detail shop drawings according to ACI 315. 4. Rebar submittal shall include the following information: a. Grade of bars b. Table of bending dimensions, bar size , bar length, number of bars , and bar spacing. c. The rebar shall be listed separately for each structural element (wall, slab, footing, beam, etc.). Each element shall be labeled on the rebar list and clearly identified on the shop drawings .. d. Each bar shall be identified such as comer bars , tie bars, vertical bars , etc. D. Manufacturer's Technical Literature: Submit manufacturer's technical literature on the epoxy grout proposed for anchoring reinforcing dowels to Fort Worth Water Department 03200-2 Concrete Reinforcement hardened concrete . Information shall include manufacturer's recommended application procedures. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE Store reinforcement abo v e the ground on platforms , skids , or other supports.· Protect reinforcing , as far as practicable , from mechanical injury, surface deterioration, and rusting caused by exposure to the weather. 1.05 NOTIFICATION Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours before concrete placement so that reinforcement may be inspected and errors corrected without delaying the work. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A . Deformed Bars: Use deformed bars, conforming to ASTM A 615, as shown on drawings, for all bars except those shown on drawings to be smooth bars. When grade is not shown on the drawings , use Grade 60. B. Smooth Bars : Use smooth bars conforming to ASTM A 36 ~ Grade 60 or ASTM A 675 Grade 70 for all bars shown on the drawings to be smooth bars. C. Marking : Clearly mark all bars with waterproof tags showing the number of bars , size, mark, length, and yield strength . D . Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A 185 2.. Welded Wire Deformed Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A 497. 3. Provide wire size, spacing, and type shown. Where type is not shown on the drawings use welded smooth wire fabric . 2.02 TIE WIRE Use 18 gage annealed steel for tie wire. 2.03 BAR SUPPORTS Provide chairs, riser bars, ties, and other accessories made of plastic or metal , ex cept as otherwise specified. Bar supports and accessories shall be made of the Fort Worth Water Department 03200-3 Concrete Re inforcement sizes required to provide concrete cover as specified. Metal bar supports and accessories shall be Class 1 or 2, conforming to the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. 2.04 EPOXY GROUT Epoxy grout shall be high strength rigid epoxy adhesive manufactured for the purpose of anchoring dowels into hardened concrete. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Bending: Fabricate bars to the shapes shown on the drawings by cold bending. Bends shall conform to the minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318. Do not straighten or re-bend bars without specific approval. B. Splices: Locate splices as shown on the drawings. Where it is necessary to splice reinforcement at locations other than shown on the drawings , the splices shall be approved by the Engineer. Use a minimum number of splices located at points of minimum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. C. Construction Joints: Reinforcing steel shall be continuous through construction joints. D. Fabrication Tolerances: Bars shall have a maximum tolerance of one inch . PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING Clean reinforcement of all scale, loose or flaky rust, or other foreign material , including oil , mud, or coating that will reduce the bond to the concrete. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Interferences: If reinforcing steel interferes with the location of other reinforcing steel , conduits, or other embedded items, bars may be moved · within specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. If greater movement is required to avoid interference , notify the Engineer. B. Concrete Cover 1. Slabs and Walls a. Top and Bottom bars for dry conditions: l " Fort Worth Water Department 03200 - 4 Concrete Reinforcement b. Formed concrete surfaces exposed to weather, water, or sewage: 2. Beams and Columns a. b . For dry conditions Exposed to earth, water, sewage 3. Footings and Base Slabs a. b. At formed surfaces bearing on concrete mat At unformed surfaces in contact with earth 2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 3" Cover for reinforcing steel shall not be less than the minimum shown above and shall not exceed the minimum by more than Yi". C. Placement in Forms: Use spacers, chairs, wire ties , and other accessory items necessary to properly assemble, space, and support reinforcing. Wire ties through forms and temporary spacers will not be allowed. Provide accessories of sufficient number, size, and strength to adequately prevent deflection or displacement of reinforcement due to construction loads or concrete placement. · Use appropriate accessories to position and support bolts, anchors, and other embedded items. Tie reinforcing bars at each intersection and to accessories. Blocking reinforcement with concrete or masonry is prohibited. D. Placement of Concrete on Ground: Support reinforcement on pre-cast concrete block spaced at approximately 3 feet on center each way. Use a minimum of one block for each nine (9) square feet. Tie blocks to at least one reinforcing bar using tie wires embedded in the block. E. Splices: 1. Do not splice bars, except at locations shown on the drawings or the reviewed shop drawings, without approval by the Engineer. 2. Lap Splices: Tie securely with wire to prevent displacement of splices during placement of concrete. F. Construction Joints: Place reinforcing continuous through construction joints. G. Welded Wire Fabric: Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh plush 6 inches. Lace splices with wire. Do not make end laps. midway between supporting beams, or Fort Worth Water Department 03200-5 Concrete Reinforcement directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adj acent widths to prevent continuous laps. H. Field _ Bending: Shape reinforcing bent during construction operations to conform to the drawings. Bars shall be cold bent; do not heat bars . Closely inspect the reinforcing for breaks. If reinforcing is damaged, replaced or repair as directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in the concrete. Do not field bend any reinforc ing without Engineer 's approval. J. Field Cutting: Reinforcing bars cut on the job shall be cut by shearing or sawing. , Do not cut bars with a cutting torch unless approved by the Engineer. 3.03 GROUTING OF REINFORCING BARS Use specified epoxy for anchoring reinforcing steel to existing concrete. If diameter of hole is not specifically dimensioned in the drawings, drill hole in existing concrete that is V..-inch to Yz-inch larger than the diameter of the reinforcing bar. Immediately prior to installation of the reinforcing bar, blow the hole clean of all debris using compressed air. Partially fill the hole with epoxy. Use enough epoxy so that when the bar is inserted,. the epoxy gro ut will completely fill the hole around the dowel. Dip the end of the reinforcing bar in epoxy and install into the partially filled hole. Follow manufacturer's instructions in use of epoxy. Fort Worth Water Department 03200 -6 Concrete Reinforcement ITEM03250 CONCRETE JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED This item specifies requirements for all concrete joints and embedded items for cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 . REFERENCE ST AND ARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A 120 -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black, and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless. 2. ASTM C 881 -Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems in Concrete. 3. ASTM D 994 -Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 4. ASTM D 1190 -Standard Specification for Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type. 5. ASTM D 1751 -Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 6. ASTM A 1752 -Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 7. ASTM D 1850 -Standard Specification for Concrete Joint Sealer, Cold-Application Type. 8. ASTM D 2628 -Standard Specification for Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements. 9. ASTM C 920 -Elastomeric Joint Sealants B. US Army Corps of Engineers (CRD): CRD-C572 -Corps of Engineers specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops. C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Fort Worth Water Department 03250 - I Concrete Joints and Embedded Items 1. ACI 503 -Standard Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Item 01300, "Submittals". Submit the follo w ing items : PART2 1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing all concrete joints, proposed sequences for concrete placement, and type of concrete specified. 2. Product Data: a. When substitutions are proposed by the Contractor · for acceptable brands of materials specified · herein, submit brochures and samples of proposed substitutions to the Engineer for approval before delivery to the project. b . Submit manufacturer's technical literature on product brands, proposed for use by the Contractor to the Engineer for review. The submittal shall include the manufacturer 's installation and/or application instruction. Submittals shall be made on the following products: 1.) Joint sealing compound and primer 2.) Bonding Agent 3.) Elastomeric compression seal 4.) Waterstops PRODUCTS 2.01 EXP ANSI ON JOINT FILLER Preformed bituminous type conforming to ASTM D 994. Provide %-inch thick filler unless otherwise shown. Use bituminous for exterior slabs and paving. 2.02 EXP ANSI ON JOINT FILLERS , NONBITUMINOUS Preformed Type III self-expanding cork filler conforming to ASTM D 1752. Use non-bituminous for interior slabs. 2.03 JOINT SEALING COMPOUND (BITUMINOUS JOINT FILLER) Catalytically blown asphalt type to be used with bituminous type joint filler. 2.04 JOINT SEALING COMPOUNDS (NON-BITUMINOUS JOINT FILLER) Fort Worth Water Department 03250-2 Concrete Joints and Embedded Items Single or multi-component cold-applied elastomeric type joint sealants conforming to ASTM C 920. Sealant shall be gray in color. Provide joint primer according to manufacturer 's recommendations. 2.05 CONCRETE BONDING AGENT Shall permanently bond fresh wet concrete to cured concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 881 , Type II. Grade and class shall be as required for the project application. A field service representative of the manufacturer shall be available during the application to instruct the Contractor in the proper use of the product when so requested by the Engineer or the Contractor. 2.06 EXP ANSI ON JOINT DOWELS Smooth steel bars ·conforming to the requirements of the concrete reinforcing section. Cut dowels to length at shop or mill before delivery to the site. Dowels must be straight and clean, free of loose flaky rust and loose scale. 2.07 W ATERSTOPS Waterstops shall be made of virgin polyvinyl chloride compound_ and shall · conform to the requirements of the Corps of Engineers Specification CR.D-C572. W aterstops shall be produced by an extrusion process and shall be uniform in dimension, homogenous and free from porosity. Unless otherwise shown, use waterstops of 6-inch minimum width and 3/8-inch minimum thickness . Waterstop construction shall include: A. Construction Joints : Serrated type with center bulb B. Expansion Joints: Dumb-bell type with a minimum %-inch diameter center bulb. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place embedded items to least impair strength of the structure. Obtain approval of locations for embedded items not shown on the structural drawings before placement of concrete. Should locations of embedded items be detrimental to the strength of the structure, notify the Engineer and relocate items as directed by the Engineer. B. Do not cut or reposition reinforcing steel to facilitate installation of inserts , conduit, sleeves , anchor bolts , mechanical openings , and similar items Fort Worth Water Department 03250 - 3 Con crete Joints and Embedded Items without prior approval of the Engineer, except that reinforcing bars may be moved one bar diameter or within tolerances specified. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Make construction joints only at locations shown on the drawings, the reviewed shop drawings , or at locations approved by the Engineer. Any additional construction joints or relocation of construction joints proposed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. B. Joints shall be located to least impair the strength of the structure. Locate joints in walls and columns at the underside of floors , slabs, beams , and at tops of footings, or floor slabs . · C. All joints shall be perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue all reinforcing steel. Unless otherwise shown, provide longitudinal keys at least 1-1/2 inch deep by one-third of the wall thickness, centered in the . wall , in all joints in walls and slabs , and between walls and slabs of footings. When joints in beams are allowed, provide shear key and inclined dowels as directed by the Engineer. . D. . Construction joints in slabs on ground shall have a groove in the top of the slab, at the joint, as detailed to receive joint sealant. E. Prepare joints by roughening the concrete surface in a manner which will expose aggregate uniformly. Remove latence , loosened particles of aggregate, damaged concrete at surface, and other substances which may prevent adhesion. Prior to placing concrete, coat horizontal joint surface with a mixture of neat cement grout. F. Between new and existing concrete in water bearing and below grade structures where installation of waterstop is not possible, use a bonding agent applied to roughened and cleaned surfaces of concrete. Follow manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications with respect to preparation of surfaces and applications of bond agent. G. Provide waterstops in all wall and slab construction joints as specified in all water bearing structures, all below grade joints, and all locations shown on the drawings. 3.03 EXP ANSI ON JOINTS A. Do not extend reinforcement or other embedded metal items that are continuously bonded to concrete through any expansion joints. Fort Worth Water Department 03250-4 Concrete Joints and Embedded Items B. Position expansion Jomt filler material accurately. Support against displacement during concrete placement and vibration. Place filler the full depth of the member less and allowance to form a groove for sealant as detailed. 3.04 DOWELS . Where indicated on drawings, install dowels at right angles to construction joints and expansion joints. Align dowels accurately with finished surface. Rigidly hold in place and support during concrete placement. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, apply oil or grease to one end of all dowels through expansion . joints. 3.05 CONTRACTION JOINTS A. Make top grooves for contraction joints in slabs on grade as detailed and seal as specified. Grooves may be made with forms or may be sawed . B. If contraction joints are sawed, properly time cutting with concrete set. Start cutting as soon as concrete has hardened · sufficiently to prevent aggregates from being dislodged by the saw. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses have developed sufficiently to induce cracking. 3.06 BONDED JOINTS Bonded joints shall be used only where shown on the drawings, where specified, or upon written approval of the Engineer. Prepare surface to be bonded and apply bonding agent in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and ACI 503, except that surface preparation by acid etching will not be allowed. Forms in the area of the bonded joint shall be properly protected so that any bonding agent that may be inadvertently applied to the form will not bond the form to the concrete. 3.07 WATERSTOPS A. Provide waterstops in all horizontal an vertical joints in foundation slabs and peripheral walls of all structures up to a minimum of 12 inches above final ground level, and all walls and slabs of liquid containing structures or compartments to a minimum of 12 inches above maximum liquid level, unless specifically shown otherwise on the drawings. B. Each piece of pre-molded waterstop must be of maximum practicable length for a minimal number of end joints. Fort Worth Water Department 03250 -5 Concrete Joints and Embedded Items C. All waterstops shall be continuous , and so jointed as to form a complete barrier to the passage of water through any construction, contraction, or expansion joint. D . Joints in PVC waterstops shall be made by heating the two surfaces to be joined until the material has softened to the point where it is just short of being fluid and then bringing the two softened surfaces together with a slight rubbing motion followed by firmly pressing them together · so that a solid and tight bond is made. E.. The joints in strips of waterstop made in the above manner shall be such that the entire cross section of the joint shall be dense, homogeneous , and free of all porosity. All finished joints shall have a tensile strength of not less than 75% of the material of the strip as extruded. F. The heating of the surfaces to be joined shall be done by means of an electric hot plate designed for this specific purpose and controlled by means of a voltage regulator. G. Provide jigs to hold all joints in proper alignment. H. . . All waterstops shall be installed so that half its width will be embedded on each side of the joint. The method selected for holding the waterstop in position must ensure that the waterstop will be held securely in true position and in straight alignment in the joint during placement and vibration of the concrete. · 1. Contractor may elect to drill holes in waterstops approximately 1 inch from each edge or between the outermost ribs at each edge and center the waterstop in the joint. Tie both edges of the waterstop and fasten to reinforcing steel with black annealed steel tie wire as specified for tying reinforcing steel and secure in place so that the waterstop will be perpindicular to the joint and remain in the required position during concrete or grout placement. The spacing of the waterstop ties shall match the spacing of the adjacent reinforcing , but need not be spaced closer than 12 inches on center. 2. Contractor shall install 5,000 psi grout (8 sack) a minimum of 2" above the waterstop in order to prevent aggregates in concrete from crushing or deforming waterstop. I. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the waterstop 1s completely embedded and without voids. Fort Worth Water Department 03250-6 Concrete Joints and Embedded Items 3.08 SEALING JOINTS A . Thoroughly clean and prime joints to .be sealed before applying sealant. B. Apply sealants in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations . C. Sealant shall be applied when the ambient temperature is between 40 and 90 degrees F, unless recommended otherwise by the manufacturer. D . During pouring operations, exercise care to prevent sealant from spilling onto surfaces adjacent to grooves. 3.09 SETTING ANCHOR BOLTS A. Set anchor bolts for structural steel specified in Division 5 -Metals, according to this section. B. Install equipment anchor bolts as required by the equipment manufacturer. C. Provide accurately made templates for positioning anchor bolts. 3JO OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the requirements for embedded items and to ensure that the embedded items are properly placed. B. Accurately position and support embedded items against displacement during concrete placement. C. Voids in sleeves, inserts, anchors, etc ., shall be filled temporarily with readily removable material to prevent the entry of concrete into the voids. D. Conduits, pipe, and inserts of aluminum shall not be embedded in structural concrete unless effectively coated or covered to prevent aluminum-concrete reaction or electrolytic action between the · aluminum and steel. Fort Worth Water Department 03250-7 Concrete Joints and Embedded Items PARTl GENERAL ITEM 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.01 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and related items required to perform the cast-in~place reinforced structural concrete work as specified. B. Coordinate the requirements of this item with all other sections of Division 3, Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCE ST AND ARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 613, Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete. 2. ACI 68~63, Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods 3. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 4. ACI 350R, Environmental Engineering and Concrete Structures 1.03 SUBMITT ALS A . Submit test data for the proposed concrete design mix( es). The test data shall : be prepared by an independent certified testing laboratory employed and paid by the Contractor. The design mix submittal shall meet the following requirements" 1. 7 and 28 day compressive strength results for the specific proposed concrete design mixes. 2. The manufacturer's technical information for each type of admixture proposed for use in the project. B. Submit manufacturer's technical literature and application procedures for any products proposed as alternates to those specified herein, including: Fort Worth Water Department 03300 - I Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. Air entraining agents 2. Admixtures and curing materials 3 . Joint sealants 4 . Form coating materials 5. Concrete finishing and coating products . C . It is the contractor 's responsibility to provide information required by the Engineer to evaluate and approve an alternate to any product listed as a standard of quality in this specification. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any proposed alternates . 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Cement: Store cement in watertight buildings, bins, or silos to provide protection from dampness, and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. B. Aggregate: Arrange and use aggregate stockpiles to avoid excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. Build stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding three feet in thickness . Complete each layer before the next layer is started. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. C . Sand : Before using, allow sand to drain until a uniform moisture content is reached. D. Admixtures: Store. admixtures to avoid contamination, evaporation, or damage . For those used in the form of suspensions or non-stable solutions, provide suitable agitating equipment to assure uniform distribution or ingredients. Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and other temperature changes which would adversely affect their characteristics. 1.05 CONTROL OF CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Consistency: Test for slump shall be performed at the job site immediately prior to placing in accordance with Method of Slump Test for Consistency of Portland Cement Concrete (ASTM C143). If the slump is greater than that specified, the concrete shall be rejected. Concrete showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the coarse aggregate with paste shall be remixed . If the slump is within the allowable limit, but excessive bleeding, poor Fort Worth Water Department 03300-2 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. C. D. PART 2 - workability , or poor finishability are observed , changes in the concrete mix shall be obtained only by an adjustment of one or more of the following: 1. The gradation of aggregate 2. The proportion of fine and coarse aggregate 3. The percentage of entrained air within the allowable limits Air Content: Test for air content shall be made on a fresh concrete sample. Air content for concrete made of ordinary aggregates having low absorption shall be made in accordance with either Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method(ASTM C 231 ), or Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method (ASTM C 173). !flight weight aggregates or aggregates with high absorptions are used , the latter test method shall be used. Unit Weight: Test in accordance with Method Test for Weight per Cubic Foot, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete (ASTM C 138). Strength: Compression test specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexural Test Specimens in the Field (ASTM C 31 ); Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders (ASTM C 39). PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A . Concrete: All structural concrete shall be normal weight concrete weighing no more than 145 pcf with a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. B. Cement: 1. Cement shall conform to ASTM C-150 Type IA and IIA, Specification for Portland Cement. . 2. Only one type and brand of each type of cement shall be permitted in any one structure. C. Aggregates: Fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33, Specificationfor Concrete Aggregates. Fort Worth Water Department 03300-3 Cast-in-Place Concrete D. Admixtures : 1. A high-range water reducer (superplasticizer) is required on all wall pours and is optional in all other concrete. The high-range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C-494 , Specification for Chemical Admixtures in Concrete. 2. Air entraining is required in all concrete and shall conform to ASTM C260 , Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete . E . Reinforcing Steel: 1. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2. Clearly mark all bars with waterproof tags showing the number of bars, size, mark, length, and yield strength. 3. Tie wire shall be 18 gage annealed steel F. Bar Supports 1. Bar supports and accessories shall be of the sizes required to provide the concrete cover specified. Where concrete surfaces are exposed to the weather, or liquid in hydraulic structures in finished work, provide plastic accessories only. Where polyethylene sheeting is used beneath slabs, bar supports shall be provided that will not penetrate the sheeting. 2 . Precast concrete bar supports shall use the same class of concrete as specified for the concrete of the structure. The height of the. block shall be the same height required to provide the cover specified for reinforcing. The block shall contain wires for securing the block to the reinforcement. · G. Formwork 1. Design and details of form work shall conform to ACI 34 7, Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 2. Use smooth forms on all vertical concrete surfaces exposed to view or to water. Rough forms may be used on all concrete surfaces not exposed to view or to water. Form material shall have sufficient strength and thickness to withstand the hydraulic pressure of newly placed concrete without deformation. Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -4 Cast-in-Place Concrete 3. Smooth forms shall be steel , smooth dressed wood , plastic-faced plywood, fiberglass , or other material approved by the Engineer. The forms shall provide a continuous, straight, smooth surface. Form material shall be free of raised grain , tom surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents , or other defects. 4 . Rough forms shall consist of undressed lumber or plywood free of knots, splits, ·or other defects. 5. Provide chamfer strips at all edges of concrete exposed to view. Size of chamfer to be%" unless shown otherwise on engineering drawings. R Form Ties 1. The form tie assembly shall provide cone shaped depressions 1 inch diameter at the surface and 1-1/2 inches deep to allow for patching of the tie holes. 2. Tie rods to remain in place shall provide tight fitting washers at midpoint. Washers are not required form multi-rod ties. I. Form Coating Materials 1. Form coating shall conform to ACI 347 , Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 2 . Form coating must not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces . 3. Form coating must not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces, including bonding agents, curing compounds, and waterproofing. J. Curing Materials 1. Membrane curing compounds shall conform to ASTM C308, Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 2. Membrane curing compound shall be applied at the manufacturer's recommended application rate. 3. Polyethylene film used for curing shall conform to ASTM Cl 71, Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -5 Cast-in-Place Concrete Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete . K . W aterstops and Sealants 1. Waterstops shall be PVC with a minimum thickness of 3/8" and a minimum width of 6". PVC waterstops shall be continuous , placed according to manufacturer's recommendations . 2 . Sealant shall be Sikaflex 1 a , or approved equal, applied according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING CONCRETE A . Proportioning Structural Concrete 1. Select proportions of ingredients to produce a concrete having proper workability, durability, strength, and appearance. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture that will work readily into comers and angles of forms and around reinforcement by methods of placing and consolidation employed in the project. Concrete mix shall not allow materials to segregate or allow excess free water to collect on the surface. 2 . Minimum cementitious content for 4 ,000 psi concrete shall be 540 pounds per cubic yard. 3. The maximum allowable water/cement ratio for 4 ,000 psi concrete shall not exceed 0.42 . Include free water in the aggregate in all water/cement ratio computations. 4. Slump shall be 3-5 inches. When a high-range water reducer is used, slump shall not exceed 6 inches. 5. Air content for 4 ,000 psi concrete shall be 4-7%. B. Mixing Concrete Provide adequate facilities for accurate measurement and control of each material used in each batch of concrete. The accuracy of weighing equipment must conform to applicable requirements of ASTM for such equipment. Tick information for each truck of delivered concrete must include the following information: 1. Truck number Fort Worth Water Department 03300-6 Cast-in-Pl ace Concrete PART 3 - 2 . Time truck left batch plant 3. Time truck arrived at construction site 4 . Weights for cement and aggregates as batched 5. Concrete batch number 6. Total amount of water and admixtures 7. Temperature of concrete Deliver recorded ticket copies with concrete . Provide Contractor with one copy and Engineer with one copy of tickets. EXECUTION 3.01 REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT A. Place and hold reinforcement in position so that the concrete cover, as measured from the surface of the bar to the form surface, is as follows: Concrete cast against permanently exposed earth: All other concrete 3" cover 2" cover B. Support reinforcing bars to prevent displacement by construction loads or concrete placement beyond the specified tolerances. C. Bends shall conform to the minimum bend diameters specified in ACI 318. Do not straighten or rebend bars. Do not bend reinforcement after being embedded in hardened concrete. D. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than two bar diameters, or enough to exceed the specified tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placement of concrete. E. Splices 1. Length of lap splices shall be in accordance with ACI 318. 2. Tie lap splices securely with wire to prevent displacement 3. Splicing by welding is prohibited F. Reinforcing bars field cut at the jobsite shall be cut by shearing and sawing. Cutting with a cut torch is not acceptable. G. Place reinforcing through construction joints, unless otherwise shown on · engineering drawings. Fort Worth Water Department 03300-7 Cast-in-Place Concrete 3.02 FORM CONSTRUCTION AND HANDLING A . Form joints shall be mortar tight. Grout leakage at joints is unacceptable . B. Form panels shall be constructed in the largest sizes allowable for handling and load bearing requirements. C . Plywood and other wood surfaces shall be sealed against absorption of moisture from concrete. D . Removal of forms shall be in accordance with ACI 347, Guide to Formwork for Conc;rete. Remove form ties as soon as possible after formwork removal. 3.03 INSPECTION A. Before concrete placement, all reinforcement shall be free of mud, oil, coating or other materials that may adversely affect of reduce the bond. All reinforcing steel shall be securely tied and supported to prevent displacement by construction loads or concrete placement. Forms shall be clean and free from loosematerial or debris. B. Notify the Engineer twenty-four hours prior to the start of concrete placement to allow for inspection of the reinforcing steel placement. Costs due to delays resulting from corrective work will be borne by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. 3 .04. PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE A. Concrete shall be placed in approximately 12 inches to 24 inches horizontal layers . Placement shall conform to ACI 309R. B. Concrete shall not be dropped freely more than 4 feet. Bottom dump buckets are acceptable as long as care is taken to avoid segregation caused by jarring or bumping the bucket. C. Chutes : Chute slopes shall be between one vertical to two horizontal and one vertical to three horizontal. A baffle shall be provided at the end of each chute unless a drop chute or tremie is used. In general, drop chutes and/or tremies shall be used in walls and columns. Drop chutes and tremies shall be moved at short intervals during the pour. Vibrators shall not be used in lieu of proper movement of the equipment. D. Pumping: Pumping equipment shall be compatible with the slump and Fort Worth Water Department 03300 - 8 Cast-in-Place Concrete aggregate specified. Loss of slump from the pump hopper to the delivery point shall not exceed 1-1 /2 inches. E. Placing in Forms: Vibration of successive layers of poured concrete is required. The vibrator shall not penetrate the underlying layer by more than 2 feet. The use of vibrators to move concreter horizontally within the forms is unacceptable. If forms become displaced in any way during placing of concrete , immediately stop the operation and do not resume placing until forms have been re-braced and brought back to required lines and levels. F. Vibrators 1. Vibrators shall conform to ACI 309R 2. Vibrators shall be high frequency with a minimum frequency of 8,000 rpm. 3. Continue vibration until the .escape of large bubble at the surface has ceased and before segregation has occurred. G. Weather Conditions 1. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, snow, or freezing weather. 2. Do not permit rainwater to increase mixing water or to damage surface finish. If rainfall occurs after placing operations begin, provide adequate covering to protect the work. 3. The maximum permissible temperature of concrete during placement is 95 degrees F. 4 . When the temperature is 40 degrees F and rising, concrete may be placed as long as the water and/or aggregate is heated so that the concrete temperature is at least 55 degrees Fat the time of the pour. 3 .05 COMPACTION OF CONCRETE A. General: All concrete shall be placed and compacted with mechanical vibrators. The number, type, and size of the units shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of the placing operations. No concrete will be ordered until sufficient approved vibrators are on the job. B. Concrete Slabs: Concrete for slabs shall be compacted with vibrating screeds and internal vibrators. Fort Worth Water Department 03300 - 9 Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Walls and Columns: Internal vibrators shall be used throughout rather than form vibrators. In general , for each vibrator needed to melt down the batch at the point of discharge, one or more additional vibrators must be used to densify, homogenize, and perfect the surface. D . Amount of Vibration: Vibrators are to be used to consolidate properly placed . concrete, but not to transport concrete in the forms. Vibration shall continue until: 1. Frequency returns to normal 2. Surface appears liquefied, flattened, or glistening 3 . Trapped air ceases to rise 4. Coarse aggregate has blended into surface, but not disappeared. 3 .06 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: 1. Construction joints shall be cast in such a manner that abutting members are bonded and free of honeycomb or voids. 2. The joint surface of the previously cast member shall be cleaned free of all oil, grease, curing compound, or dirt, and shall . be wetted. Horizontal joints shall be coated with grout immediately prior to casting the adjacent member. Cleaning shall be accomplished by high- pressure water jet, wet sandblasting, dry sandblasting, or scrubbing - singly or in combination -as required. Scrubbing shall be done initially when concrete is green so that any latence film will be removed. B. Control Joints Fort Worth Water Department 1. Control joints shall be formed by sawing, or as otherwise shown. Sawing shall be done as the concrete hardens sufficiently to prevent raveling of the concrete at the edges. All sawing operations including joint sealing shall be completed within a period of time from 12 to 24 hours after the concrete is placed. Sawing shall not be done while the concrete temperature is falling. Joint shall be cut W' wide by 1-1/2" deep, or as otherwise shown. 03300-IO Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. The Contractor shall have at least one spare saw available during the sawing operations. 3. Control joints shall be cleaned and filled with sealant. Inject sealant through a nozzle into the bottom of the joint filling the joint without air voids. Control joints shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to injecting sealant. 3.07 CONCRETE A. Mix concrete only in quantities for immediate use . Discard concrete which has set. Re-tempering of set concrete is not permitted. Completely discharge concrete at the site within 1 hour. In hot weather, the Contractor shall carefully monitor the concrete quality and adjust delivery schedule and batching operations as required. B. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase the slump is prohibited. Do not exceed either the maximum specified water/cement ratio or the maximum slump . Any addition of water above the maximum water/cement ratio is cause for rejection. C. If concrete arrives with cement balls, balls shall be removed. Excessive balling is grounds for rejection of the truck. Trucks carrying balled concrete shall have their numbers taken. If the same truck arrives at the site carrying balled concrete three times, it will be rejected and not allowed to return to the site. 3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Curing shall conform to ACI 308 and shall be in accordance with approved curing materials and procedures submitted to and approved by the Engineer. B. Protect freshly deposited concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and excessive moisture loss for a period of time necessary for the hydration of the cement and proper· hardening of the concrete. C. During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. Protect . finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials, rain, or running water. If at any time during the progress of the work the temperature drops below 40 degrees F, the Contractor shall make suitable provisions to protect the concrete. This protection shall consist of the use of insulating materials such Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -11 Cast-in-Place Concrete as blankets , mats , etc., and equipment for providing artificial heat. If heaters are used , precautions shall be taken to prevent drying to the slab. D . Curing for Slabs and Footings: 1. Initial Curing: Immediately after the finishing operations are completed, the concrete shall be covered with two thicknesses ofl 0- ounce burlap or other approved materials thoroughly saturated with water before placement. This covering shall remain in contact with the concrete and be kept saturated with water by spraying until the peak temperature produced by hydration has passed, but for at least 24 hours. At the end of this time, initial curing may be terminated and final curing begun. 2 . Final Curing: Cover concrete with an approved curing compound to ASTM Designation C309. Color to be white. Waterproof curing paper conforming to ASTM C 171 is also acceptable. Total curing time shall be at least seven days. Curing compound shall be applied evenly in tow coats until no pinhole or other coating break remains, and an opaque white coating is achieved. Curing compound will not be allowed for final curing of structural floor slabs or for construction joints on surfaces to be painted. E. Curing for Walls and Columns 1. Initial Curing: Immediately after concrete is completed, the exposed surface of the concrete shall be covered with two layers of 10-ounce burlap or other approved absorptive materials , thoroughly saturated with water before placement. This covering shall remain in contact with the concrete and be kept saturated with water by spraying for at least 96 hours. At the time end of this time, initial curing may be terminated and final curing begun. 2 . Final Curing: Cover concrete with an approved curing compound conforming to ASTM Designation C 309. Color to be white. Waterproof curing paper conforming to ASTM Designation C 171 is also acceptable. Total curing time shall be at least ten days , during which interface temperature of concrete shall be above 50 degrees F. Curing compound will not be allowed for final curing of any interior or exterior expos~ structural concrete. Final curing will be accomplished by continuing initial curing process for an additional ten days. Curing compound shall not be used on walls to be painted or to receive a water proofing system. Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -12 Cast-in-Place Concrete 3. Alternate Initial Curing : In case forms are removed before end of initial cure period, or in case of unformed wall surfaces (shot-crete), the exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be covered with two layers of 10-ounce burlap or other approved absorptive materials , thoroughly saturated with water before placement. This covering shall be held in contact with the concrete and be kept saturated with water by spraying until the end of the intial curing period (96 hours curing). 3 .09 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. Surfaces Requiring No Finish: A finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view by earth, in the completed structure. B. Smooth Form Finish: 1. Use plywood or fiberboard linings or forms in as large of sheets as practicable and with smooth, even edges and close joints. 2. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with carborundum stone to leave a smooth, unmarred finish surface . 3. Use a smooth form finish on all surfaces exposed to view. 3.10 FINISHING SLABS AND SIMILAR FLAT SURFACES A. Shaping to Contour: Use strike-off templates or approved compacting-type . screeds riding on screed strips or edge forms to bring concrete surface to the proper contour.· B. Consolidation: Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams and girders of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. Obtain and consolidation of slabs and floors with vibrating bridge screeds, roller pipe screeds, or other approved means. Concrete to be consolidated must be as dry as practicable. Do not exceed W' over ten feet. C . Floated Finish: 1. After concrete ·has been placed, struck off, consolidated, and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared, or when the mix has stiffened sufficiently to permit proper operation of a power driven float. Consolidate the surface with power-driven floats. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats in locations inaccessible to a power-driven machine Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -13 Cast-in-Place Concrete driven machine and on small , isolated slabs. 2 . Recheck tolerance of the surface after initial floating with a 10 foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to tolerance. Immediately re-float slab to uniform , smooth, granular texture. C. Troweled Finish: 1. To obtain a troweled finish , a floated finish as previously specified must be applied. After power floating , use a power trowel to produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still contain some trowel marks . Do additional trowelings by hand after the surface has hardened sufficiently. Thoroughly consolidate the surface by hand troweling operations. 2. Produce a finished surface free of trowel marks , uniform in texture and appearance , and conforming to a W ' in 1 O' tolerance. 3. The addition of water during finishing operations shall not be allowed. D. Broom or Belt Finish: 1. Immediately after completing the floated finish , draw a broom or burlap belt across the surface to give a coarse transverse scored texture. 2. Provide a broom or belt finish for exterior paving and walks. E . Rubbed Finish: The surface shall be wetted and rubbed with Carborundum until a cement film is formed. This shall be rubbed into the surface until all voids are filled and the entire surface has a uniform appearance. The surface shall turn white and set hard. It must not dust off. All interior and exterior exposed (to water or air) structural concrete surfaces not receiving a painted te_xture coating shall be rubbed. Rubbing should begin immediately after form removal. The use of cement or grout to form a paste during rubbing shall not be allowed. 3.11 TESTING AND CONTROL A. Field Test Cylinders: Obtain samples from every 25 cubic yards for each mix design or any structure placed in any one day. Obtain at least one cylinder for each major element in each structure. Conduct compressive strength tests Fort Worth Water Department 03300-14 Cast-in-Place Concrete according to the following procedure : L Secure samples according to ASTM C 172 , Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 2. Mold three specimens under standard moisture and · temperature conditions as specified in ASTM C31, Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 3. Test one .specimen at 7 days and one at 28 days according to ASTM C39, Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. If the 28 day tests indicate a compressive strength below the strength required, the third specimen shall be tested at 56 days. If all tests indicate a compressive strength below the strength required, the Engineer may, at his discretion, direct the Contractor to perform testing of in-place concrete at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. The Contractor may, at his expense, take additional specimen as may be required to demonstrate early attainment of concrete strength. B. Testing shall determine the following when the test cylinders are taken: 1. Slump 2.. Concrete Temperature -temperature should be checked more frequently if adverse weather is expected or if required by the Engineer. 3.12 TESTING OF DEFICIENT IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. The strength of the concrete shall be considered potentially deficient if the averages of two consecutive sets of strength tests results fail to equal or exceed the specified strength or if any individual test results falls below the specified strength. Additional testing may also be required as directed by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in providing the additional testing and/or analysis required as a result ofdeficient in-place concrete. All costs as a result of delays due to additional testing and/or analysis will be at the Contractor's expense, with no extension of contract length, regardless of the outcome of the testing. Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -15 Cast-in-Place Concrete 3.13 ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE WORK A. Formed surfaces resulting in configuration of members smaller than permitted under the tolerances specified herein stall be considered deficient and shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. B. .Concrete members cast in the wrong location shall be rejected if the strength, appearance, or function of the structure is, in the Engineer's opinion, adversely affected or if misplaced members interfere with other construction. If rejected, remove members cast in the wrong location and repair or replace at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Engineer. Fort Worth Water Department 03300 -16 Cast-in-Place Concrete ITEM 15060 GAS PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install natural gas pipeline in accordance with plans and specifications. Work shall include compliance with all codes, testing, and permitting requirements. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS All gas piping, fittings, and valves shall be furnished by manufacturers who are fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacturer of the items furnished. The piping shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications. 1.03 SUBMITT ALS Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Item 01300 and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports, and technical specifications for all piping furnished. 1.04 REFERENCES ASTM D 2513 -Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing and Fittings. ASTM D 3261 -Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Fittings for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Tubing PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. B. Polyethylene Pipe: Contractor shall furnish and install yellow polyethylene pipe, I.P.S. nominal diameter, SDR-11, meeting requirements of PE 2406. All buried pipe shall be polyethylene pipe, butt fused, by an experienced installer, and pressure tested. The pipe shall be manufactured, tested, and marked in strict conformance with the requirements of the following pipe specifications: 1. ASTM D 2513, D 3261 -Plastic Pipe 2. ASTM D 1248, D 3350, and PE 2406 -Plastic Pipe and Fittings Steel Pipe: All above ground gas pipeline shall be rigid, epoxy coated, Sch. 40 steel pipe and fittings. Fort Worth Water Department 15060 -l Gas Pipe and Fittings B. Transition Fitting s : I.P.S. schedule 40 st eel x I.P .S. SDR-11 , PE 2406 , pol yethylene , with epoxy coating on the steel section and the steel end beveled for welding. Approximately 24 " long with tamperproof, gas tight, mechanical seal , internally reinforced , at the midpoint. C. Riser Assemblies: Numerous pre-manufactured riser assemblies are available . Contractor to submit riser assembly materials and layout information with submittals. D. E. F. PART 3 - Tracer Wire: All underground plastic pipe installation shall include a tracer wire. Tracer wire shall be solid insulated copper wire, #12 gage or heavier. The wire must be one continuous unbroken length and taped to the plastic pipe at intervals of no more than 6 '. RHW or THW insulation is recommended. Shutoff Valves: A 2" shutoff valve shall be placed above ground on riser to the emergency generator. 2" gate valve with wheel actuator preferred. Pressure Gage : A pressure gage shall be mounted above ground , prior to the connection to the natural gas generator , in order to monitor the gas pressure during operation of the natural gas generator. Pressure gage shall be located immediately downstream of a tee with a dedicated isolation valve. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The installation of plastic pipe shall be in accordance with manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions, and according to details within the contract drawings. B. Polyethylene gas line may be installed in a joint trench with electric conduit at Contractor's discretion. However, the gas pipeline must not be installed closer than 6" inches (horizontally) from the electrical conduit. C. The gas pipeline trench may not be backfilled until the pipe has been visually inspected and approved by the plumbing code inspector . If the gas line occupies a joint trench with an electrical conduit, the appropriate electrical code inspector must inspect prior to backfilling. D. The pipe shall be continuously supported beneath its entire length by 6" of clean sand. The pipe shall be backfilled by 6" of clean sand. Native Fort Worth Water Department 15060-2 Gas Pipe and Fitt ings backfill, compacted to 95% standard proctor density , may be utilized fo r the remaining backfill material. E. Gas piping must be capped and taped to prevent water or dirt from entering the pipe . F. The pressure test and tie-in shall be performed after the gas line has passed the visual inspection and has been backfilled . G . Gas line riser to generator location shall meet all ATMOS guidelines fo r minimum clearances with existing and proposed pad-mounted transformers (5' minimum). H . All gas line i_nstallations shall comply with all federal, state and local codes. Contractor is responsible for pulling all plumbing permits, performing pressure tests , and ensuring code inspections are performe d in a timely manner. Fort Worth Water Department 15060 - 3 Gas Pipe and Fittings ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL -GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to install, test and provide an operational , electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings . B . The work shall include furnishing , installing and testing the equipment and materials detailed in the following Sections: Section No Title Electrical -General Provisions 16000 - 16022 - 16060 - 16105 16110 16120 16205 16426 16430 16470 16475 16600 16660 Excavation , Trenching , Backfilling and Compaction For Electrical Applications Electrical Demolition Power System Study Raceways , Boxes , Fittings and Supports Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) Standby Generator Set Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center Pad Mounted Transformers Panelboards Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches Underground System Grounding System C . The work shall include furnishing and installing the following : 1. Electrical service from the Power Company . 2 . Conduit, wire and field connections for all motors , motor controllers , control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under other D ivisions . The Contractor shall coordinate with the supplier of electrical equipment specified under other Divisions . 3. Furnish and install precast electrical and instrumentation manholes and handholes. 4 . Coordinate the sequence of demolition with the sequence of construction to maintain plant operation in each area. Remove and demolish equipment and materials in such a sequence that the existing and proposed plant will function properly with no disruption of treatment. 5. Modifications to existing motor control centers , switchboards, panelboards and motor controllers including installation of circuit breakers , etc , or disconnection of circuits as required to provide the power supplies to new and existing equipment to maintain the plant in operation. Electrical -General Provisions 16000-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 6. All bidders shall visit the site of the project, prior to submitting a bid , and satisfy themselves as to any question that they might have , relating to existing equipment, condition or construction . D . Provide all electrical relocation work associated with the relocation of equipment for the existing and new facilities , including disconnecting all existing wiring and conduits and providing new wiring and condu it to the relocated equ ipment. 1.02 RELATED WORK A All electrical work provided under any Division of the Specifications shall fully comply with the requirements of Division 16 . 1.03 SUBMITI ALS . A Submit shop drawings in accordance with D ivision 1 for equjpment, materials and other items furnished under Division 16, and additional information as indicated in the ind ividual specification sections . B. The Contractor shall check shop drawings for accuracy and contract requirements prior to submittal. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to Specifications and Drawings . Shop Drawings shall be organ ized by specification section , with one specification section per transmittal. Each submittal shall be complete , contain all of the items listed in the specification section , and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are applicable on each cut sheet page . Th is statement shall also list all exceptions to the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings , not so checked and noted , will be returned unreviewed . C . If however, in the opinion of the Contractor, a hardship of equipment delay or delivery of a specific item would delay the project through no fault of the Contractor, the Contractor may request an early review of that equipment or material , clearly stating the reason for separate approval. The approval of such material or equipment must not be dependent upon the approval of other equipment or materials to be submitted later, such as the Power System Study , etc. D. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to check for conformance with the Specifications and Drawings , all as contained within the Contract Documents . Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings. E. All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all other trades . F. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved . No material shall be ordered or shop work started if shop drawings are marked "APPROVED AS NOTED CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED RESUBMIT" or "NOT APPROVED" . . G . Shop Drawings, O&M Manuals, and other documentation , shall be submitted as listed in each · of the Electrical Specification Sections. 1. Submit operations and maintenance data for equipment furnished under this Division ,· in accordance with Division 1. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets , drawings , equipment lists , descriptions, parts lists , etc, to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. Electrical -General Provisions 16000-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 2 . Manuals shall include the following as a minimum : a . A comprehensive index. b. A complete "As-Built" set of approved shop drawings. c . A complete list of the equipment suppl ied , including serial numbers , ranges and pertinent data . d . A table listing of the "as left" settings for all tim ing relays and alarm and trip setpoints. e . System schematic drawings "As-Built", illustrating all components, piping and electric connections of the systems supplied under this Section . f. Deta iled service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied . g . Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined , along w ith special calibration and test procedures. h. The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the entire system, with references to the systems schematic drawings and instructions . i. Complete parts list with stock numbers, including spare parts . H. Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation is complete . Payment will be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and approved . I. At the time of delivery of the equipment, the Contractor shall have an approved shop drawing in his possess ion for the Owner's Inspector, and Owner's Engineer, for verification . 1.04 REFERENCE ST AND ARDS A. Electric equ ipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC) and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2 . Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4 . National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5 . American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6 . Insulated Cable Engineers Assoc iation (ICEA) 7 . Instrument Society of America (ISA) 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 9. Factory Mutual (FM) 10. City of Fort Worth Electrical Code Electrical -General Provisions 16000-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards , the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply . C . All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists , shall bear a UL label. No such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed . D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provis ions of the Contract Documents and any referenced standard , or code of any technical society , organization or association , the provisions of the Contract Documents will take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, . organ ization or association, or between Laws and Regulations , the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise d irected by the Owner/Engineer. E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times 1.05 AREA CLASSIFICATION AND ENCLOSURE TYPES A . Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings, electrical enclosures and associated installations shall have the following ratings : 1. NEMA 1 for dry, non-process indoor above grade locations (i .e . administration areas , laboratories, control rooms , storage rooms). 2 . NEMA 4X Aluminum enclosures shall be provided on an individual basis , and only where specifically designated herein, or specifically shown on the Drawings . 3. NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel enclosures shall be provided for all other locations on the project. 1.06 SERVICE AND METERING A The power company serving this project is Oncer. Service shall be obtained at 480 Volts , 3 Phase, 4 Wire , 60 Hz from a pole mounted furnished and installed by Oncor. B. The power company shall be responsible for the following work: 1. Furnishing arid installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line. 2. Furnishing and installing the power pole , primary cutouts, lightning arresters and grounding. 3 . Furnishing and installing primary cables . 4. Furnishing and installing transformer. 5. Termination of cables at service pole . 6. Termination of secondary cables to the service transformer. 7. Furnishing meter base and enclosure . Electrical -General Provisions 16000-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT C . The Contractor shall be responsib le for the following work: 1. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables . Conduit size and type shall be as approved by the power company . 2. Picking up from and installing a power company approved metering enclosure 3. Coordinate the electrical service installation with the Power Company. 1.07 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction . 8 . Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. C. The Owner will negotiate with the electric utility for the costs of new or revised services and make payment to the electric utility for such costs , but the Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination with the electric utility during the installation of such services . 1.08 TESTS AND SETTINGS A. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work . Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems . 8 . Prior to energiz ing electrical equipment, make all tests as required by the individual specification Sections , and submit the required test reports and data to the Owner/Engineer for approval. C . Check wire and cable term inations for tightness . D. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections , panels , and enclosures by producing a 1 2 3 rotation on a phase sequenced motor when connected to "A", "8" and "C" phases . E. Mechanical inspection , testing and setting of circuit breakers, disconnect switches , motor starters , control equipment, etc for proper operation . F. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic and wiring diagrams. G . Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks in advance . Provide qualified test personnel , instruments and test equipment. H. Refer to the individual equipment sections for additional spec ific testing requirements . I. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems . 1.09 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs . Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied equipment. 8 . Install each 3 phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . Electrical -General Provisions 16000-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT C . Unless otherwise approved by the Owner/Eng ineer, conduit shown exposed shall be install ed exposed ; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed . D . Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provid ed for a complete raceway installation . E. Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures , switches and receptacles prior to installation . F . Except where dimensions are shown , the locations of equipment, fixtures , outlets and sim ila r devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Owner/Eng ineer during construction . Obtain information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Owner/Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. G . Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings , or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown . H. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the Contractor's use of an alternate item, arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than specified herein , shall be done by the Contractor at his/her own expense . Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval. No additional compensation w ill be provid ed for changes in the work, either his/her own or others, caused by such redesign . I. Raceways and conductors for lighting, switches, receptacles and other miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings . Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system . Refer to riser diagrams for signal system wiring . Homeruns , as shown on the Drawings, are to assist the Contractor in identifying raceways to be run exposed and raceways to be run concealed . Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes hoists , monorails , equipment hatches, doors , windows , etc. Raceways installed concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs , above suspended ceilings , or in partitions as required . J . Install conductors carrying low voltage signals (typically twisted shielded pair cables) in raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120 volt control conductors. K. Raceways and conductors for low voltage (120 Volts) thermostats controlling HVAC u ni t heaters , exhaust fans and s imilar equipment are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors between the thermostats , the HVAC equipment and the motor starters for a complete and operating system . Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished space and may be installed concealed or exposed in process spaces. Refer to t he HVAC drawings for the locations of the thermostats. 1.10 PHASE BALANCING A The Drawings do not attempt to balance the electrical loads across the phases . Circuits on motor control centers and panelboards shall be field connected to result in evenly balanced loads across all phases. Electrical -General Provisions 16000-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. Field balancing of circuits shall not alter the conductor color coding requirements as specified in Section 16120. 1.11 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location . Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling . When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS A As the work progresses, legibly record all fielq changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings , hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project. B. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1. One-line Diagram(s). 2 . Raceways and pullboxes . 3. Conductor sizes and conduit fills . 4 . Panel Schedule(s). 5 . Control Wiring Diagram(s). 6. Underground raceway and . duct bank routing . 7 . Plan view, sizes and locations of switchgear, distribution transformers, substations, motor control centers and panelboards. C. Submit a typical example of a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers, including the following information : 1. Circuit origin , destination and wire numbers. 2 . Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers. D. As an alternate ; submit a typical example of point-to-point connection diagrams showing the same information, may be submitted in place of the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers. E. Submit the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram) to the Owner/Engineer. F. The Contractor's retainage shall not be paid until the point-to-point connection diagrams have been furnished to the Owner/Engineer. 1.13 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS Electrical -General Provisions 16000-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT A. Review shop drawings of equipment furn ished under other related Divisions and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection d iagrams or wir ing tables . Subm it copies of wiring diagrams or.tables with Record Drawings. B . Furnish and install all equipment interconnections . 1.14 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment shall be new, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be re-used . B . Material and equipment of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer and shall be UL listed . C . All hardware for mounting boxes and equipment, such as racks , brackets , washers , springs , nuts , etc , shall be of 316 stainless steel. D . The Contractor shall be responsible for all material , product, equipment and workmanship being furnished by him for the duration of the project. He shall replace the equ ipment if it does not meet the Contract Documents. E. Warrant all equipment furnished under Division 16 in accordance w ith Division 1. Refer to individual equipment sections for additional warranty items . 1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment and materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions , and as specified in the individua l Specification Sections. 1.16 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify equipment (disconnect switches, separately mounted motor starters, control stations, etc) furnished under Division 16 with the name of the equipment it serves. Motor control centers, control panels , panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, junction or terminal boxes , transfer switches , etc, shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings . 8 . All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black lettering on a white background , attached with stainless steel screws . C . Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish , not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in , Rowmark 322402 . Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips , TESA TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X %", no equal. Prior to installing the nameplates , the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until the metal surface res idue has bee removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable . PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured . Electrical -General Provisions 16000-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJ ECT B. Exact locations are requi red for stubbing-up and terminating concealed condu it. Obta in shop drawings and templates from equ ipment vendors or other subcontractors and locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured . C. Where setting drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab pours , the Owner/Eng ineer may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed . Requests for this deviation must be submitted in writing . No additional compensation for such change will be allowed . D. Seal all openings , sleeves , penetration and slots as specified in Section 16110. 3.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patch ing shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner. Sawcut all concrete and masonry prior to breaking out sections .. B. Core drill holes in concrete floors and walls as required. Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Owner/Engineer before core drilling any holes larger than 2 inches . C. Install work at such time as to require the minimum amount of cutting and patching . D. Do not cut joists , beams , girders, columns or any other structural members. E. Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit. F. Patching to be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed . G . The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or better. H. Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely waterproofed . I. Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises . J . When existing conduits are cut at the floor line of wall line , they shall be fi ll ed with grout of suitable patching material. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Section shall be subject to change as directed by the Owner/Engineer. No extra compensation will be allowed for making these changes . B. Electrical equipment shall be protected at all times against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be stored outdoors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. Do not install electrical equipment in its permanent location until structures are weather-tight. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and tested as directed by the Owner/Engineer, or shall be replaced at no additional cost at the Owner/Engineer's discretion . C . Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repa ired by the equipment manufacturer, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion . D. Repaint any damage to the factory applied pa int finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. If the metallic portion of the panel or section is damaged , the entire panel or section shall be replaced , at no additional cost to the Owner. Electrical -General Provisions 16000-9 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 3.04 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE A Provide manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the equ ipment as listed in each individual Specification Section . B. Testing and startup shall not be combined with tra ining . Testing and start-up t ime shall no t be used for manufacturers warranty repairs . 3.05 TESTING A Test systems and equ ipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the pro pe r operation of the systems . B. Make the tests and checks prior to energizing electrical equipment in accordance with the paragraph on Test and Settings, and the individual Specification sections . C. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two wee ks in advance . Provide qualified test personnel , instruments and test equipment, inclu ding manufacturer's services , as specified in the individual Specification sections. D. Where test reports show unsatisfactory results , the Owner/Eng ineer may require the remov al of all defective or suspected materials , equipment and/or apparatus , and their replace m ent with new items , all at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all cost for any retesting . 3.06 TRAINING A The Contractor shall provide manufacturer's training as specified in each individual se cti on of the Specifications . · END OF SECTION Electrical -General Provisions 16000-10 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT SECTION 16022 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION FOR ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals required to perform all excavation, trenching for electrical duct work and appurtenances , including drainage, bedding, filling, backfilling , disposal of surplus material, and restoration of trench surfaces and easements. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16000 -Electrical -General Provisions B . Section 16110 -Raceways , Boxes, Fittings and Supports C. Section 16600 -Underground System D . Section 16120 - W ire and Cables (600 Volt Maximum). 1.03 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All excavation , trenching , and related sheeting, bracing , etc ., as shown on the Drawings and listed in these Specifications , shall comply with the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) a . Excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P) -Excavation . 2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. ASTM D 698a -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600kN -m/m3)). PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. The excavation shall extend to the width and depth as shown on the Drawings, or as specified , and shall provide suitable room for installing manholes , handholes, ducts and appurtenances. B. Furnish and place all sheeting , bracing and supports . Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction For Electrical Applications 16022-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT C . Excavation shall include material of every description and of whatever substance encountered , regardless of the methods or equipment required to remove the material. Pavement shall be cut with a saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating . D . The Contractor shall strip and stockpile topsoil from grassed areas crossed by trenches . At the Contractor's option , topsoil may be otherwise disposed of and replaced , when requ ired , with approved topsoil of equal quality. E. While excavating and backfilling is in progress, traffic shall be maintained, and all utilities and other property protected, as provided for in the Contract Documents . F . Materials shall be excavated to the depth indicated on the Drawings and in widths sufficient for installing manholes and laying the ducts. Coordinate the trench width the Details shown on the Drawings. The bottom of the excavations shall be firm and dry in all respects acceptable to the Owner/Engineer. Trench width shall be a practical minimum, but not less than 6 inches greater than the total duct section arrangement, including reinforcing steel. G . Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the undisturbed state of subgrade soils. The trench may be excavated by machinery to , or just below, the designated subgrade, provided that material remaining in the bottom of the tre nch is no more than slightly disturbed . Subgrade soils wh ich become soft, loose or otherwise unsatisfactory as a result of inadequate excavation , dewatering or other construction methods , shall be removed and replaced by gravel fill at the Contractor's expense. 3.02 EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE AND REFILL A. Regardless of the nature of unstable material encountered, or the groundwater conditions , trench and excavation drainage shall be complete and effective . B . If deemed necessary by the Owner/Engineer, or as shown on the Drawings , the Contractor shall be required to deposit pea gravel for duct bedding or gravel refill for excavation below grade, directly on the bottom of the trench immediately after excavation has reached the proper depth and before the bottom of the trench has become softened or disturbed by a ny cause whatsoever. All excavation shall be made in open trenches. Gravel used for this purpose , shall be a maximum coarse aggregate size of~ inch . 3.03 BACKFILLING A. Remove from the excavation all materials which the Owner/Engineer may deem unsuitable for backfilling . B . Backfilling shall not commence until , not less than 48 hrs after placing of any concrete embedment, have lapsed . C . Where the ductbanks are laid in the yard , the remainder of the trench, after concrete encasement, shall be filled with common fill material , void of rock or other non-porous material, in layers not to exceed 8-in in loose measure and compacted to 90% standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of+/-4%. The backfill shall be mounded 6-in above the existing grade or as directed by the Owner/Engineer. Where a grass , loam or gravel surface exists prior to excavations in the yard , it shall be removed , conserved and replaced to the full original depth as part of the work under the duct items. In some areas it may be necessary to remove excess material during the cleanup process , so that the ground may be restored to its original level and condition . Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction For Electrical Applications 16022-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT D. Where the ductbanks are laid in paved areas or des ignated future paved areas , existing or designated future structures , or other existing or future utilities , the remainder of the trench above the encasement, shall be backfilled with select common fill or select fill material in layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted at optimum moisture content (± 3%) to 95 percent standard Proctor density. The top 18-inches below subgrade level shall be compacted at optimum moisture content(+/-3%) to 100 percent of standard Proctor density. E. Compaction shall be by use of hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weigh ing at least 20 lbs . The material being spread and compacted shall be placed in layers not over 8-in thick. If necessary , sprinkling shall be employed in conjunction w ith roll ing or ramming . F. Bituminous pav ing shall not be placed in backfill. G . Water jetting will not be accepted as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill. H. All road surfaces shall be broomed and hose-cleaned immediately after backfilling . Dust control measures shall be employed at all times. 3.04 RESTORING TRENCH AND ADJACENT SURFACES A In paved areas, the edge of the existing pavement to be removed shall be cut along straight lines , and the pavement replaced with the same type and quality of the existing paving . B. In sections where the ductbank passes through grassed areas, the Contractor shall , at his own expense , remove and replace the sod , or shall loam and reseed the surface to match the surrounding area . END OF SECTION Excavation, Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction For Electrical Applications 16022-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16060 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION A Furnish , install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required to perform the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein . 1.02 SCHEDULES A Schedule with the Owner/Engineer for required shutdowns to accommodate system demolition and installation of temporary facil ities . 1.03 STANDARDS A Temporary wiring of systems to maintain operation of facilities while undergoing modifi cations and demolition shall be provided in accordance with: 1. American National Standards Institute/ National Fire Protection Assocation (ANSI/NFPA), No. 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC), Article No. 305 -Temporary Wiring. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on the Drawings. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities . C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner/Engineer before disturbing the existing installation . D. By beginning demolition , the Contractor accepts the existing conditions and warrants that he will maintain service to equipment and items not scheduled or indicated for removal . 1.17 DISPOSITION OF REMOVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A In general, it is intended that material and equipment indicated to be removed and disposed of by the Contractor shall, upon removal, become the Contractor's property and shall be disposed of off the site by the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. A receipt showing acceptable disposal of any legally regulated materials or equipment shall be given to the Owner. B. The following electrical equipment shall be removed and shall be moved by the Contractor to a location on the site for storage as directed by the Owner: 1. Existing transformer. 2 . Existing panelboard . 3. Existing generator Electrical Demolition 16060-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 4 . Existing ATS 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. 2.02 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A . If temporary electrical wiring and facilities are required , the Contractor shall provide such wiring and facilities to comply with NEC -Article No. 305 . 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls , floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B. Coord inate utility service outages with the Utility Company to provide continuous service to operating equipment. C . Provide temporary wiring a·nd connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction . When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits , use personnel experienced in such operations . D. Existing Electrical Service : Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections . Obtain permission from the Owner/Engineer at least one week in advance , before partially or completely disabling system . 3.02 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove , relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction . B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C . Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes . Cut conduit flush with walls and floors , and patch surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed . Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed . E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed . G . Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access to panels as appropriate. Electrical Demolition 16060-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT I. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new work . J . Carry out the work in an orderly and careful manner. Hold noise, dust, and vibration to a minimum and conduct the Work so as to avoid any damage to the surroundings. Remove all items and parts as shown and noted on the Drawings and as otherwise may be required to be removed to carry out the Work. K. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 1. The Owner shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation equipment shown or specified to be removed from the site . 2. Equipment and material designated by the Owner, as remaining the property of the Owner, shall be removed from the structure and hauled to a designated location on the site and stored for the Owner's use. Store on wood runners raised above the surrounding grade and cover with weather resistant covering and tie securely or store inside Owner furnished storage as directed by the Owner/Engineer. 3 . Take necessary precautions in removing Owner designated property to prevent damage during the demolition process. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet heads and punching shanks through holes. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the Owner's equipment or material unless approved by the Engineer. 4 . Generally, items shall be removed in one piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse . Loose components may be removed separately. Controls and electrical equipme nt may be removed from the equipment and handled separately. Large units may be handled separately. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in sections . L. Material removed from the construction site during demolition, and any equipment not otherwise designated to remain the property of the Owner in accordance with the pre- demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be promptly removed from the construction site. M . The Contractor shall refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place which is damaged by the demolition operations at no additional expense to the Owner. The repair of such damage shall leave the parts in a condition at least equal to that found at the start of the Work. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIR A Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused . B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections. Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. END OF SECTION Electrical Demolition 16060-3 C ITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACK UP GENERA TOR PROJECT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16105 POWER SYSTEM STUDY A. The Contractor shall provide a short circuit and coordination study for the electrical power system , including an Arc Flash Hazard Study, Motor Starting Voltage Drop Study, and additional stud ies , as listed below. The electrical power system shall be deemed to include the utility company's transformer, the Owner's entire power distribution system , all existing or new system components , including any on-s ite standby generation . The short circu it and coordination study reports shall provide an evaluation of the electrical power systems and the . model numbers and settings of the protective relays or devices and metering or motor monitoring devices for setting by the Contractor. The Study shall include settings for all motor protective relays and electric system monitoring devices. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. The related work , associated with this Section , shall include all Sections of the Specifications , . and the Contract Drawings . 1.03 SUBMITT ALS A. The Contractor shall , not later than three (3) weeks after Contract Award , provide a submittal of the name and qualifications of the Study Eng ineer, for approval. B. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work of providing the information required, to the Study Eng ineer, particu larly that information required from the Contractor's electrical equipment suppliers . Any delay in the schedule specified above will not be sufficient cause to permit shipping of any equipment without the Study's se lections and settings being factory installed and certified. C . The Contractor shall include the use of his own forces to obtain all pertinent data necessary for the successful completion of the Power System Studies , including information on all existing and new equipment and wiring pertinent to the Study. This shall be interpreted to include all cable and raceway data , data for new and existing motors, data from all [existing and/or] new switchgear, motor control centers , panel boards , and separately mounted fuses , starters and circuit breakers. Obtain all [existing or] new protective device information to include all present settings . The Contractor shall obtain any needed data or information from Contract Documents, various suppliers , the Electric Utility and from conducting his own field investigations. If, in his field investigations , the Contractor encounters conflicts between the Contract Documents and the field conditions , the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner/Engineer for a resolution to the conflict. Copies of the data obtained , shall be organized and submitted to the Owner/Engineer at the same time of transmittal to the Study Engineer, to show that all the requested data ~athering work has been completed . D. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the studies , submit the studies for approval to the Owner/Eng ineer. The study submittal shall include all of the input and output data files in electronic format for use d irectly with the specified study software. The Contractor is reminded that equipment provided by the Contractor, and requiring selections and settings provided by Power System Study 16105-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT prov ided by the Study Engineer for such equipment, shall not be shipped from the factory until such selections and settings have been received by the equ ipment manufacturer and been factory installed. Prior to shipping, each equipment manufacturer shall certify that they have made such selections and settings , and that the corresponding work has been completed. The Contractor shall allow not less than three (3) calendar weeks for review of the studies by the Owner/Engineer. The submittal shall not contain unresolved questions , conflicts or selective device coordination conflicts . A submittal containing such questions or conflicts will be returned unreviewed, and shall not be resubmitted until such questions or conflicts have been resolved . E. Selective device coordination is required between protective devices in equipment specified in each Section of the Electrical Specifications , and between each piece of electrical equipment, including existing equipment, supplied for this project. F. If the Study Engineer, in the course of his work, determines that selective coordination cannot be obtained in or between pieces of existing and new equipment as specified, he shall immediately notify the Contractor , provide his supporting information to the Contractor, who · shall transmit the information to the Owner/Engineer for resolution of the problem. G. The studies shall be performed using SKM Power Tools Electrical Engineering Analys is Software for Windows. H. The completed studies, with all known issues resolved , shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval, not less than thirty (30) days prior to shipment of any equipme nt containing protective devices requiring selections and settings for certification by the manufacturer, as specified. Final copies shall be in electronic form (Adobe PDF formatted files). SKM data files shall be provided at the same time in electronic format. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The specified studies shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards. 1. IEEE Standard 1584-2004 -IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations , Including Amendment 1584a-2004. 2. NFPA-?OE-2004 -Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces. 3. ANSI/NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The studies shall be performed by an electrical service, or Licensed Professional Consulting Electrical Engineer, who is regularly engaged in power system studies. A Licensed Professional Engineer with proficiency in electrical power systems engineering shall conduct the study and shall seal and sign the power system studies . The Study Engineer shall be licensed to practice engineering in the state where the electric equipment is to be installed. B. · The Study Engineer shall have successfully performed studies of similar size and complexity for a period of not less than the five (5) immediate previous years . C . The Arc-Flash Study Engineer shall have successfully performed studies of similar size for a period of not less than the two (2) immediate previous years . The Arc Flash Study Engineer shall demonstrate experience with Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis by submitting names of at least ten actual Arc-Flash Hazard Analyses it has performed in the past year. The Arc-Flash Study Engineer shall demonstrate experience in providing equipment labels in compliance with NEC Power System Study 16105-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 2005 Section 110, and ANSI Z535.4 to identify AFIE and appropriate Personal Protective Equipment. D. The electrical service shall also provide the services of an engineer experienced in providing services and training to reduce Arc-Flash exposure and train workers in accordance with NFPA 70E and other applicable standards . 1.06 SCHEDULE OF WORK A The selection of the Study Engineer shall be performed in a timely manner, in accordance with the time specified , and the Study performed and submitted as specified above. B. The completed studies, with all known issues resolved, shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval , as specified above . PART 2 STUDIES 2.01 SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION STUDY A Provide a complete short circuit study. Include three phase and phase-to-ground calculations . Provide an equipment interrupting or withstand evaluation based on the actual equipment and model numbers provided on this project. Generic devices are not acceptable . Normal system operating method, alternate operation , and operations that could result in maximum fault conditions, shall be thoroughly addressed in the study. The study shall assume all motors are operating at rated voltage with the exception that motors, identified as "standby," shall not be included . Electrical equipment bus impedances shall be assumed as zero. Short circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties shall be calculated on the basis of maximum available fault current at the switchgear busses, switchboard busses, motor control centers and panelboards . The study shall be performed using actual available short circuit currents available as obtained from the Electric Utility. An assumption of infinite bus for the purposes of the study is not acceptable. B. A protective device coordination study shall be performed to determine appropriate relay settings . The study shall include all electrical equipment provided under this contract and any up-stream or downstream equipment that has an impact on the coordination study. The study shall show transformer damage curves, cable short circuit-withstand curves and motor curves . Include all medium voltage switchgear, distribution switchboards , motor control centers , and 480 Volt panelboard main circuit breakers. Complete the short circuit study down to the main breaker or largest feeder on all 480 Volt panelboards. Panel board branch circuit devices need not be considered . The phase overcurrent and ground-fault protection shall be included as well as settings for all other adjustable protective devices. All motor monitoring relays and protective or monitoring devices that are a part of a supplier's equipment, such as soft starters or adjustable frequency drives , shall be included . Include the last protective device in the Electric Utilities system feeding each facility being considered . C. An equipment evaluation study shall be performed to determine the adequacy of the fault bracing of all bus from the panel board level up to the main switchgear or protective device. Include circuit breakers , controllers, surge arresters, busway, switches, and fuses by . tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault currents . D. The study software shall be SKM System Analysis, using the Afault Module for short circuit calculations . E. As a minimum , each short circuit study shall include the following : Power System Study 16105-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 1. One-Line Diagram : a. Location and function of each protective device in the system , such as relays, direct- acting trips , fuses , etc. b. Type designation , current rating , range or adjustment, manufacturer's style and catalog number for all protective devices. c. Power and voltage ratings , impedance, primary and secondary connections of all transformers . Use the ratings of the actual transformers being provided where available . d. Type, manufacturer, and ratio of all instrument transformers energizing each relay . e. Nameplate ratings of all motors and generators with their sub transient reactance . f. . Sources of short circuit currents such as utility ties , generators, synchronous motors, and induction motors. Provide short circuit studies using each source of power separately. The study shall determine if there is sufficient short circuit current to adequately cause interruption of a protective device using the weaker power source (typically local generation), and shall determine if the equipment can safely interrupt the fault if the greater power source is connected . Additional short circuit calculations shall include emergency as well as normal switching conditions as well as normal and emergency power sources described here in . g. All significant circuit elements such as transformers, cables , breakers, fuses , reactors, etc shall be included . h. The time-current setting of existing adjustable relays and direct-acting trips , if applicable . 2. Impedance Diagram: a. Available MVA or impedance from the utility company . b. Local generated capacity impedance. c. Transformer and/or reactor impedances. d. Cable impedances. e. System voltages . f. Grounding scheme (resistance grounding, solid grounding, or no grounding). 3. Calculations : a. Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents are the greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the 3-phase and line-to-ground short circuits of each case. b. Calculate the maximum and minimum fault currents. F. Provide Time-Current Curves on 8-1/2 X 11 log-log paper. Do not put more than one branch of protective devices on any one coordination curve. Include a one-line diagram and the .names of each protective device in the branch . Use the names designated in the Contract Documents. Power System Study 16105-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT Documents . Include motor and transformer damage curves , and cable short circuit withstand curves . 2.02 ARC FLASH HAZARD STUDY A. The Power System Study shall include an Arc Flash Hazard Study that shall present the level of arc flash hazard for each item of electrical equipment, and the appropriate level of protection required per OSHA standards . B. The analysis shall be performed with the aid of computer software intended for the purpose , in order to calculate Arc-Flash Incident Energy (AFIE) levels and flash protection boundary distances. C. The analysis shall be performed under worst-case Arc-Flash conditions , and the final report shall describe , when applicable, how these conditions differ from worst-case bolted fault conditions . D. The calculations shall be performed in accordance with IEEE 1584-2004 and safe approach requirements determined in accordance with NFPA-?OE-2004. E. Results of the Analysis shall be submitted in tabular form, and shall include, device or bus name, bolted fault and arcing fault current levels, flash protection boundary distances, personal-protective equipment and AFIE levels. F. The Study Engineer shall provide the required warning signs, with type of location designated for each and type of protection required. The type of location shall be in such detail that the recommendation includes signs on front, side, back, inside , outside , etc. The signs shall be installed by the Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD SERVICES A. Sign Installation Certification 1. When the sign installation is complete , the Contractor and the Owner/Engineer shall jointly inspect the locations and to provide to the Owner/Engineer's satisfaction that signs are installed in all of the recommended locations indicated in the study. B. Training · 1. The Contractor shall provide the services of the Arc-Flash Training Engineer, for a period of not less than one eight (8) hour working day, to conduct a training program for the Owner's personnel, in the care, application and use of protective personal equipment, described by the warning signs installed on the project. The training program shall be conducted at a location onsite determined by the Owner, and shall include specific equipment locations as may be required for instruction. Applicable information from the · Study shall be provided to the attendees . C. The cost of Field Services shall be included in the Contract Price . D. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training for the Owner's use . END OF SECTION Power System Study 16105-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS, BOXES, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as speci fied herein. B. Raceways and conductors that are listed on the raceway and conductor schedules are generally not shown on the Drawings, except where they are required to pass through a restricted or designated space. Conduits indicated to be run "exposed" on the schedules shall be run near the ceilings or along the walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes and hoists , lighting fixtures, doors a nd hatches, etc. Conduits indicated to be run concealed shall be run in the center of co nc rete floor slabs , in partitions, or above hung ceilings, as required . 1.02 RELATED WORK NOTE: Include in this paragraph reference to other Sections and Divisions that impact the desig n or requirements of this Section. Include items furnished by others, by the Owner, for installation under this section, and items that are installed under other Sections but furnished under this Section. A. Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions B. Section 16120 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) C . Section 16600 Underground System 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names an d product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified . 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in th is specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) 2 . NFPA 70E-Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. UL 514B -Outlet Bodies B. All equ ipment components and completed assemblies specified in this section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly . All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions . Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered . Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected . 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition .· PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 . CONDUIT A. Liquidtight Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Liquidtight aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core , PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees C ., meeting NEC Article 351 , as manufactured by Ultratite AEF by Southwire , the Anaconda Metal Hose Div .; Anaconda American Brass Co .; American Flexible Conduit Co ., Inc.; Universal Metal Hose Co.; ALFLEX or equal. 2. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall be extruded from 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 with maximum 0 .1 % copper content and shall conform to FEDSPEC WW-C-540C ANSI C80 .5 , and UL-6 . B. Aluminum Flex ible Metal Conduit 1. Aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core , meeting NEC Article 348, UL 1and Federal Specification WW-c.:.566C, as manufactured by by Southwire Alflex, the Anaconda Metal Hose Div.; Anaconda American Brass Co .; American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc .; Universal Metal Hose Co. or equal. 2 . Fittings used with aluminum flexible metal conduit shall be extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 and shall conform to FEDSPEC WW-C-540C ANSI C80 .5, and UL-6 . C. Rigid Aluminum Conduit Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 1. Rigid Aluminum conduit shall be extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 and shall conform to FED Spec WW-C-540C , ANSI C80-5 and UL-6 . Rigid aluminum conduit shall be as manufactured by Wheatland Tube Company , Allied , or approved equa l. D. Rig id PVC Schedule 40 Condu it 1. Schedule 40 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) shall be designed for use underground as described in the NEC , res istant to sunlight. The conduits and fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-2 , Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-3 , Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 514B . Conduit shall have a UL Label. Condu it shall be Carlon, Kraloy, or approved equal. 2.02 BOXES A Boxes specified herein are for use with raceway systems only . Boxes used for housing electrical and instrumentation equipment shall be as described elsewhere in these Specifications. B. For all boxes , the distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall of the box shall not be less than six times the metric designator (trade size) of the largest raceway in a row . This d istance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of the box . Each row shall be calculated individually , and the single row that provides the maximum distance shall be used . · C. NEMA 1 Areas: NEMA 1 terminal boxes , junction boxes , pull boxes , etc, shall be of factory painted steel for wall mounting. Box bodies shall not have concentric knockouts. Boxe s shall not be less than 16 gauge metal. Boxes shall have hinged doors with slotted flush latch . Boxes shall be Series AXXNXXXXLP , as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal. D . NEMA 4X Areas : NEMA 4X terminal boxes, junction boxes , pull boxes etc, shall be Type 316 sta inless steel for outdoor installation . Mounting shall be wall mounting , or have mounting feet where self-standing . Boxes shall have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth . Box bodies shall not be less than 16 gauge metal. All boxes shall have continuous hinged , gasketed doors with 3-point latch . Boxes shall be Concept Series AXXH200XSSLP3PT as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or equal. E. NEMA 7 Areas: Explosion-proof boxes shall be designed for Class 1, Group D, Division 1 hazardous locations , and shall also have 0-ring seals to meet NEMA 4 requirements . Boxes shall be aluminum , with stainless steel hinged covers and stainless steel bolts ; Type EJB-N4 as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.; Appleton Electric Co.; Adalet-PLM or equal. F. Boxes for use in Chlorine and Caustic areas shall be of rigid PVC. Construction shall be the same as specified for NEMA 4X terminal boxes , junction boxes, pull boxes etc. as speci fied above . G . Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. 2.03 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES A For conduits up to and including 2-1/2 ", conduit outlet bodies and covers shall be copper-free aluminum , with captive screw-clamp cover, neoprene gasket and stainless steel screws and Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT clamps , Cooper Crouse-Hinds Form 7 with Mark 7 wedge -nut cover, Appleton , or approved equal. For conduits larger than 2-1/2 ", junction boxes shall be used . 2.04 CONDUIT HUBS A. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight aluminum , insulated throat , gasketed , with grounding screw, as manufactured by 0-Z/Gedney, Red-Dot , or equal. B. Conduit hubs , for use on other than NEMA 1 boxes , shall be watertight , threaded aluminum , grounding screw type, insulated throat, hub of female-female type , with locking nipple of male construction. Hubs shall be T&B HTGZ , or approved equal. Hubs with female locking nipples, where the hub projects into the box, will not be acceptable. 2.05 CONDUIT SEALS A. Condu it wall seals for new concrete walls below grade shall be O.Z./Gedney Co. type WSK, or equal. B. Condu it wall seals for cored holes shall be type CSML-XXXA as manufactured by the O .Z./Gedney Co ., or equal. C. Condu it wall and floor seals fo r sleeved openings shall be type CSMI-XXXA as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co., or equal. D. Conduit sealing bushings shall be aluminum O.Z./Gedney Type CSBA Series , or equal. 2.06 EXPANSION-DEFLECTION FITTINGS A. Combination expansion-deflection fittings embedded in concrete , or exposed , with internal grounding , 4" movement, shall be stainless steel/cast iron , Type XJGD as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co ., or equal . 2.07 EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Expansion fittings shall be aluminum, 8" movement, Type XJGSA as manufactured by Crouse- Hinds Co., or equal , with internal grounding. 2.08 EXPLOSION-PROOF FITTINGS A. Explosion proof fittings shall be as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co .; Appleton Electric Co.; O.Z./Gedney Co., or equal. 2.09 KELLUMS GRIPS A. Kellems grips to support cables shall be of 316 stainless steel. 2.10 CONDUIT MOUNTING EQUIPMENT A. All pull and junction box supports, spacers , conduit support rods , clamps , hangers, channel , nut, bolts , washers , etc . and shall be of 316 stainless steel. 2.11 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION TAGGING A. The Contractor shall tag all underground conduits at all locations exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes . Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 8 . Conduit identification plates shall be embossed stainless steel with stainless steel band , permanently secured to the conduit without screws . C. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal. 2.12 WIREWAYS A All wireways shall be constructed of NEMA 4X 304 stainless steel or aluminum, with gasketed hinged covers and stainless steel screws . Wireway shall be as manufactured by Hoffman or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS 1. 2 . 3 . A. Unless exact locations are shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and existing installations . 8. Unless shown on the drawings or specified otherwise , the conduit type installed with respect to the location shall be as follows : Conduit Type Location Liquidtight Flexible Aluminum Conduit Raceway connection to vibrating equipment only, in all areas. Rigid Non-metallic, Schedule 40 PVC Conduit Underground encased in red dyed reinforced concrete. Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit All above areas, except for concrete embedded and those areas described in Locations 2 through 6 above . C. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 3.02 BOX APPLICATIONS A Boxes installed in dry areas may be of NEMA 1 aluminum construction . All other boxes shall be of Type 316 stainless steel. 8 . Exposed switch , receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall be cast aluminum. C. Junction boxes and pull boxes shall have NEMA ratings suitable for the location in which they are installed , as specified in Section 16000. D. Where the raceway system connects to junction and pull boxes in a NEMA 1 area, double locknut (one outer and one inner) plus insulated bushing . E. All boxes shall be provided with factory mounting lugs. Drill ing through the back of any box or enclosure is prohibited, and if so installed, shall be removed and replaced, with no increase in the Contract Price or Construction Schedule . 3.03 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES APPLICATIONS Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT A Conduit outlet bodies may be used on conduits up to and includ ing 2-1/2", except whe re junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified . For condu its larger than 2-1/2 ", junction boxes shall be used . 3.04 FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A Combination expans ion-deflection fittings shall be installed where conduits stub up from underground and enter boxes , cross structure expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground , and where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-deflection fittings does not exceed one hundred fifty (150) feet of conduit run . B. On exposed conduit transitions from underground to above ground , where the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than ten ( 10) feet, an expansion fitting , with a m inimum of 6 " ava il able movement, shall be installed on the exposed side of the trans ition , in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting . 3.05 CONDUIT SEALS APPLICATIONS A Conduit wall seals shall be used where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations shown on the Drawings. B. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings. · 3.06 CONDUIT TAG APPLICATIONS A All conduits shall be tagged within 1 ft . of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor penetrations. B. The Contractor shall tag all underground conduits at all locations , exiting and entering from underground , including manholes and handholes. 3.07 RACEWAY SEALING A Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system . 3.08 INSTALLATION A No conduit smaller than 3/4-in electrical trade size inside and 1" outside , shall be used , nor shall any have more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends in any one run . Pull boxes shall be provided as required or as directed. B. No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details ; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed ; in the case of exposed work , until the conduit system has been completed in every detail. C. All raceways , installed underground, shall be i nstalled in accordance with Section 16600 Underground System . D. Where raceways enter or leave the raceway system , where the raceway origin or termination, could be subjected to the entry of moisture , rain or liquid of any type , particularly where the Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT termination of such raceways terminate in any equipment, new or existing at a lower elevati on , such raceways shall be tightly sealed at the higher elevation , both before and after the installation of cables , such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Raceway System at any time . Any damage to new or existing equipment shall be corrected by complete replacement of such equipment, at no cost to the Owner. Cleaning or drying of such equipme nt will not be acceptable . Sealant shall be 3M 1 OOONS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. E. Conduit supports , other than for underground raceways , shall be spaced at intervals of 8-ft or less , as required to obtain rigid construction . F. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one-hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw back plates , to raise conduits from the surface . Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on trapeze type hangers with stainless $teel horizontal members and stainless steel threaded hanger rods . The rods shall be not less than 3/8-in diameter. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes , conduit , etc shall be supported by spacers to provide a minimum of 1/2-in clearance between wall and equipment. G . Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps . Where attached to concrete surfaces , concrete inserts of the spot type shall be provided . H . All conduits on exposed work shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling . No diagonal runs will be allowed . Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric . All conduit shall be ruri perfectly straight and true . I. Conduit terminating in boxes and enclosures, other than NEMA 1 type , shall be terminated wi t h Meyers conduit hubs. J . Conduits terminated into enclosures shall be perpendicular to the walls where flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required . The use of short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations will not be permitted , except for connections to instrumentation transmitters , where multiple penetrations are required . K. Conduits contain ing equipment ground ing conductors and terminating in boxes shall have insulated throat grounding bushings. The w ire shall be grounded to the box. L. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fitt ings . Running threads will not be perm itted . M . All conduit fittings on PVC conduit shall be of the glued type . N . Liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall be used for the primary and secondary of transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. Use in other locations is not permitted , except for connections to instrumentation transmitters , whe re multiple penetrations are required . Liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall have a maximum length not greater than that of a factory manufactu red long radius elbow of the conduit size being used . The maximum bending radius shall not be less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9 , Table 2, "Other Bends ". BX or AC type prefabricated cables will not be permitted. 0 . Where conduits pass through openings in walls or floor slabs, the remaining openings shall be sealed against the passage of flame and smoke. P. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases shall be sealed with conduit sealing bush ings. Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT Q . Raceways terminating in Control Panels , or boxes containing electrical equipment, shall not enter from the top of the panel or box , and the raceway shall be sealed with a removable silicone sealant. R. All conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment enclosure shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated area , directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated . Conduits entering from cable tray shall be stubbed into the upper section. S . Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 7 . T . A conduit identification plate shall be installed on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes, manholes , etc. Conduit plates shall be installed before conductors are pulled into conduits . Exact identification plate location shall be coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading . Conduit numbers shall be exactly as shown on the Drawings. U. Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new conduits 2-in in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors . The pull shall be witnessed by owner V. 3/16-in polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equ ipment. W . All conduit that may under any circumstance contain liquids such as water, condensation, liquid chemicals, etc, shall be arranged to drain away from the equipment served . If conduit drainage is riot possible, conduit seals shall be used to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the equipment. X . Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings. They shall be routed to avoid such present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction . Y . The use of running threads is prohibited . Where such threads are necessary , a 3-piece union shall be used . Z . Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces , cold air plenums, etc, shall be sealed with 3M 1 OOONS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. AA. Conduits shall be located a minimum of 3-in from steam or hot water piping. Where crossings are unavoidable, the conduit shall be kept at least 1-in from the covering of the pipe crossed . AB . Conduits terminating at a cable tray shall be supported independently from the cable tray . Provide a conduit support within 1-ft of the cable tray. The weight of the conduit shall not bear on the cable tray. AC . Penetrations by conduit, raceways, cables, sleeves , etc., through rated walls, shafts, floors, ceilings, etc., shall be sealed by a closure foam , Dow Corning 3-6548 Silicone RTV, GE RTV 350 Silicone Foam, or equal. END OF SECTION Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports 16110-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES (600 VOLT MAXIMUM) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test all wire , cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein . 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Provide and install all 4-20mA signal circuits, process control wiring, signal wiring to field instruments , PLC input and output wiring and other field wiring and cables . B. Section 16110: Raceways , Boxes , Fittings and Supports C . Section 16600 Underground System 1.03 SUBMITTAL$ A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable and accessories specified under this Section with all selections, options and exceptions clearly indicated. B. Certified Tests 1. Submit a test report of all installed wire insulation tests . C . Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and maintenance instructions for splice and termination kits . 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) 2 . NEMA WC-5 -Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA 606A -Standard for telecommunications Infrastructure 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE .A. The general construction of the wire , cables and the insulation material used shall be similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. B. Cable with a manufacture date of greater than twelve (12) months previous will not be acceptable. C. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with th is requirement. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Check for reels not completely restrained , reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges , damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height. B. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the cable. C. Store cable on a solid , well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or. tarpaulin . Do not lay reels flat. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the wiring and installation to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date. of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the installation to new operating condition . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity , soft drawn copper. B. All conductors shall be stranded . C. Except for control , signal and instrumentation circuits , wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall not be used. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Wire for lighting , receptacles and other circuits not exceeding 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type THHN/THWN as manufactured by Southwire , Rome or equal. B. Wire for circuits over 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type THHNITHWN for sizes #6 AWG and smaller and shall be NEC type XHHW for sizes #4 and larger as manufactured by Southwire, Rome or equal. C. Type THHN/THWN wire shall not be used underground . 2.03 TRAY RATED WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable installed in Cable Trays shall be rated as Type TC, with sunlight resistance and for direct burial in accordance with UL Listing for Type TC. 2.04 GROUND WIRE Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT A. Ground wire shall be uninsulated copper , sized as shown on the Drawings, in all c as es wh ere a single ground wire is indicated to be installed in a conduit with no other conductors in the condu it , or where the ground w ire is directly buried in earth or concrete . In all other cases , insulate the ground wire with insulation as specified for low voltage wire . B. Ground wire shall be Rome , Southwire or equa l. 2.05 CONTROL , STATUS AND ALARM WIRE A Wire shall be No .14 AWG NEC type THHN/THWN , stranded as manufactured by the Caro l Cable Co . Inc ., Southwire , Rhome or equal. B. Multi-conductor control cable , where shown on the Drawings , shall be stranded , No .14 AWG 600V, polyvinyl chloride insulated, nylon jacket over insulation , polyvinyl chloride jacket ove rall , Type TC as manufactured by Southwire, Okonite or equal. 2.06 INSTRUMENTATION WIRE A. Wire for 4-20 ma , R.T.D., potentiometer and similar signals shall be PLTC rated and sh all be: 1. Single pair cable: Conductors : 2 #16 stranded, tinned and twisted on 2-in lay Insulation: PVC with 300 volt, 105 degree Crating Shield : 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with UL and manufacturers identification Max overall diameter: 0.262-in M isc: UL listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers : Belden or equal 2. Three conductor (triad) cable : Conductors : 3 #16 stranded, tinned and twisted on 2-in lay Insulation : PVC with 300 volt, 105 degree Crating Sh ield : 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with UL and manufacturers identification Max overall diameter: 0.276-in Misc: UL listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Belden or equal 3. Multiple pair cables (where shown on the Drawings): Conductor: Multiple pairs , stranded , tinned , size as shown on the Drawings , a nd twi sted on a 2-in lay Insulation : PVC with 300 volt, 105 degree Crating Shield : Individual pairs sh ielded with 100 percent mylar tape and drain wire Jacket: PVC with UL manufacturers identification Misc: UL listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Belden or equal 2.07 TERMINATION MATERIALS A Power Conductors : Termination materials, of conductors at equipment, shall be as speci fi ed in the relevant equipment Section . Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT B. Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel , alarm , low and high level signals): Termination connectors shall be of the set screw/w tongue type , as manufactured by Phoenix Contact, Entrelec , Allen Bradley , or equal. C. Motor Conductors : Motor connections shall be ring type compression terminations on the motor leads and secured with bolt, nut and spring washer. Connections shall be rubber insulated , half lap and two layers min imum of Scotch 33 tape . 2.08 SPLICE MATERIALS A. Power Conductors : For wires sizes #8 and smaller, provide wire nuts with metal inserts , 3M or Ideal , rubber insulated with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape . For wires greater than #8 AWG , provide a heat shrink insulated , color-coded , d ie-crimped splice lug , T&B 54.XXX , or equal , rubbe r insulated , with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape . B. Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel , alarm , low and high level signals): No splicing of control and instrumentation conductors will be permitted . 2.09 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp . or equal. 2.10 WIRE AND CABLE TAGS A. The Contractor shall use the tagging formats for wire and cable as specified herein . B. Wire tags for wire sizes , #2 AWG and smaller, shall be heat shrink type Raychem TMS-SCE, or approved equal with the tag numbers typed with an indelible marking process. Character size shall be a minimum of 1/8" in height. Hand written tags shall not be acceptable. Where ends are not available , attach cable tags with nylon tie cord . C. Tags for w ires larger than #2 AWG and all cables shall be thermally printed polyethylene type , Brady TLS 2200 or approved equal , nylon zip tied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. D. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable. E. Tagging shall be done in accordance with the execution portion of these Specifications. 2.11 WIRE COLOR CODE A. All wire shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes #8 or greater, where colored insulation is not available . Where tape is used as the identification system , it shall be applied in all junction boxes , manholes and other accessible intermediate locations as well as at each termination . B. The following coding shall be used : System 208Y/120 , Volts 1-Phase , 3 Wire Wire Neutral Phases Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) Color White Black 16120-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 3-Phase , 4-Wire Phase A Phase B Phase C 480Y/277 Volts Neutral 3-Phase, 4-Wire Phase A Phase B Phase C 2.12 CABLE TAG COLOR CODE A. All cable tags shall be white in color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Black Red Blue Gray/ Wh ite with one or more colored stripes Brown Orange Yellow A. Do not install pull wires and conductors until the raceway system is in place . B. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. C . Completely swab raceway system before installing conductors. Do not use cleaning agents and lubricants which have a deleterious effect on the conductors or their insulation . D . Pull all conductors into a raceway at one time , using wire pulling lubricant as needed to protect the wire . E. Except for hand-pulled conductors into raceways , all wire and cable installation shall be installed with tension-monitoring equ ipment. Where conductors are found to have been installed without tension-monitoring , the conductors and cables shall be immediately re m oved from the raceways , permanently identified as rejected material , and removed from the j o bs ite. New conductors and cables shall be reinstalled, tagged and raceways resealed , all at no expense to the Owner. F. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound is used, use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved . G . Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL. H. Where single conductors and cables in manholes, handholes , vaults, cable trays , and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and fireproofing tapes , bundle throughout their exposed length all conductors entering from each conduit with nylon , self-locking ,, releasable , cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 4 inches on centers . I. All wire and cable installed in cable trays shall be UL Listed as Type TC , for cable tray use . 3.02 CONDUCTORS 600 VOL TS AND BELOW A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on Drawings , as a minimum . Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 8 . Use crimp connectors on all stranded conductors . C . Soldered mechanical joints insulated w ith tape w ill not be acceptable. D. Arrange wiring in cab inets and panels neatly cut to proper length , remove surp lus w ire , and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner. Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein . E. Terminate control and instrumentation w iring with methods consistent w ith terminals provided , and in accordance with term inal manufacturer's instructions. F. Attach compress ion lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete , controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete . Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable. G. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with the UL listed end caps. H. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal , remove all burrs , chamfer all edges , and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors. I. For conductors that will be connected by others , provide at least 6 feet spare conductors in freestanding panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies . Provide additional spare conductor in any particular assembly where it is obvious that more conductor will be needed to reach the termination point. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Conduits and other raceways shall contain an equ ipment grounding conductor whether the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits, motors, cabinets , outlets and other equipment shall be properly grounded in accordance with NEC requirements. Where ground wire is exposed to mechanical damage, install wire in rigid aluminum conduit. Make connections to equipment with solderless connections . Wire connected to the ground rods of the ground mat shall be of the fused type equal to the Cadweld process . 3.04 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Power conductors : Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified. Splices shall be allowed in Junction Boxes only. No splicing of conductors shall be made in outlet bodies or underground . 8 . Control Conductors: Splices of control conductors will not be permitted between terminal points. Terminations shall be made with approved terminals as specified . C . Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel , alarm , low and high level signals): Splices of Instrumentation conductors will not be permitted between terminal points . Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified . Each termination of paired shielded or triad shielded shall be coated with silicone jelly after termination . The shield of pair shielded and triad shielded term inated on terminal strips . D. Except where specifically permitted by the Owner/Engineer, in writing , no splices will be allowed in manholes , handholes or other below grade located boxes. 3.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLES Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GE NERA TOR PROJ ECT A. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in raceways as specified. Unless specifically shown on the Drawings , all instrumentation circuits shall be installed as single shielded twisted pa ir cables or single shielded twisted triads . In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads . Triads shall be used wherever three wire circuits are required . B. Terminal blocks shall be provided at all instrument cable junction boxes , and all circuits shall be identified at such junctions. C . Shielded instrumentation wire, coaxial cable , data highway cable , discrete 1/0, multiple conductor cable , and fiber optic cables shall be run without splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels. The shield shall be continuous for the entire run . D. Shields shall be grounded as recommended by the instrument manufacturer and isolated at all other locations. Terminal blocks shall be provided for inter-connecting shield drain wires at all junction boxes . Where ind ividual circuit shielding is required , each shield circuit shall be provided with its own block. E. Seal openings in slabs and walls through which wires and cables pass. 3.06 WIRE TAGGING A. All wiring shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways . A termination po int in defined as any point or junction where a wire or cable is physically connected . This includes terminal blocks and device terminals . A major access po int to a raceway is defined as any enclosure , box or space designed for wire or cable pu lli ng or inspection and includes pull boxes, manholes , and junction boxes. · B. Wire tags shall show both origination and destination information to allow for a wire or cable to be traced from point in the field . Information regarding its origination shall be shown in parenthesis. C . For multiconductor cables , both the individual conductors and the overall cable shall be tagged . Conductors that are part of a multiconductor cable shall reference the cable identification number that they are a part of, as well as a unique conductor number within the cable. 3.07 CABLE TAGGING A. All cables shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways as defined in the wire tag section . B. The cable tag shall be installed where the cable enters and leaves each access point (e .g ., junction box, manhole, etc.). In cases of limited access space, a single tag may be used that shows both equipment tag origination and destination . In the case where the jacket is stripped for terminations , the tag shall be installed at the end of the jacket. 3.08 RACEWAY SEALING A . Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1 OOONS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal.· B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system . 3.09 FIELD TESTS Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT A. Conductors Under 600 Volts 1. Perform insulation resistance testing of all power circuits below 600 volts with a 1000-volt megger, in accordance with the recommendations of the wire manufacturer. 2. Prepare a written test report of the results and submit to the Owner/Engineer prior to final inspection . 3. Minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 100 megohms for cable lengths 40 feet or less . Lower values shall be acceptable only by the Owner/Engineer's specific written approval. For lengths longer than 40 feet, the minimum megohm value shall be 2000 megohms per foot. · 4. Disconnect equipment that might be damaged by this test. Perform tests with all other equipment connected. to the circuit. B. Tests : After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination by the instrumentation and control supplier, perform tests witnessed by the Owner/Engineer to ensure that instrumentation cable shields are isolated from ground, except at the grounding point. Remove all improper grounds. END OF SECTION Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16120-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACK U P GENERATOR PROJ EC T PART1_GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16121 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES A. Furnish , install and test the medium voltage cables and accessories as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein . B. This Section shall apply to all temporary and permanent feeders used on the project. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions B. Section 1611 O Raceways, Boxes , Fittings and Supports C. Section 16600 Underground System 1.03 SUB MITT ALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable and accessories specified under this Section with all selections , options and exceptions clearly indicated. The date of manufacture for each reel of cable shall be submitted . Cable manufactured 12 months or more prior to the date of this Contract will not be acceptable. 2. The wire and cable lugs submittal shall include the type of crimping tool required for use on each size and type of lug , including instructions for use of the tool. 3. Submit layouts and drawings as may be requi red, related to any problems in meeting the requirement for no splices as specified in this Section . B. Certified Tests 1. Subm it certified test reports of manufacturer's standard production testing and inspection as specified . 2. Submit independent testing firm reports as specified . C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals conta ining installation and maintenance instructions for splice and termination kits . D. Letter of Compliance with manufacturer's installation standards . 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS Medium Voltage Cables .16121-1 CITY OF FORT WORT H HOLLY WTP-BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT A. Medium voltage cables shall meet or exceed the specifications and requirements of the latest Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) and the Association of Edison Illuminating Compan ies (AEIC) publications , except as mod ified by this Section . B. Ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) insulated cable shall meet or exceed ICEA S-93 -639(NEMA WC-74). C. Cables shall comply with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 1072 , IEEE 383 and 1202 . D. Field testing and comm iss ioning shall be done in accordance with the cable manufacturer's recommendations , unless otherwise modified by this Section . E . NFP A 70 -National Ele ctri cal Code (NEC) F. Where reference is made to one of the above standards , t he revision in effect at the t ime of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The general construction of the cable and the insulation material used shall be similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. B. Upon request, the manufacturer shall submit a copy of his Quality Assurance Manual detailing the quality control and quality assurance measures in place at his facility . C. The manufacturer shall have available for audit detailed descriptions of the method by which his various manufacturing processes and production test are recorded , thus enabling the "traceability" of the completed cable . All steps in the manufacturing process , from receipt of raw material to the final tests , are to be included . Where multiple records are used , the method for cross-referencing shall be noted . D. Cable shall be UL listed as Type MV-105 . E. Cable with a manufacture date of greater than twelve (12) months previous will not be acceptable . 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Check for reels not completely restrained , reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges , damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height. B. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the cable . C. Store cable on a solid, well drained location . Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin . Do not lay reels flat. D. Seal cable ends with heat shrinkable end caps. Do not remove end caps until cables are ready to be terminated . 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warrant the cable against failures of cables from product failure or installation damage for a period of 1 year from date of project acceptance , and shall remove Medium Voltage Cables 16121-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY \VTP-BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT and replace the cab les at his own expense during the 1 year warranty period . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equ ipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. The Contractor shall a lso furnish a manufacturer's extended written warranty for a period of not less than 40 years , covering product replacement due to product failure . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A . The manufacturer's name , the voltage class, type of insulation , th ickness of insulation , conductor size , UL listing and date of manufacture shall be printed on the jacket. B. Cables shall be suitable for use in partially submerged wet locations , in non-metallic or metallic conduits , underground duct systems and direct buried installation. C. Cables shall furnished in reel lengths , each long enough to reach from connection point to connection point w ithout splice, utilizing the manufacturer's published maximum reel length capability for each type and size to be used on this Project. If any length capability is insufficient to provide without splice, the Shop Drawing submittal shall clearly describe the insufficiency, and explain the location required for such a splice . Such exception must be described in detail , and approved by the Owner/Engineer before the cable is ordered . Installation of such splices without such approval , will require removal of such cable and replacement with another manufacturer's cable meeting the requirements of the location, all at no expense to the Owner/Engineer. D. Cables shall be able to operate continuously at 105 degrees C conductor temperature , with an emergency rating of 140 degrees C and a short circu it rating of 250 degrees C . Emergency overloads shall be poss ible for periods of up to 100 hours . Five 100 hours emergency overload operations within the life time of the cable shall be possible . E. Medium voltage cable shall be sh ielded unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. F. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Okonite Company, Inc. 2. General Cable 3. Southwire 4. Kerite G . The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 CABLE RA TINGS AND TYPE A 5 kV Cable 1. Cable type : Single conductor. 2. Insulation level : 5 kV -133 percent/ 8 kV -100 percent, 95 kV BIL. Medium Voltage Cables 16121-3 CITY OF FORT WORT H HO LLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJ ECT 2.03 CABLE CONSTRUCTION A. Medium voltage cables shall have the following physical characteristics in accordance with ICEA, AEIC and UL standards : 1. Conductors: Annealed uncoated copper, Class B concentric lay , stranded per ASTM 88, covered by an extruded thermoset semi-conducting stress control layer. 2. Insulation : Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) overlayed with an extruded insulation shield of thermoset semi-conducting polymeric layer , free stripping . 3. Metallic Shield : 5 mil annealed copper tape with an overlap of 25%. 4. Jacket: Moisture and abrasion resistant polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 2.04 CABLE ACCESSORIES A. General 1. Cable termination and splicing material shall be as manufactured by Raychem ; 3M Corp .; Elastimold or equal. All material used in terminating and splicing medium voltage cables shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cables shall be terminated and spliced in accordance with the kit supplier's drawings. 2. Cable terminations shall meet or exceed IEEE Standard 48 , Class I requirements. 3. EP insulated cable splices shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI C119 .1 and IEEE 404 . 4. Cable accessories shall be by one manufacturer to assure adequate installer training and application assistance . 5. The manufacturer shall be able to document a minimum of 5 years successful field experience as well as demonstrating technical life assessment as requested. The manufacturer shall establish and document a Quality Assurance Program implementing suitable procedures and controls for all activities affecting quality. The program shall provide documentation that verifies the quality of production joint kits and traceability back to inspection records , raw material and the original designs and design proof tested joints. B. Indoor/Outdoor Cable Termination (5 to 35 kV) 1. Single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor or applications shall b.e cold- applied , pre-stretched body with molded skirts , solder-blocked ground braid and solderless ground clamp . 2. Termination shall have a current rating equal to , or greater than the cable ampacity. 3. Termination shall accommodate any form of cable shielding or construction without the need for special adapters . 4. Acceptable products : a . 3M Corp . 7600 Series Medium Voltage Cables 16121-4 CITY OF FORT WORT H HOLLY WTP -BAC KUP GENERATOR PR OJECT b. Raychem TFT-XXXE-SG W/Sheds Series .. c . Approved Equal. C . Tape Shielded Cable Splice 1. Single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor, outdoor and buried applications shall be cold-applied , pre-stretched body, shielding mesh , with spring clamp . 2. Splice all shielded cables rated 35 ,000 Volts or less with conductor sizes ranging from No . 4 to 1,000 Kcmil in accordance with the instructions provided with the splice . 3. Shielded cable splices shall be capable of normal continuous operations at the rated voltage and current on the cable it is to be used on (35 kV maximum). The splice kit shall contain all of the necessary materials required to make three splices including cold- applied, pre-stretched body, shielding mesh, with spring clamp . A comprehensive step-by- step instruction sheet shall be included with each kit. 4 . Acceptable products: a . 3M Corp. QSIII. b. Raychem CAS-XXM-X Series c . Approved Equal. D Heat Shrinkable Bus Connection Kits 1. Bus kits shall be capable of insulating bus bars 2-in to 6-in wide and for connection of 1 to 4 cables . Kits shall electrically insulate and environmentally seal the connection and be easily re-enterable . 2. Cable-to-bus bar connection kits shall be rated up to 35 kV class and tested in accorda nce with ANSI C37.20c , Section 5.2 .1.4 Test for Bus Bar Insulation and Section 5.2.9 Flam e- Retardant Test for Applied Insulation . Kits shall be Raychem Corp ., Type BBIT or equal. E Lugs and Connectors 1. Copper lugs and connectors shall be crimped with standard industry tooling . All connections of copper stranded wire in sized No. 6 AWG through 1000 kcmil shall be made electrically and mechanically secured . The lugs and connectors shall have a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated and meet UL 486 requirements . Lugs larger than 4/0 AWG shall be two-hole lugs with NEMA spacing . The lugs and connectors shall be rated for operation through 35 kV. The lugs shall be of closed end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. F Electrical Grounding Braid 1. Conducting metal braid shall be woven from 240 strands of 30 AWG copper wires and be capable of carrying fault current comparable to that of 6 AWG copper wire, 3M Corp ., Scotchbrand 25 or equal. G Cable Marking Systems 1. A 7-mil, flame retardant, cold and weather-resistant vinyl plastic electrical tape shall be Medium Voltage Cables 16121-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PR OJECT used for phase identification , 3M Corp .; Scotch 35 Tape or equal. 2. Cable tags shall be heat stamped nylon secured by polypropylene cable ties , Thomas & Betts No . TC228-9 or equal. 2.05 PULLING COMPOUNDS A. Pulling compound shall be nontoxic, nonflammable , noncombustible and noncorrosive . The material shall be UL listed and compatible with the cable insulation and jacket. B. Acceptable manufacturers are Ideal Company; Polywater, Inc .; Cable Grip Co . or equal. 2.06 SHOP TESTING A. Perform manufacturers standard production testing and inspection in accordance with Section 6 of the referenced ICEA standards. If requested by the Owner/Engineer, the manufacturer shall submit certified proof of compliance with ICEA design and test standards. B. Prov ide certified test reports indicating that the cable has passed the following tests : 1. Partial Corona Discharge Test in accordance with ICEA S-97-682 Section 9.13. 2. Vertical tray flame test in accordance with IEEE 1202. C . After completion of the factory tests , individual pulling eyes shall be installed on single or triplexed conductor length of cable.· Pulling eyes shall be suitable for maximum allowable pulling tension on the conductors and they shall be sealed aga inst entrance of water. A common pulling eye shall not be applied . · PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Determine the cutting lengths , reel arrangements and total lengths of cable required and shall furnish this data to the cable manufacturer as soon as possible to assure on-time delivery of cable . B. Make use of the field engineering services available from the cable manufacturer. C . The Contractor shall provide a Certificate of Training issued within the last two years . 3.02 INSTALLATION A.· Cable Installation 1. Except for hand-pulled conductors into raceways, all wire and cable installation shall be installed with tension-monitoring equipment. Where conductors are found to have been installed without tension-monitoring, the conductors and cables shall be immediately removed from the raceways , permanently identified as rejected material, and removed from the jobsite. New conductors and cables shall be reinstalled , tagged and raceways resealed, all at no expense to the Owner. 2 . When temperature is below 50 degrees F, cable reels shall be stored at 70 degrees F for at least 24 hours before installation . Medium Voltage Cables 16121-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PRO JECT 3. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions a nd minimum bend ing rad ii. The Contractor shall furn ish such information to the Owner/Engineer, and the information shall be available at the project site . 4. Where the cable pulling direction is selectable , pull cables from the direction th at re quire s the least tension , and fewer bends in the last 25% of pull. 5. Feed cables into raceway with zero tension and without cable crossover at raceway entrance . 6. The Contractor shall use only approves means of pulling the cable . Cable shall no t be pulled using a vehicle or crane . 7. The Contractor shall provide the services of the cable manufacturer to be present during the installation of all sections of the cable. The manufacturer shall provide a report to th e Owner at the conclusion of the installation, that to his knowledge, he observed no procedures that were contrary to the recommended installation procedures recomm en ded by the manufacturer. 8 . Splicing and Terminating 1. Cables shall be installed with a minimum of splices . Proposed splice locations sh all be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval. 2. The work area shallQe kept warm, dry and ventilated during splicing and terminati ng of the cables . 3. Splicing and terminating shall be performed by electricians having formal training and a minimum of 10 years field experience in this type of splicing work with 15KV cable . 4. Prepare cables in accordance with splice or termination kit manufacturers installation details . 5. Maintain shield continuity around splices. Bond cable shields at each terminal or sp lice location . 6. Install a neoprene tape wrap around each splice and bonding jumper to provide a watertight environmental seal. 7. Insulate and seal each cable-to-bus termination with heat shrinkable bus connector kits. 8. All splicing shall be performed by personnel trained by the splicing manufacturer. The Contractor shall have a certificate of training in his possession . 9. The Contractor shall provide the services of the manufacturer to inspect the splicing and provide a letter to document his findings . Any deficiencies shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the manufacturer. C. Electric Arc and Fire Proofing 1. In manholes , cable trays and exposed locations, wrap medium voltage cables with one half-lapped layer of Scotch Brand 77 Electric Arc and Fireproofing Tape. Tape shall be secured with a two-layer band of Scotch Brand 69 Glass Electrical Tape over the last wrap . D. Marking and Identification Medium Voltage Cables 16121-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BAC K UP GENERATOR PROJECT 1. Plastic nameplates shall be installed in each manhole , pull box and at splice and terminating points . T hese nameplates shall show the phase and feeder designations and the date when the cable was installed or spl ice or termination was made. The feeder designation shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Nameplates shall be tied to each cable w ith self-locking nylon tie . 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. Notify the Owner/Eng ineer at least two weeks prior to scheduling any testing . B. Equipment testing and inspection for all new cables shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations on a generic form , and shall include the following : 1. V isual and mechan ical inspection . 2. Shield continuity test. 3. Insulation resistance test. 4. DC Hipot test per IEEE Standard 400 . C. Equipment testing and inspection for existing cables shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations , and shall include the following : 1. Visual and mechan ical inspection . 2. Shield continuity test. 3. Insulation resistance test. .Q . Submit certified copies of the test results and leakage plots to the Owner/Engineer in accordance with Section 01300 within 5 days of completion the of the tests . !;. Immediately notify the Owner/Engineer and do not energize the cables if any of the following conditions occur: 1. Cable damage. 2. Improper installation or grounding . 3. Shield discontinuity or high resistance . 4 . Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index below 1.5. 5. Abnormal plot of leakage current versus voltage . E. Defective or Damaged Cables 1. The Owner/Engineer shall make sole determination of the acceptability of the cables based on the submitted test reports . Do not energize cables until the test reports have been rev iewed and approved by the Owner/Engineer. 2. If, in the opinion of the Owner/Engineer, the cables , term inations or splices are determined to be damaged or defective, provide the following remedial actions at no additional cost to Medium Voltage Cables 16121-8 C ITY OF FORT WORTH HO LLY WTP -BAC K U P GENE RA TOR PR OJECT additional cost to the Owner: a . Remove splices and terminations and completely re-test the cables to determine whether the cables are damaged or defective. b . Remove and replace damaged or defective cables as directed by the Owne r/Engin ee r. c . Remake term inations and splices with new kits . d . Completely re-test cable , splices and terminations as previously tested above . END OF SECTION Medium Voltage Cables 16121-9 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT SECTION 16230 STANDBY GAS GENERA TOR SET PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install one (1) standby generator set with weather proof outdoor type enclosures , and all appurtenances specified herein . B. The delivery of the generator set shall be guaranteed by the Manufacturer to meet the construction schedule of the project. C. The generator size is a minimum size around which the electrical conductors and c ircuit breakers have been sized . The Contractor shall provide the engine-generator set which meets all the performance criteria , and shall increase the size of the engine generator, if necessary, to meet the specified criteria . If the generator size increases, the Contractor shall increase the breakers , conductors , and all associated equipment, includ ing the automatic transfer switch , to accommodate the larger generator size . All sizing of associated equipment shall be in accordance with the NEC . 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete for equipment pad is as specified in Division 3 of these Specifications B. Section 16050 , General Provisions 1.03 SUBMITIALS A. Substitutions 1. Substitutions to specification shall clearly identify all deviations or exceptions and shall be subm itted for approval a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the bid date. B. Shop Drawings 1. Submit to the Owner, shop drawings and product data , for the following : a. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation and plan views , dimensions , weight, anchor details, and required operating clearances. b. Condu it entrance drawings. c . Product data sheets and catalog numbers for the engine , AC generator, battery charger, generator set control system, electronic governor system, control stations , meters , relays , pilot lights , circuit breaker , etc. List all options and accessories furnished specifically for this project. d. Provide control systems engineering showing inter-wiring and interlocking to remote mounted dev ices , control signals , remote alarms, etc. Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical devices. e. Instruction and renewal parts books. Standby Gas Generator 16230-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT f. Itemized list of spare parts furnished spec ifically for this project, including qu an tities , descriptions and part numbers . g. Provide the details , and cutsheet of the dig ital interface card . h. Provide the address map and format of the registers which will be monitored by the Plan t SCADA System . i. Provide the 1/P address and full configuration details of the Ethernet interface . C . Operation and Maintenance Data : 1. Operating and maintenance manuals for the generator set shall be furnished in accordance with Division 1. 2. The manuals shall be bound and shall also include : a. Automatic and manual startup and shutdown sequences . D . Certification of Ratings : Submit for approval copies of certified test reports . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards : Comply with applicable provis ions and recommendations of th e following except where otherwise shown or specified . 1. NFPA 110 for level 1 Systems . 2. OSHA for rotating parts . 3. NEMA MG1 temperature limits . 4 . UL508 5. CSA282-M 1989 6 . IEC 8528 part 4 7. Mil -Std 461C part 9 8. IEC Std 801.2 , 801 .3, 801 .5 9. IEEE 587 10 . ASTM 02794-93 11 . ASTM D224 7 -92 B. The standby generator sets shall be the product of a manufacturer who shall also be the manufacturer of the engine and alternator supplied . C. All sections of each generator set shall have a UL label where an applicable standard exists. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDBY GENERATOR SET A. Rating Standby Gas Generator 16230-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 1. 350KW natural gas power generator. 2 . Voltage : 480/277 volts , 3 phase , 4 wire, 60Hz. 3. Power: Standby at 0 .8 PF, based on site elevation of 3000 feet and ambient temperatures up to 100 ° F. B. Performance 1. Voltage Regulation : Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 1 percent for any constant load between no load and rated load for both parallel and non-parallel applications . Random voltage variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 1 percent. 2 . Frequency Regulation : Frequency regulation shall be 5% from steady state no load to steady state rated load . Random frequency variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0 .5%. The AC voltage waveform shall have not more than 5% total harmonic distortion at full linear load and with not more than 3% in any single harmonic. Telephone influence factor shall be less than 50. 3 . Load Pick Up : The gas engine-generator set shall be capable of picking up the entire mixed type load in one step, with starting and running voltage dips not exceeding 15% and frequency variation not more than +/-5%. Contractor shall submit calculations showing that the generator sizing is correct for the voltage and frequency variations specified . C. Engine 1. Each engine shall be natural gas fueled, 4 cycle, radiator and fan cooled , with not less than 6 cylinders . The horsepower rating of the engine at its minimum tolerance level shall be sufficient to drive the alternator and all connected accessories. Two cycle engines are not acceptable. Engine accessories and features shall include : a. Governor System : An electronic governor system shall provide automatic isochronous frequency regulation . b. Radiator and Cooling System : Skid-mounted radiator and cooling system rated for full load operation in 100 degrees F ambient as measured at the generator air inlet. Radiator shall be provided with a duct adapter flange. The equipment supplier shall fill the cooling system with 50/50-ethylene glycol/water mixture. Rotating parts shall be guarded against accidental contact per OSHA requirements. c . Electric System: An electric starter capable of three complete cranking cycles without overheating. d. Lubrication Oil Pump : Positive displacement, mechanical , full pressure, lubrication oil pump. e. Oil Filters : Full flow lubrication oil filters with replaceable spin-on canister elements and dipstick oil level indicator. f. Engine shall operate on gas supply pressures from 10-20 inches H20 g. Air cleaner: Replaceable dry element air cleaner with restriction indicator. h. Fuel Lines : Flexible fuel lines . i. Battery Charging Alternator: Engine mounted battery charging alternator, 45-ampere minimum, and solid-state voltage regulator. Standby Gas Generator 16230-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BAC KUP GENERA TOR PROJECT D. AC Generator 1. General : Each AC generator shall be ; synchronous , four pole, 2/3 pitch , revolving field , drip- proof construction , single pre-lubricated sealed bearing, air cooled by a direct drive centrifugal blower fan , and directly connected to the engine with flexible drive disc. All insu lation system components shall meet NEMA MG1 temperature limits for Class H insulation system . Actual temperature rise measured by resistance method at full load shall not exceed 125 degrees Centigrade over a SO -degree Centigrade ambient. 2 . Power: Each generator shall be capable of delivering rated output of 350 kW/ 437 kVA. at rated frequency of 60 Hz and power factor of 0 .8 P.F., at any voltage not more than 5 percent above or below rated voltage . Excitation : A permanent magnet generator (PMG) shall be included to provide a reliable source of excitation power for optimum motor starting and short circuit performance . The PMG and controls shall be capable of sustaining and regulating current supplied to a single phase or three phase fault at approximately 300% of rated current for not more than 10 seconds . The excitation system shall be of brushless construction and designed for non- linear loads . 3 . Provide 120V, 1 phase anti -condensation heater for each generator set. E. Control 1. General : The generator set shall be prov ided w ith a microprocessor-based control system that is designed to prov ide automatic starting , monitoring, and control functions for·the generator set. The contro l system shall also be designed to allow local monitoring and control of the generator set, and remote monitoring and control as described in this spec ification . 2 . Mounting: The control shall be mounted on the generator set. The control shall be vibration isolated and prototype tested to verify the durability of all components in the system under the vibration conditions encountered . 3 Standards: The control shall be UL508 listed , CSA282-M1989 certified , and meet IEC8528 part 4 . All switches lamps and meters shall be oil-tight and dust-tight, and the enclosure door shall be gasketed . There shall be no exposed points in the control (with the door open) that operate in excess of 50 volts . The controls shall meet or exceed the requirements of Mil-Std 461C part 9 , and IEC Std 801 .2 , 801 .3, and 801 .5 for susceptibility, conducted , and radiated electromagnetic emissions . The entire control shall be tested and meet the requirements of IEEE587 for voltage surge resistance . 4 Features : a. Mode Select Switch : The mode select switch shall initiate the following control modes. When in the RUN or Manual position the generator set shall start, and accelerate to rated speed and voltage as directed by the operator. In the OFF position the generator set shall immediately stop, bypassing all time delays. In the AUTO position the generator set shall be ready to accept a signal from a remote device to start and accelerate to rated speed and voltage . A dry contract shall be provided to indicate auto pos ition of the selector switch . b. Emergency Stop Switch : Switch shall be Red "mushroom-head" push-button . A protective cover shall be provided to prevent accidental operation. Depressing the emergency stop switch shall cause the generator set to immediately shut down , and be locked out from automatic restarting . Standby Gas Generator 16230-4 CITY OF FORT W ORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT c. Reset Switch : The RESET switch shall be used to clear a fault and allow restarting the generator set after it has shut down for any fault cond ition . d. Panel Lamp Switch : Depressing the panel lamp switch shall cause the entire panel to be lighted with DC control power. The panel lamps shall automatically be sw itched off 1 O minutes after the switch is depressed , or after the switch is depressed a second time . e.. Analog Output Metering : The generator set shall be provided with a metering set including the following features and functions : Analog vo ltmeter, ammeter, frequency meter, and kilowatt (kW) meter. Voltmeter and ammeter shall display all three phases . Ammeter and kW meter scales shall be color coded in the following fashion : readings from 0-90% of generator set standby rating : green ; readings from 90-100% of standby rating : amber ; readings in excess of 100%: red . f. Digital Metering Set: Digital metering set, 0.5% accuracy, to indicate generator RMS voltage and current, frequency, output current, output kW, kW-hours , and power factor. Generator output voltage shall be available in line -to-line and line-to-neutral voltages , and shall display all three-phase voltages (line to neutral or line to line) simultaneously. g. Generator Set alarm Display: The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non -automatic generator status , and existing alarm and shutdown conditions . The lamps shall be high-intensity LED type . The lamp condition shall be clearly apparent under bright room lighting conditions . The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on a digital display panel : 1. Low oil pressure (a larm) 2 . Low oil pressure (shutdown) 3. Oil pressure sender fa ilure (a larm) 4 . Low coolant temperature {alarm) 5. High coolant temperature (alarm) 6 . High coolant temperature (shutdown) 7. Engine temperature sender failure (alarm) 8 . Low coolant level (alarm or shutdown --selectable) 9. Fail to crank (shutdown) 10. Over crank (shutdown) 11 . Over speed (shutdown) 12 . Low DC voltage (alarm) 13 . High DC voltage (alarm) 14 . Weak battery (alarm) 15 . Low fuel-day tank (alarm) 16. High AC voltage (shutdown) Standby Gas Generator 16230-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 17 . Low AC voltage (shutdown) 18 . Under frequency (shutdown) 19 . Over current (warning) 20. Over current (shutdown) 21 . Short circuit (shutdown) 22 . Over load (alarm) 23 . Emergency stop (shutdown) 24 . Natural gas leak (alarm) h. Special Alarm or Shutdown Conditions: Provisions shall be made for indication of two additional alarm or shutdown conditions . Labeling of the alarm or shutdown conditio ns shall be of the same type and quality as the above-specified conditions i. Engine Status Monitoring : The following information shall be available from a dig ital status panel on the generator set control : 1. Engine oil pressure (psi. or kPA.) 2 . Engine coolant temperature (degrees For C) 3. Engine oil temperature (degrees For C) 4 . Engine speed (rpm) 5. Number of hours of operation (hours) 6 . Number of start attempts 7 . Battery voltage (DC volts) 8. The control system shall also incorporate a data logging and display provision to allow logging of the last 10 warning or shutdown indications on the generator set, as well as total time of operation at various loads , as a percent of the standby rating of the generator set. j . A set of Form C dry type contacts shall be provided for customer remote alarm indication . F. Control Functions 1. Cycle Cranking System : The control system provided shall include a cycle cranking system, which allows for user selected crank time, rest time , and # of cycles. Initial settings shall be for 3 cranking periods of 15 seconds each, with 15-second rest period between cranking periods. 2 . Idle Mode Control : The control system shall include an idle mode control , which allows the engine to run in idle mode in the RUN posi ti on only. In this mode, the alternator excitation system shall be disabled . 3 . Engine Governor Control: The control system shall include an engine governor control , which Standby Gas Generator 16230-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT which functions to provide steady state frequency regulation as noted elsewhere in this specification . The governor control shall include adjustments for gain , damp ing , and a ramping function to control engine speed and limit exhaust smoke while the un it is starting . The governor control shall be suitable for use in paralleling applications without component changes . 4 . Time Delay Start: The control system shall include time delay start (adjustable 0-300 seconds) and time delay stop (adjustable 0-600 seconds) functions . 5. Sender Failure Monitoring : The control system shall include sender failure monitoring logic for speed sensing, oil pressure, and engine temperature which is capable of discriminating between failed sender or wiring components , and an actual failure conditions . G. Alternator Control Functions 1. Digital voltage Regulation : The generator set shall include an automatic digital voltage regulation system that is matched and prototype tested with the governing system provided . It shall be immune from misoperation due to load-induced voltage waveform distortion and provide a pulse width modulated output to the alternator exciter. The voltage regulation system shall be equipped with three-phase RMS sensing and shall control buildup of AC generator voltage to provide a linear rise and limit overshoot. The system shall include a torque-match i ng characteristic , which shall reduce output voltage in proportion to frequency below a threshold of 59 HZ. The voltage regulato r shall include adjustments for gain, damping , and frequency roll-off. Adjustments shall be broad range , and made via digital raise-lower switches, w ith an alpha-numeric LED readout to indicate setting level. 2 . Output Current: Controls shall be provided to monitor the output current of the generator set and initiate an alarm when load current exceeds 110% of the rated current of the generator set on any phase for more than 60 seconds. The controls shall shut down and lock out the generator set when output current level approaches the thermal damage point of the alternator. 3. Output Power: Controls shall be provided to monitor the kW load on the generator set , and initiate an alarm condition when total load on the generator set exceeds the generator set rat ing for in excess of 5 seconds . Controls shall include a load-shed control , to operate a set of dry contacts (for use in shedding customer load devices) when the generator set is overloaded . 4 . Over/under Voltage Monitor: An AC over/under voltage monitoring system that responds only to true RMS voltage conditions shall be provided. The system shall initiate shutdown of the generator set when alternator output voltage exceeds 110% of the operator-set voltage level for more than 10 seconds , or with no intentional delay when voltage exceeds 130%. Under voltage shutdown shall occur when the output voltage of the alternator is less than 85% for more than 1 O seconds . 5. Battery Monitoring System: A battery monitoring system shall be provided wh ich initiates alarms when the DC control and starting voltage is less than 25VDC or more than 32 VDC. During engine starting, the low voltage limit shall be disabled , and if DC voltage drops to less than 14.4 volts for more than two seconds a "weak battery" alarm shall be initiated . H. Control Interfaces for Remote Monitoring 1. General: All control and interconnection points from the generator set to remote components shall be brought to a separate connection box . No fie ld connections shall be made in the control enclosure or in the AC power output enclosure . Provide the following features in the control system : Standby Gas Generator 16230-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BAC KUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 2. Alarm or Shutdown : Form "C" dry common alarm contact set rated 2A @ 30VDC to indicate existence of any alarm or shutdown condition on the generator set. 3. Generator set on : One Two sets of contacts rated 2A @ 30VDC to indicate generator set is ready to load . The contacts shall operate when voltage and frequency are greater than 90% of rated condition . 4 . Following alarms and status, as a minimum , shall be monitored : a., Common Fault b. Low battery C. Low fuel level d. Overcrank alarm e. Ready and in Remote statuses f. Generator On g. Start 5 . Provide an Ethernet interface with ModbusTCP protocol. I. Base 1. The engine-generator set shall be mounted on a heavy-duty steel base to maintain alignment between components. The base shall incorporate a battery tray with hold-down clamps within the rails . · J . Auxiliary Equipment and Accessories 1. Coolant Heater: Engine mounted , thermostatically controlled , coolant heater(s) for each engine . Heater voltage shall be 120/240 V , 1 phase . The coolant heater shall be installed on the engine with silicone hose connections . Steel tubing shall be used for connections into the engine coolant system wherever the length of pipe run exceeds 12 inches. The coolant heater installation shall be specifically designed to provide proper venting of the system. The coolant heaters shall be installed us ing qu ick disconnect couplers to isolate the heater for replacement of the heater element. The quick disconnect/automatic sealing couplers shall allow the heater element to be replaced without draining the engine cooling system or significant coolant loss. The coolant heater shall be provided with a thermostat, installed at the engine thermostat housing . An AC power connection box shall be provided for a single AC power connection to the coolant heater system. The coolant heater(s) shall be sized as recommended by the engine manufacturer to warm the engine to a minimum of 100F (40C) in a 40F ambient, in compliance with NFPA110 requirements . 2 . Furnish and install lube oil heaters , power to the heater shall be at 120V, 1 phase. 3. Vibration Isolators: Vibration isolators , spring/pad type , and quantity as recommended by the generator set manufacturer. 4 . Starting and Control Batteries: Starting battery bank, calcium/lead antimony type , 24 volt DC , sized as recommended by the generator set manufacturer, shall be supplied for each generator set with battery cables and connectors . 5. Exhaust Silencer: Exhaust muffler(s) shall be provided for each engine, size and type as recommended by the generator set manufacturer. The mufflers shall be critical grade. Standby Gas Generator 16230-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT Exhaust system shall be installed accord ing to the generator set manufacturers recommendations and applicable codes and standards. K. Battery Charger 1. UL listed/CSA certified 10 -amp voltage regulated battery charger shall be provided in the engine-generator set enclosu re. Input AC voltage and DC output voltage shall be as required . Chargers shall be equipped with float , taper and equalize charge settings. Operational monitors shall provide visual output along with individual form C contacts rated at 4 amps , 120 VAC , 30VDC for remote indication of: a. Loss of AC power -red light b. Low battery voltage -red light c . High battery voltage -red light d. Analog DC voltmeter and ammeter, 12 hour equalize charge timer, AC and DC fuses shall also be provided on the charger. 2. Batteries shall be suitable for up to three (3) 10 second crank periods at the specified ambient conditions. L. Outdoor Weather-Protective Housing 1. Generator set housing shall be provided factory-assembled to generator set base and radiator cowling, and shall be of the sound-attenuated type . Housing shall provide ample . airflow for generator set operation at rated load in the ambient conditions previously specified . The housing shall have hinged side-access doors and rear control door. All doors shall be lockable . All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer's standard color using a two step electro-coating paint process , or equal meeting the performance requirements specified below. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted . The painting process shall result in a coating , which meets the following requirements : a. Primer thickness : 0.5-2 .0 mils . Top coat thickness, 0 .8-1 .2 mils. b. Gloss , per ASTM D523-89 , 80% plus or minus 5%. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50%. c . Crosshatch adhesion , per ASTM D3359 -93 , 4B-5B. d. Impact resistance , per ASTM D2794-93, 120-160 inch-pounds. e. Salt Spray: per ASTM B117-90, 1000+ hours . f. Hum idity : per ASTM D2247-92 , 1000+ hours . g . Water Soak: per ASTM D2247-92 , 1000+ hours. h. Painting of hoses, hose clamps, wiring harnesses , and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable . Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant, and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. i. Paint color of the Generator Set housing shall be selected by the Owner. 2. Sound Attenuation Standby Gas Generator 16230-9 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT a. Housing shall be sound attenuating type , producing a noise level not greater th an 75 dBa at 23 feet (7 meters). M. The natural gas receiving system shall include all pressure regulators , strainers, and control valves . The fuel system shall be plumbed for ease of site connections . N. Vibration Isolators 1. Furnish and install spring type vibration-isolators between the sub -base tank and the generator set. A m inimum of six (6) isolators shall be used , properly sized for the gene rator set supplied . 0 . Circuit Breaker 1. Furnish and install a generator mounted molded case circuit breaker. The circuit breaker shall meet the specification in Section 16191. The circuit breaker shall be rated at 42 KAIC . 2. The generator set shall power a feeder to an automatic transfer switch . P. Manufacturer 1. Cummins 2. Caterpillar 3. Kohler 4. Or Equal. To qualify as a manufacturer, the engine must be the principal item manu factured, and the manufacturer's authorized dealer only shall supply the completed eng in e-g enerator set. 5. Listing of a manufacturer does not imply acceptance of manufacturer's standa rd product. Submittals must comply in all aspects with these specifications . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 .01 COORDINATION A Coordinate with other trades, equipment and systems to the fullest extent possible . 3 .02 INSTALLATION A Provide services of a qualified field representative to check the installation of the generator unit to ensure a proper installation . 3.03 EQUIPMENT START-UP A Operate unit to demonstrate ability to operate continuously without vibration , jamming, leakage or overheating and to perform specified functions ; after installation and after manufacturer's representative check of installed equ ipment. B. Comply with manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions during start-up and operation . C. Promptly correct improper installation of equipment. Standby Gas Generator 16230-10 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT D. Cooperate with supplier of equipment at time of start-up and in making of all final adjustments necessary to place equipment in satisfactory working order. Start-up shall not commence without the presence of the manufacturer's representative . E. During startup the digital interface between the generator and the plant SCADA system shall be tested . 3.04 FIELD TEST A. Upon completion of the installation and as soon as conditions perm it, the emergency power supply system including the engine driven generator, electrical circuits , controls , transfer switch and other devices shall be tested in the presence of the Engineer by the Contractor and the service representative for the manufacturer of the engine driven generator unit to assure that the system functions as specified . B. Prior to scheduling the test , notify the Engineer in writing that all requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, that all apparatus shall be clean , properly adjusted and ready for operation and that the Instruction Manuals , parts lists and record drawings have been submitted . C. The manufacturers' representatives shall make such changes in wiring or connections and such adjustments , repairs or replacements necessary to make the circuit , device or control system function as specified and otherwise comply with the Contract Documents . D. As part of the field test , the automatic shutdown devices shall be tested and the respect ive values recorded at which the devices will stop the engine. Any adjustments required shall be made in the devices to make the operating values correspond to those recommended by the engine manufacturer and as recorded during the stop test. E. After a two hour test has been completed, additional testing shall be performed to demonstrate the emergency power supply system's ability to meet the automatic starting, load transfer and motor starting requirements . F. If the emergency power supply system fails to fulfill the performance requirements of this specification , corrective action shall be taken and the system retested to assure full compliance . All expenses associated with the field tests, including any corrective action , shall be borne to the Contractor. 3.05 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts in the quantities specified : 1. 2 -air cleaner elements of each type . 2. 2 -Fuses of each type. 3. 2 -Radiator hoses of each type . 4 . 2 -Fuel filters of each type. 5. 2 -Oil filters of each type . 6 . 2 -Belts of each type . 3.06 MANUFACTURER 'S SERVICES · A. Refer to Section 16000 General Provisions for manufacturer's services. Standby Gas Generator 16230-11 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT END OF SECTION Standby Gas Generator 16230-12 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT SECTION 16426 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD POWER CENTER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish and install assemblies of low voltage switchboard , dry type transformer, panelboard , together with appurtenances and associated equipment as specified herein , installed in a Switchboard Building , equipment interwired complete and operable , and as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions B. Section 16105 Power System Study C . Section 16120 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 1.03 SUBMITTAL$ A.. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requ irements of Division 1 , Section 16000 and as specified herein. B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed . C. The original equipment manufacturer (OEM) shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the OEM's archive file system . Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. D. Shop Drawings and Product Data. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation and plan views, dimensions, we ight, · shipping splits and metering layouts. Indicate all options, special features , ratings and deviations from the Specifications. 2 . Conduit entrance drawings, including floor penetrations. 3. Bus arrangement drawings. 4 . Unit summary tables showing detailed equipment description and nameplate data for each compartment. 5. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices , motor Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT starters , control re lays , control stations , meters , pilot lights , etc . List all options , trip ad j ustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project. Clearly ma rk each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do not apply . 6. Provide control systems eng ineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings showing interwiring and interlocking between units and to remotely mounted devices . Show wire and terminal numbers . Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings . 7. Master drawing index 8. Front view elevation 9. Floor plan 10 . Top view 11 . Single line 12 . Schematic diagram 13 . Nameplate schedule 14 . UL Listing of the completed assembly. 15. Component list with detailed component information , including original manufactu re r's pa rt number. · 16 . Conduit entry/ex it locations 17 . Assembly ratings including : a. Short-circu it rat ing b. Voltage c . Continuous current 18 . Major component ratings including : a. Voltage b. Continuous current c . Interrupting ratings 19 . Descriptive bulletins 20 . Product data sheets . 21. Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable te rmina l sizes . 22 . Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT E. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein . F. Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein . G . Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information : a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service . b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c . Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above . e. Field Test Reports 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A The low voltage distribution switchboard assembly and all components in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NEMA Standard PB 2 -Deadfront Distribution Switchboards 2 . UL 891 -Standard for Dead Front Switchboards 3 . UL 489 -Standard for Safety for Molded-Case Circuit Breakers .... 4 . ANSI/NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) 5. UL 1449, UL 1283 -Standard for Safety for TVSS (6 . ANSI/IEEE C62.41, C64.45 -Guide in Surge Environment in 600C Power Circuits] (7. NEMA LS-1 -Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices] [8. NEC Art. 285 -Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors] B. The dry-type transformer(s) and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable NEMA and ANSI standards as follows ; 1. NEMA TP1 2002 Standards for Energy Efficiency 2. ANSI C57 .96 2004 Guide for Loading Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 3. ASTM D635 -Standard Test Method for Insulation Materials C . The low voltage panelboard assembly and all components in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 1. UL 67 -Panelboards 2. UL 50 -Cab inets and Boxes 3. NEMA PB-1 2006 -Panelboards 4. Fed . Spec. W-P-115C D. All equ ipment components and completed assemblies specified in this section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards , the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply . F. In the case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents , th~ requirements of this Section shall prevail. G. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in th is section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories . 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of ten ( 10) years . When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 8. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. C. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable . D. For the equipment specified here in, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified . 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions . Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included w ith the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. 8 . Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail , or ship . Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids . Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately . C . Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane . Where cranes are not ava ilable , equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite . If the equipment cannot be installed within seven (7) calendar days , the equipment shall not be delivered to the site , but stored offsite , at the Contractor's expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment , provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage , and after equipment is installed in permanent location , until equipment is placed in service . 1.07 WARRANTY A The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 2 years from date of final acceptance of the switchboard . Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the switchboard to new operating condition . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable : 1. General Electric Co . 2. Eaton/ Cutler-Hammer 3. Square D · B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety . 2.02 RA TINGS A Switchboard 1. The switchboards described in this specification shall be designed for operation on the voltage systems as shown on the Drawings . 2. The switchboard and protective devices shall be fully rated for a short circuit current of 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes (minimum) or greater if shown on the Drawings . Systems employing s~ries connected ratings shall not be used . 3. The manufacturer shall design the switchboard , including devices , for continuous operation at its rated current in a 40 degree C ambient temperature . 4. Switchboard shall be UL listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment. B. Distribution Dry-Type Transformer 1. The ratings of the transformer shall be as follows : a. kVA Rating : b. Impedance: Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center As shown on the Drawings . ANSI Standard Tolerance 16426-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT C. HV: As shown on the Drawing~. d . HV de-energized Taps: +/-2 -2-1/2% full capacity e . LV: As shown on the Drawings. C . Panelboard 1. The service voltage, overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the eq uip m e n t and components shall be as shown on the Drawings . Panelboards employing series connected ratings for main , feeder and branch devices shall not be used . 2 Panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment. 3. Panelboards shall be designed for continuous operation , at rated current, in a 40 deg r ee C ambient. 4 . For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1. The equipment shall be NEMA 1 for indoor service . 2. Each equipment enclosure, except for the dry-type transformer and panelboard , shall contain thermostatically-controlled space heater s ized to prevent moisture condensation . 3 . Finish: Switchboard shall be finished to manufacturer's standard except that finish colo r shall be ANSI 61 gray, and thickr,ess of finish system shall be 5 mils, minimum . Adequat e quantity (not less than two spray cans) of air-drying paint of each color tone shall be furnished for field use. 4 . Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components ; protective relays , voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies ; and other required details. 5 . There shall be a master nameplate that indicates equipment ratings, manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mount ed to all enclosures. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable. 6 . Furnish and install a weather-resistant non-conducting rubber floor mat, minimum % inch thick by 4 feet w ide , and extending the full length of the equipment lineup. 7 . All operating control devices, ind icators , and instruments shall be securely mounted on the front panel door. All controls shall be clearly labeled to indicate function and shall be NEMA 12 Oiltight rated . Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements. a . Indicator lamps shall be 30 mm heavy duty, LED , with nameplates. Lens color shall be Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT be green for OFF , red for ON and amber for FAIL or ALARM . For all control applications , indicator lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature . b. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO , LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE , etc) shall be heavy duty, 30 mm, as shown on the Drawings , with nameplates. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements , as required . Each HOA, LOR switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring . c . Push-button, shall be heavy-duty, 30 mm , with momentary or maintained contacts as required by the Drawings , with nameplates . Bvtton color shall be red for CLOSE and black for OPEN . Contact arrangement shall be as required . 8. The switchboard shall be furnished with a sign marked "DANGER XXX VOL TS KEEP OUT". Letters shall be not less than 1 in high, 1/4 in stroke . Sign shall be laminated plastic with black letters on a white background , fastened by 316 stainless steel screws and OSHA approved . 9. Switchboard shall consist of the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form a rigid assembly. The sides and rear shall be covered with removable bolt-on covers . All edges of front covers or hinged front panels shall be formed . Provide adequate ventilation within the enclosure . 10. All sections of the switchboard shall be front and rear al igned with depth as shown on the Drawings. Devices shall be front removable and load connections front and rear accessible . Rear access shall be provided . 11 . The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means. B. Isolated compartments shall be provided for each main or tie circu it device and associated metering equipment. C . Feeder devices shall be arranged in group mounted construction . Feeder section shall be isolated from main section , and from adjacent feeder sections. D. The switchboard shall be arranged so that the uppermost operating handle shall not exceed 6- ft-6-in from the floor when the switchboard is mounted on a 4-in high equipment pad . E. Enclosures 1. Indoor enclosures shall be indoor NEMA 1, freestanding, metal enclosed assemblies, consisting of dead front, completely metal enclosed vertical sections . Rear doors for the switchboard shall be provided, aligned with exterior doors on the building , providing rear access to each vertical section of the Switchboard. 2. All operating control devices , indicators, and instruments shall be securely mounted on the panel door. All controls shall be clearly labeled to indicate function and shall be NEMA 12 Oiltight rated . Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition . Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements . a . Indicator lamps shall be 30 mm heavy duty, LED , with nameplates . Lens color shall be green for OFF , red for ON and amber for FAIL or ALARM. For all control applications , indicator lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT b. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc) shall be heavy duty , 30 mm , as shown on the Drawings , w ith nameplates. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements , as required . Each HOA, LOR switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring . c . Push-button , shall be heavy-duty , 30 mm , with momentary or maintained contacts as requ ired by the Drawings, with nameplates . Button color shall be red for CLOSE and · black for OPEN. Contact arrangement shall be as requ ired . 4. Where switchboard is shown on the Drawings to be installed in a Switchboard Build ing , th e switchb.oard shall be as specified in Paragraph 1 above , and the entire lineup furnished factory installed in a Switchboard Building as specified elsewhere in this Specification Section . F. Susses 1. All busses shall be tin plated copper, sized as shown on the Drawings. Neutral bus s hall be fully rated . 2. Susses shall be braced for the specified equipment short circuit current rating . 3. All joint connections shall be joined with bolts and conical spring-type washers . 4. Feeder sections shall have full height vertical bus. 5. Provide a tin plated copper ground bus extending throughout the entire length of the switchboard, equipped with sufficient provisions for lugs for external ground conn ections, cable grounding conductors and conduit grounding, and sized for cables shown on the Drawings. 6. Unused spaces , or spaces indicated for future devices shall include doors , bus , device supports or mounting plates and connections . G Wiring and Terminations 1. Small wiring , necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the switchboard shall be furnished as required. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks , relays , pushbuttons , switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on the manufacturer's wiring diagrams. 2. Mechanical-type terminals shall be provided for all line and load terminations suitable for copper cable rated for 75 degrees C of the size as indicated on the drawings. 3. Lugs shall be provided in the incoming line section for connection of the main grounding conductor. Additional lugs for connection of external ground connections , cable grounding conductors and conduit grounding , and sized for cables shown on the Drawings . 4. All control wire shall be .type SIS, bundled and secured with nylon ties . Insulated locking spade terminals shall be provided for all control connections, except where saddle type terminals are provided integral to a device. All current transformer secondary leads shall first , be connected to conveniently accessible. short-circuit terminal blocks, before connecting to any other device. All groups of control wires le~ving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips . Provide wire markers ateach Low Voltage Switchboard Pow~r Center 16426-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT each end of all control wiring . Wire tags shall be heat shrink type "Brady" or approved equal with the tag numbers typed with an indelible marking process . Character size shall be a minimum of 1/8" in height. Hand written tags shall not be acceptable. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on · markers are not acceptable. H. Main Section 1. Where the main incoming conductors are shown to terminate in the main breaker section , sufficient vertical space shall be provided to route the cables from the conduit entry to the main compression type lugs without exceeding the cable manufacturer's minimum bending radius of any of the incoming cables . Entry of incoming cables shall be as shown or noted on the Drawings . 2 . Where an auxiliary cable pull section is shown on the Drawings , provide bus extensions and compression lugs for the number and size of incoming cables . Sufficient vertical space shall be provided to route the cables from the conduit entry to the main compression type lugs without exceeding the cable manufacturer's minimum bending radius of any of the incoming cables . Incoming cables shall be top entry or bottom entry as shown or noted on the Drawings. 3 . Where the switchboard is served by an incoming busway, the switchboard manufacturer shall be responsible for coordination, proper phasing and internal bussing to the incoming busway. 4 . Where shown on the Drawings, the Main section shall contain a 3-phase, 600 volt, lightning arrester, and surge capacitors, to protect the switchboard from lightning discharges. · I. Main Circuit Protective Devices 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, single main or main-tie-main circuit breakers , less than 1600 ampere rating , shall be molded case (MCCB), 3 Pole, 600 Volt, fixed type, manually operated with stored energy closing mechanism . Breakers shall be electrically operated where shown as (EO) on the Drawings. Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time pickup, and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch; adjustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay. 2. Breakers shall be rated for 100% continuous duty, and shall carry a UL 489 listing . J . Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS) 1. Where automatic transfer switches are shown on the Drawings, as an integral part of the Switchboard , they shall be of the voltage and rating shown . ATS 's shall be 3 pole for 3 phase 3 wire systems and 4-pole for 3 phase 4 wire systems. 2. The switches shall initiate transfer of the load to the emergency source when any phase of . the normal source drops below 80 percent of normal voltage . 3. The transfer switches shall be adequately constructed to carry full rated current on a continuous 24 hour basis in all approved enclosures and shall not show excessive heating or be subject to derating. The transfer switches shall be capable of withstanding all available system fault currents without parting of or damage to contacts during the fault clearing time of the system over current device. Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-9 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 4. The transfer switches shall be of inherently 3 Pole double throw construction and shall have three positions operation : closed to normal source , open , closed to emergency source . T ime delay between opening of the closed contacts and closing of the open contacts shall be a minimum of 30 seconds to allow for load stabilization before transfer is complete . 5. The following accessories shall be furnished : a. Close differential adjustable phase sensing relay set to drop out at 80 percent of rated voltage and pick up at 90 percent of rated voltage . b . Adjustable 0 .5 to 6 .0 second time delay to override normal source power outages (set at 2 seconds). c . Two auxiliary contacts to close on normal source fa ilure (for remote alarm and eng ine start).) d. Neutral (off) position adjustable time delay 0.1 to 60 seconds. e. Adjustable time delay on retransfer to normal (1 to 300 seconds), with Oto 25 minute adjustable unloaded engine running time after retransfer. 6. Withstand ratings shall be the same rat ing as for the Switchboard , but shall not be less than 65000 amps AIC . 7. A ma intained contact test auto switch and normal/emergency pilot lights shall be mounted on the door. · · K. Interlocks 1. Electrical , mechanical and Kirk-Key interlocks shall be provided on breakers where shown on the Drawings . 2. All contro l power transformers shall have vacuum cast pr imary and secondary coils using epoxy resin . L. Instrument Transformers 1. All instrument transformers shall be vacuum cast using polyurethane resin . 2. Current transformer ratios shall be as shown on the Drawings . Transformer mechanical ratings shall equal the short circu it and momentary rating of the circuit breakers . Transformers , when mounted in switchboard assemblies, shall be rated for the full voltage of the switchboard. 3 . Voltage transformers shall be fixed type , with primary and secondary fuses , transformer mounted , with short circuit and momentary rating equal to the switchboard. Transformer ratios shall be as shown on the Drawings . M. Transient Voltage Surge Suppress ion 1. Each switchboard shall contain a manufacturer provided and installed , TVSS system , meeting the following specifications: Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 1.6426-10 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT a. Maximum Surge Current -150kA per mode , 300kA per phase. b. UL Symmetrical Fault Current Withstand Rating -200 ,000 Amps. c . Minimum Repetitive Surge Current capacity 1) 1.2x50µs , 20kV, 8x20µs , 1 OkA Category C3 -20 ,000 Impulses. 2) 500V, 2kA, 1 Ox1 OOOµs long duration -5000 impulses . d . UL SVR Rating-1500 L-G . e . MCOV -170% 2. Connection to the switchboard shall be with a surge rated disconnect, mounted integral to the switchboard . 3. Noise attenuation shall not exceed 44db measured in accordance with the procedures outlined in accordance in NEMA LS 1 -1992/MIL 220A. 4 . Fusing shall be , a surge rated fuse , in combination w ith patented thermal fuse technology. 5. Monitoring devices shall include surge counter, indicating lights , audible alarm , Form C dry contacts @ 5 amp, 125V. 6 .. The TVSS shall have a warranty of not less than 5 years . 2.04 METERING A Furnish where show on the Drawings , a G .E. EPM 1000, no equal , for each Main Breaker, as shown on the Drawings . B. Furnish where show on the Drawings , a G .E. PQMII , no equal , for Panel MOP , as shown on the Drawings. 2.05 COMMUNICATION A For the equipment, connect all remote connections , (i.e . control , statuses , alarms , metering) to a terminal strip for outgoing wiring to a PLC as shown on the Drawings. B. For each monitored device provide an Ethernet interface utilizing Modbus TCP protocol. 2.07 FACTORY TESTING A The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section . All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. The switchboard shall be completely assembled , wired , adjusted , and tested at the factory . After assembly, the complete switchboard shall be tested for operation under simulated service conditions to assure the accuracy of the wiring and the functioning of all equipment. The main circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 2200 volts for one ( 1) minute between live parts and ground, and between opposite polarities. The wiring and control circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 1500 volts for one (1) minute between live parts and ground . Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-11 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports as specified in Paragraph 1.03D. 2.08 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts: 1. 3 -Control fuses of type used. 2. One dozen each of cover bolts, spring nuts and door fasteners . 3. One quart of touch-up paint. B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on the exterior of package. Identify each item with manufacturers name, description and part number 2.09 SWITCHBOARD BUILDING (SB) A. Description 1. NEMA 3R structure with exterior walls and roof fabricated from interlocking panels to house and protect the internal equipment from the elements 2. Structural grid base and floor system designed for applicable floor loading all owing the S B to be lifted and transported with the interior equipment installed B. Design Data 1. Design and construction shall conform to the applicable sections .of the latest standards as issued by the following agencies, as a minimum: a. Uniform Building Code (UBC) -(Default Structural loading criteria shall be per t he UBC) b. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (ANSI/ASCE) c . American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) d. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI-Specification for the Design of Cold Fo rm ed Steel Structural Members) e . Metal Building Manufacturers Association (MBMA) f. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM) g. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air conditioning Engineers (AS H RAE) h. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) i. National Electric Code (NEC), including local amendments . Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-12 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT j . Local Building Codes . 2. The SB shall be designed and constructed to withstand external loading conditions as prescribed by the Uniform Building Code . 3. All drawings and structural calculations shall bear the seal of a currently licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas . 4 . Complete HVAC calculations shall be submitted with approval drawings for review 5. Structural components of the SB shall be designed to withstand external loading as prescribed by the applicable codes above (as a min imum}, w ith co-lateral considerations as follows: a. Base and floor system shall be designed to withstand all dead and live loads as appl icable , or, a minimum of 250 lbs/ft2 over the entire floor area , wh ile supported at lift points only. b. Maximum deflection of all base members shall not exceed U240 at time of lift , and following final installation, with all applicable dead and live loads applied , or , a minimum of 250 lbs/ft2 over the entire floor area . c . Roof loading-Per Uniform Building Code (40 lbs/ft2 minimum) d. Wind loading-Per Uniform Building Code -Exposure C minimum (90 mph m inimum) e. Each shipping piece shall be designed for lifting by lugs located along the base perimeter members at 15'-0" approximate intervals f. All lifting lugs shall be removable . g. The ceiling shall be capable of withstanding a single continuous load of 100 lbs . per linear foot located at mid span of the ceiling panels , and running the entire length of the SB. The ceiling panels shall act alone, structurally, and not depend on the roof or the interior equipment for support. h. All shipping splits and other penetrations shall have adequate structural reinforcement via rigid frames or other means to minimize distortion during handling and transportation . 6. Area classification-General purpose. / Non-hazardous area . 7. Structural , electrical and mechanical drawings shall be subm itted for approval. 8. Structural, electrical and mechanical drawings shall be submitted as "Certified as -built" upon completion, initially via electronic mail modem transmission (e-mail), then followed by mail on 3.5" discs in Auto CAD R13 format and (1) hard copy on 11 " x 17" or larger medium . C . Basic Materials and Construction 1. Base members shall be ASTM A36 wide flange , channel , angle and tube shapes forming a self supporting grid . All members shall be continuously welded to adjoining members. Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-13 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 2. Floor shall be 1/4" (min imum) thickness flat steel plate , welded to all longitudin al and transverse base members . 3. Floor plate seams shall be continuously welded at all joints , and ground smooth to minimize vis ibility of seams . Weld ing of floor plate shall be staged to produce a flat a nd ripple free surface . 4. All welding shall be performed by AWS qualified personnel. 5. Exterior walls shall be 18ga (minimum) hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels to create a tightly interlocking panel design . Interlocking panel ribs shall repeat at a maximum of 16". 6 . Following assembly (and coating) of all interlocking wall and roof panels each exterior seam shall be neatly caulked using a high modulus silicone base product. The use of copolymer tape and / or neoprene gasketing is unacceptable between any exteri~r seams of the SB . 7 . Roof material shall be 18ga (minimum) hot-clipped galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels to create a tightly interlocking panel design with vertical standing ribs . 8 . Interior walls shall be 18 ga (minimum) hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel firmly attached to interlocking ribs of exterior wall panels utilizing ASTM shear and pull out rated self tapping screws on 24" maximum centers . Each interior wall panel shall be formed to receive adjacent panels at overlaps . 9 : Ce iling panels shall be 18ga (minimum) hot~dipped galvanized sheet steel interlocking panels to create a tightly interlocking panel design with vertical standing ribs . 10. Wall insulation shall be secured to exterior wall panels by glue pins , straps or other means prior to assembly of interior wall liner panels . Ceil ing insulation shall be laid between interlocking ceiling panels. 11 . Floor insulation shall be R7 .2 Celotex or equal urethane board, secured tightly below the floor with welded metal straps (glue pins are not acceptable), or sprayed urethane foam . 12. Insulation levels : a. Ceiling-3" fiberglass batt (R 11) b. Walls-3" fiberglass batt (R11) c. Floor-1" urethane board or urethane spray (R7 .2) d . Equipment access doors:..1" urethane board (R7 .2) e. Personnel doors-(R2.4) 13. The entire roof perimeter shall be trimmed with a fascia that aesthetically hides the standing rib roof edges , prevents high velocity rain water run-off, and prevents built-up ice from sliding off the roof in large sheets . 14. At shipping splits (when required due to transportation restrictions), each open area shall be sealed with 2" thick wooden framing and a complete plywood cover for temporary Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-14 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT protection during transportation and setting . Seams in plywood shall be li berally caulked at the exterior. 15. All permanent components shall consist of materials that do not freely support combustion . Use of wood or any other materials that freely support combustion shall not be allowed as permanent components . 16. Doors for access to the rear of the Switchboard shall math the dimensions of the switchboard sections, and shall be raintight and weatherproof. D . Coatings 1. All exterior and interior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to coating application per the coating manufacturer's recommended practice . 2 . Exterior surfaces-Walls, Roof & Fascia Substrate : Hot-dipped Galvanized Material a. Primer -high solids epoxy primer, 1.5 Mils OFT b. Finish -high solids polyurethane enamel , 1 .5 Mils OFT c . Color -Color shall be selected by the Owner. d . Touch-up paint - ( 1) quart 3. Interior-Substrate: Hot-dipped Galvanized Material a . Primer -high solids epoxy primer, 1.5 Mils OFT b . Finish -high solids polyurethane enamel, 1.5 Mils OFT c . Color -white d . Touch-up paint -(1) quart 4. Floor-(Top Area) a. Primer -high solids epoxy primer, 3 .0 Mils OFT b . Finish -high solids polyurethane enamel , 1.5 Mils OFT with non skid additive c . Color -ANSI #61 Light Gray, anti-skid d . Touch-up paint -(1) quart 5. Base & Floor Underside- a . Primer -high solid epoxy mastic, 2 .0 Mils OFT b. Undercoat -high solid Coal Tar Epoxy, 4 .0 Mils OFT 6 . All coatings shall be applied inside an environmentally .controlled (air quality, temperature and humidity) paint booth w ith ventilation and filtration provisions in full compliance with EPA and in accordance with the manufacturer's coating requirements. Coating applications Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-15 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT applications performed in outside ambient a ir conditions will NOT be acceptab le. E. Personnel and Equipment Access Doors 1. #4080 Double leaf, double wall , honeycomb re inforced personnel doors , hot-d ipp ed galvanized , #20ga , 1-3/4" thick-( 1 ) required equ ipped as follows : a . Panic hardware -thumb-latch w/ keyed cylinder lock b. Closer w/ stopping arm (Yale series #50 ) c . Wind safety cha in d . Drip shield e . Threshold-Aluminum f . Factory frame g . Caps in top h. Weather stripping i. Stainless steel hinges j . R2.4 thermal resistance rating k. Fire resistant insulation I. Removable transom to allow 108" overall clearance through doorway F. Electrical Utilities 1. All utilities shall be UL listed and recognized devices. 2. All utilities shall be functionally tested prior to completion . 3. Interior lights-General Electric or equal , T8 32W fluorescent fixtures 48 " -(qty. required fo r 50 foot candles interior illumination at floor level). 4. Exterior lights-General Electric 70W HPS WL0751011 , or equal a. One each door b. 70W HPS lamp c. Single control circuit with one master photocell . 5. Emergency Lights -Dual-Lite Sempra Cast Aluminum Emergency Light Model SCSRWE, or equal. a. One each door 6 . Light switch 3-way-General Electric specification grade , or equal, 20A 125V ivory , 2 Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-16 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT required 7. Duplex receptacles-General Electric specification grade , or equal , 20A 125V ivory GFCI duplex receptacle , 2 required . 8. Wire type-"THHN" a. Power wiring #12 AWG minimum , sized per NEC . b. HVAC Control wiring #18 AWG thermostat cable 9. AC distribution panel-General Electric , or equal, 120/240V , 1 phase , 3 w ire , 42 c ircuit bolt- on breakers , surface mount, 22 ,000 AIC with 225A main breaker 10 . Wiring· circuits- a. AC distribution panel to interior lighting b. AC distribution panel to exterior lighting c . AC distribution panel to receptacles d. AC distribution panel to HVAC units 11 . Conduit-Exposed 3/4" rigid aluminum minimum . 12 . Ground lugs welded to base-Burndy #QA28-2N1-4/0, or equal , 2 required . G. Installation of Switchboard 1. All Switchboards, as specified herein , shall be factory installed inside the SB , and shall meet the installation requirements as specified in PART 3 of this specification Section . H. HVAC System 1. Exterior des ign temperatures- a. Summer (Per ASHRAE 2.5% design temperature) b. Winter (Per ASHRAE 97 .5% design temperature) 2. Interior design temperatures- a. Summer 85 °F b. Winter 55 °F 3. HVAC system shall maintain the maximum interior temperature above with consideration to ambient conditions and the specified internal equipment total heat loss calculated at 100% of the full load rating of each piece of electrical equipment installed in the SB . 4. HVAC unit-as required to maintain interior design temperatures) -Industrial-quality, vertical, self contained , wall mounted with aluminum fin , riffle tube copper coils and adjustable fresh air damper to 40%: Low Vo1tage Switchboard Power Center 16426-17 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT a . Cool ing capacity as requ ired . b. Heating capacity as required . c. Return air grill d . Supply air grill e . Thermostat-Automatic-Change-Over f . Top flashing 5. Complete HVAC calculations shall be submitted with approval drawings for review 6. HVAC units shall be painted to match exterior color. I. Accessories 1. Removable lift lugs-As requ ired along base length at approximate 15'-0 " ce nters {per shipping piece) 2 . Floor cutouts -under equipment for cable entry and exit from below floor with gasketed 12ga galvanized top cover plates attached to the floor by screws 3. Wall cutouts/ bulkheads -as shown on the Drawings to allow bus duct and con d uit en try into the SB. . J . Notes 1. Spreader bars , cables, shackles, and other lifting / rigging equipment shall be provided by the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2 . When hand ling SB all lift lugs should be used . 3. The SB shall be. supported at all times during handling , transportation and setting at all removable lift lug locations, as a minimum . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field engineer to assist t he Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section for a period of not less than 2 working days, with not less than one working day per switchboard. The manufacturer's field engineer shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein . B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report. 3.02 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-18 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT A. Installer shall be specialized in installing low voltage switchboards with minimum 5 years documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the switchboard . B. Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface. C. Verify that the switchboard is ready to install. D. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and · Contract Drawings . B. Install required safety labels . 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed switchboard for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. · 3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions . B. The breaker protective devices shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 16105 Power System Study. C. Necessary field settings of devices and adjustments and minor modifications to equipment to accomplish conformance with an approved short circuit and protective device coordination study shall be carried out by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. D. Return "odd" Kirk keys to the Owner after final acceptance. 3.07 FIELD ELECTRICAL TESTING A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to .testing . B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance of each bus section . Megger for 1 minute for each measurement at minimum voltage of 1000 VDC. Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megohm . C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning . Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-19 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP-BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean interiors of switchboards , panels , separate enclosures to remove construction deb ris , dirt, shipping materials . 3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the surface shall be repla ced. 3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufactu rer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification . 3.12 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and m ainten an ce of the equipment furnished under this Section . B. The training shall be for a period of not less than one (1) eight hour day. C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price . The training and instruction , insofar as practicable , shall be directly related to the system being supplied . D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course . The manuals shall inclu de specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. T raining program shall include instructions on the assembly, circuit breaker, protective devices, metering , and other maj or components . F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use . END OF SECTION Low Voltage Switchboard Power Center 16426-20 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE -OF WORK SECTION 16430 PAD-MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS A. Furnish and install pad-mounted transformer(s) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings . B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all pad-mounted transformers , except as indicated otherwise. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions 1.03 SUBMIITALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 16000 and as specified herein. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data . For each transformer specified under this Section, submit the following information: 1. Master drawing index 2. Front view elevation or outline drawing and we ight 3. Floor plan with recommended pad dimensions 4 . Schematic diagram 5. Nameplate diagram 6. Component list with detailed component information, including original manufacturer's part number. 7. Conduit entry/exit locations 8. Ratings including : a. 'r0/A b. Primary and secondary voltage c . Taps d. Primary and secondary continuous current e. Basic Impulse level Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT f. Impedance g. Insulation class and temperature rise h. Sound level 9. Cable terminal sizes or deadfront elbow information . C. Operation and Ma intenance Manuals . 1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall include the following information : a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service . b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c . Recommended renewal parts list d. Drawings and information required by the Submittals part of this Section . e. Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and includ ing as-built shop drawings, outline drawings , and schematic and wiring diagrams . f. Volume of oil. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A The pad -mounted transformer(s) and all components shall be designed, man ufactured an d tested in accordance with the latest applicable NEMA and ANSI standards as fo llows; 1. ANS I C57. 12 .26 , Pad-Mounted , Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled , Th ree-P hase Distribution Transformers for Use with Separable Insulated High Voltage Con nectors , High Voltage , 34 500 Grd Y/19 920 Volts and Below; 2500 KVA and Smaller, Requ irements 2. ANSI C57 . 12 .70 , Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers 3. ANSI C119 .2, Separable Insulated Connectors 4 . ANSI/IEEE C57 .12 .00 -2000 , General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed, Distrib utio n, Power, and Regulating Transformers , 5. ANSI/IEEE C57 .12 .80 , Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers 6 . ANSI/IEEE C57 .12.90 , Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution , Power and Regulating Transformers and Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or later certified . B. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Engineer, an accepta ble list of Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT installations with similar equ ipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with th is requ irement. C . The Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner, shall make structural , mechanical and electrical changes that are necessitated because the Contractor selects equipment with dimensional , power or mechanical d ifferences from that shown on the Drawings. All engineering costs associated with revisions shall also be borne by the Contractor. D. Transformers manufactured more than twenty four (24) months prior to the date of this Contract will not be acceptable. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Equipment shall be hand led and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions . Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. B. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck , rail , or sh ip. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids . Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. C. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within fourteen (14) calendar days of arriving onsite . If the equipment cannot be installed within fourteen (14) calendar days , the equipment shall not be del ivered to the site , but stored offsite , at the Contractor's expense , until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage , and after equipment is installed in permanent location , until equipment is placed in service . 1.07 WARRANTY PART2 A The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 2 years from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equ ipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner. PRODUCTS A Acceptable Manufacturers 1. General Electric 2 . Cutler Hammer 3. Square D 4 . Cooper Industries Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products tha t do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety . 2.01 RA TINGS 2.02 A. The ratings of the transformer shall be as follows : 1. kVA Rating : As shown on the Drawings . 2. Impedance: 5.75% (ANSI Standard Tolerance) 3. HV : As shown on the Drawings . 4 . HV BIL: 95kV BIL for 15KV, 60KV BIL for 5 KV 5. HV de-energized Taps : +/-2 -2-1/2% full capacity 6 . LV: As shown on the Drawings . 7. LV BIL: 60 KV BIL for 5 KV , 30KV for 480 V CONSTRUCTION A. The unit shall be FR3 type , or equal , vegetable oil filled , and shall be in accordance w ith the latest edition of the NEC. High fi _re i,oint fluids shall be Factory Mutual and UL approved . B. The transformer shall carry its continuous rating with average winding temperature rise by resistance that shall not exceed 55 degrees C, based on average ambient of 30 degrees C over 24 hours with a maximum of 40 degrees C. The insulation system shall allow an additional 12% kVA output at 65 degrees C average winding temperature rise by resistance , on a continuous basis , without any decrease in normal transformer life . C. The transformer shall be designed to meet the sound level standards for liquid transformers as defined in NEMA and ANSI. D. High-voltage and low-voltage windings shall be copper. E. The main transformer tank and attached components shall be designed to withstand pressures greater than the required operating design value without permanent deformation . Construction shall consist of carbon steel plate reinforced with external sidewall braces . All seams and joints shall be continuously welded . F. Each radiator assembly shall be individually welded and receive a quality control pressurized check for leaks. The entire tank assembly shall receive a similar leak test before tanking . A final six-hour leak test shall be performed . G. The transformers shall be compartmental-type , self-cooled and tamper-resistant for mounting on a pad . The unit shall restrict the entry of water (other than flood water) into the compartments so as not to impair its operation . There shall be no exposed screws, bolts or other fastening devices wh ich are externally removable. H. The transformers shall consist of a transformer tank , and full-height bolt-on high -and low- voltage cable terminating compartments located side-by-side separated by a rigid metal barrier. Each compartment shall have separate doors , designed to provide access to the high-voltage compartment only after the low-voltage has been opened . There shall be at least Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT one additional fastening device accessible only after the low-voltage door has been opened, which must be removed to open the high-voltage door. Doors shall be mounted flush with the cab inet frame . The low-voltage door shall have a handle-operated, three -point latching mechanism designed to be secured with a single padlock . A hex-head bolt shall be incorporated into the low-voltage door latching mechanism . Both high and low-voltage doors shall be incorporated into the low-voltage door latching mechanism. Both high and low- voltage doors shall be equipped with lift-off type sta inless steel hinges and door stops to secure them in the open position . I. Compartment sills, doors and covers shall be removable to facilitate cable pulling and installation . The high-voltage door shall be on the left with the low-voltage door on the right. Compartments shall be des igned for cable entry from below . J . Transformers shall be supplied with a welded main tank cover and be of a sealed-tank construction designed to withstand a pressure of 7 psig without permanent distortion. The tank cover shall be domed to shed water and be supplied with a tamper-resistant access handhole sized to allow access to internal bushing and switch connections. Transformers supplied with "less flammable" fluids, (high-molecular-weight hydrocarbon or silicone}, shall be manufactured to withstand 12 psig without rupture. The · transformer shall remain effectively sealed for a top-oil temperature of -5 degrees C to 105 degrees C . When necessary to meet the temperature rise rating specified above, flat cooling panels of the common header type shall be provided. K. The transformer manufacturer shall certify that the transformer is non-PCB containing no detectable PCBs . Do not provide nonflammable transformer liquids including askarel and insulating liquids containing tetrachloroethylene, perchloroethylene , chlorine compounds , or halogenated compounds . L. When high-voltage taps are specified above, full-capacity taps shall be provided with a tap changing mechanism designed for de-energized operation . The tap changer operator shall be located within one of the compartments . M . The coil windings shall be of the two winding type , designed to reduce losses and manufactured with the conductor material as specified above . All insulating materials shall be rated for 120 degrees C class . N. The core material shall be high-grade, grain-oriented, non-aging silicon core steel with high magnetic permeability, low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below saturation to allow for a minimum of 10 percent overvoltage excitation . The cores shall be properly annealed to reduce stresses induced during the manufacturing processes and reduce core losses . 0 . The core ,frame shall be designed to provide maximum support of the core and coil assembly. The core frame shall be welded or bolted to ensure maximum short-circuit strength . P. The core and coil assembly shall be designed and manufactured to meet the short-circuit requirements of ANSI C57 .12.90 . The core and coil assembly shall be baked in an oven, prior to tanking , to "set" the epoxy coating on the Kraft paper and remove moisture from the insulation prior to vacuum filling. Q. Transformer shall be vacuum-filled with the appropriate fluid as indicated above . The process shall be of sufficient vacuum and duration to insure that the core and coil assembly is free of moisture prior to filling the tank . Provide • a description of the process and location to take oil samples to avoid shutdown . R. Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used, the Kirk bodies shall be of stainless steel. Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 2.03 FINISH A Transformer units shall include suitable outdoor or indoor paint finish . The paint shall be applied using an electrostatically deposited dry powder system to a minimum of three (3) mils average thickness . Un its shall be painted pad mount green , Munsell No. 7GY3 .29/1 .5 . 2.04 ACCESSORIES A . Transformer features and accessories shall include : 1 . Dial-type thermometer 2. Liquid level gauge 3. Pressure-vacuum gauge 4. One (1) inch drain valve with sample valve 5. Pressure relief valve 6. Non-PCB label 7. One (1) inch upper fill/filter press connection 2.05 PRIMARY CONNECTIONS A Transformer primary connections shall be live front bushings with NEMA spades or eyebolt terminals suitable for cable sizes shown on the drawings. 2.06 LIGHTNING ARRESTORS A Provide suitable lightning arrestors in the primary compartment. 2.07 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS 1. A ground bus shall be provided in each of the Primary and Secondary Terminal Compartments, sufficient in size to terminate all incoming and outgoing cable grounding conductors, neutrals and metallic raceways . Where a wye secondary is provided, the neutral of the secondary shall be bonded to the secondary ground bus. 2.08 FACTORY TESTING A The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section . All tests shall be in accordance with the latest applicable ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. Resistance measurements of all windings on the rated voltage connection of each uni t and at the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project 2. Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection and on all tap connections 3. Polarity and phase-relation tests on the rated voltage connections 4 . No-load loss at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection 5. Exciting current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 6. Impedance and load loss at rated current on the rated voltage connection of each unit and on the tap extremes of one unit only of a given rating on this project 7. Applied potential test 8. Induced potential tests B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INST ALLA Tl ON A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations , NEC and the Contract Drawings. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section for a period of 1 working days.The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments , and testing of the assembly and components contained herein . B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report. 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings. B. Megger primary and secondary windings C. Liquid transformers --Test oil for dielectric strength 3.04 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage 3.05 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed ; adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification . 3.06 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for up to 3 owner's representatives for 1/2 normal workday at a jobsite location determined by the Owner. Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 8 . The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative . Training program shall include instructions on the transformers , auxiliary devices , protective devices , and other major components . C . The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use . END OF SECTION Pad Mounted Transformers 16430-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS A Furnish and install panelboard(s) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings . B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all panelboards, except as indicated otherwise. 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions 1.03 SU BM ITT ALS A Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 16000 and as specified herein . B. Submittals shall also·contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above . Incomplete submittals not conta ining the required information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed . C . Shop Drawings and Product Data . The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Master drawing index 2. Front view elevation 3. Top view 4. Nameplate schedule 5. UL Listing of the completed assembly. 6. Conduit entry/exit locations 7. Assembly ratings including : a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c . Continuous current 8. Major component ratings including : a. Voltage Panelboards 16470-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT b. Continuous current c . Interrupting ratings 9. Descriptive bulletins 10 . Product data sheets . 11 . Cable terminal sizes . D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals . 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information : a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service . b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. e. Field Test Reports 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The low voltage panelboard assembly and all components in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. UL 67 -Panelboards 2. UL 50 -Cabinets and Boxes 3. NEMA PB-1 2006 -Panelboards 4. Fed . Spec. W-P-115C 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 or later certified . B. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Engineer, an acceptable li st of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance wi th this requirement. C. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable . 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture , dust and other contaminents. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the elements . Panelboards 16470-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable . 1. General Electric 2. Eaton / Cutler Hammer 3. Square D B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety . 2.02 RA TINGS A. The service voltage , overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the equ ipment and components shall be as shown on the Drawings . Panelboards employing series connected ratings for main , feeder and branch devices shall not be used . B Panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment. C. Panelboards shall be designed for continuous operation , at rat~d current , in a 40 degree C ambient. D For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1. Refer to the Drawings for actual layout and location of equipment and components , and other required details. 2. A nameplate shall be provided listing manufacturer's name, panel type and rating . Panelboards Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic , matte finish , not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in , Rowmark 322402 . Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970 , .009 X %", no equal. Prior to installing the nameplates , the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable . 16470-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. Enclosure 1. Enclosures shall be in accordance with the Area Classification and Enclosure Types as specified in Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions . 2. At least four studs for moun ting the panelboard inte rior shall be furnished C. Trim 1. Hinged doors covering all circuit breaker handles shall be included in all panel tr ims . 2. Doors shall have semi flush type cylinder lock and catch , except that doors over 48 in . in height shall have a vault handle and 3 point catch , complete w ith lock, arranged to fasten door at top, bottom and center. Door hinges shall be concealed . Furnish two keys for each lock. All locks shall be keyed alike ; directory frame and card having a transpa rent cover shall be furnished on each door. 3. Indoor NEMA 1 trims shall be factory painted in the manufacturer's standard color. 4 . Trims for flush panels shall overlap the box by at least 3/4 inch all around . Surface trims shall have the same width and height as the box . D. Interiors 1. All interiors shall be completely factory assembled with circuit breakers , wire con nectors, etc . All wire connectors , except screw terminals, shall be of the anti turn solderless ty pe and all shall be suitable for copper wire of the sizes indicated . 2. Interiors shall be so designed that circuit breakers can be replaced without disturb ing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors and shall be so designed that circuits may be changed without machining , drilling or tapping . 3. Branch circuits shall be arranged using double row construction except when narrow column panels are indicated . Branch circuits shall be numbered by the manufacturer. E. Susses 1. Bus bars for the mains shall be of tin plated copper. Full size neutral bars shall be included . Phase bussing shall be full height without reduction . Cross connectors shall be tin plated copper. 2. Neutral bussing shall have a su itable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neu t ral connection . 3. Spaces for future circuit breakers shall be bussed for the maximum device that can be fitted into them . 4 . Equipment ground bars , of tin-plated copper, shall be furnished . 2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A Panelboards shall be equipped with circu it breakers with frame size and trip settings as shown on the Drawings. B. Circuit breakers shall be molded case , bolt in type . Panelboards 16470-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT C . Each circuit breaker used in 120/208 Volt ,3 phase, or 120/240 volt 1 phase , panelboards shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than 22 ,000 Amps , RMS symmetrical. D. Each circuit breaker used in 277/480 Volt and 480 Volt panelboards shall have an interrupting capacity of not less than 65,000 Amps, RMS symmetrical. E. Circuit breakers shall be as manufactured by the panelboard manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION (NOT USED) 3.02 INSTALLATION A Mount boxes for surface mounted panelboards so there is at least 1/2 in air space between the box and the wall. B. Connect panelboard branch circuit loads so that the load is distributed as equally as possible between the phase busses. C . Type circuit directories giving location and nature of load served . Install circuit directories in each panelboard . END OF SECTION Panelboards 16470-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT SECTION 16475 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furn ish and install low voltage enclosed circuit breakers and disconnect switches , together with appurtenances , complete and operable , as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings . 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions B. Section 16105 Power System Study 1.03 SUBMITTAL$ A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Divis ion 1, Section 16000 and as specified herein . B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed . C. The original equ ipment manufacturer shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo , drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the original equipment manufacturer's archive file system . Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings . D. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following : 1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective trip devices on circuit breakers and switches, relaying , meters, pilot lights, etc. The manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on the each cut sheet submitted . List all options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for th is project. 2. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings showing interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely mounted devices. Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device" will not be acceptable . Show wire and terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings . 3. Provide plan and elevation drawings of each controller or enclosure , with dimensions, exterior and interior views , showing component layouts, controls , terminal blocks , etc .. Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 4. Schematic diagram 5. Nameplate schedule 6. UL Listing of the completed assembly. 7. Component list with detailed component information , including original manufacturer's part number. 8. Conduit entry/exit locations 9. Assembly ratings including : a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 10. Major component ratings including : a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 11 . Number and size of cables per phase, neutral if present, ground and all cable terminal sizes . 12 . Instruction and renewal parts books . E. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein . F . Field Test Reports . Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein . G . Operation and Maintenance Manuals . 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information : a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and seNice . b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards{unless otherwise noted): Low Voltage Enclose~ Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP-BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 1. NEMA Standard AB 1 -Molded Case C ircu it Brea kers , Molded Case Switches a nd C ircu it Breaker Enclosures 2 . NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC ) 3. NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 4. IEEE 242 -Protect ion and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 5. IEEE 399 -Power Systems Analysis 6 . UL 489 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and C ircuit Breaker Enclosures 7. UL 1066 -Low-Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures . 8 . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipm en t for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requiremen t. 8 . The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the m·ajor components w ith in the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. · C. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment wh ich does not fit within the space is not acceptable. D . For the equipment specified herein , the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified . 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Equ ipment shall be handled and stored in accordance w ith manufacturer's instruction s. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture, dust and other conta mi nants. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the el ements. 1.07 WARRANTY A The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material a nd workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating cond ition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or tra nsport ing of the equipment or components shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A Subject to compliance w ith the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT acceptable: 1. Cutler Hammer 2. General Electric Co. 3. Square D 4 . Allen Bradley B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C . All equipment furnished under this Section shall be of the same manufacturer. 2.02 RA TINGS A. The service voltage, shall be as shown on the Drawings . The overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or greater than the overall sh.art circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the circuit breaker or switch. Systems employing series connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used . B. Circuit breakers , safety switches and associated devices shall be designed for continuous operation at rated current in a 40 degree C ambient temperature . C . For additional ratings and construction notes , refer to the Drawings. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components ; current ratings of devices , components ; protective relays , voltage ratings of devices , components and assemblies ; and other required details. 2 . Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated in Drawings: Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish , not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in , Rowmark 322402 . Nameplates shall be316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips , TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X %'', no equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed . Epoxy adhesive-or foam tape is not acceptable. B. Enclosure 1. Enclosures shall be in accordance with the Area Classification and Enclosure Types as specified in Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions. 2 . NEMA 1 enclosures shall be of sheet aluminum for wall mounting, or have mounting feet where self-standing . Enclosure panels shall have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth . Enclosures shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Enclosures shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT than 12 gauge meta l. All enclosures shall have hinged , gasketed doors . Enclosures shall be furn ished with terminal mounting straps and brackets . 3 . NEMA 4X: enclosures shall be Type 316 stainless steel for wall mounting , or have mounting feet where self-standing . Enclosures shall have continuously welded seams . Welds shall be ground smooth . Enclosures shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts . Enclosures shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. All enclosures shall have hinged , gasketed doors with a 3-point latch (single operator). Enclosures shall be furnished with terminal mounting straps and brackets. 4. All NEMA 1 and NEMA 4X enclosures shall be lockable , and others if lockable .. 5. Provide a flange mounted, or through the door; disconnect operating handle with mechanica l interlock having a bypass that will allow the enclosure door to open only when the circuit breaker or switch is in the OFF position . The circuit breaker or switch shall have the capability of being bypassed after the door has been opened . C. Internal Wiring 1. Wiring : Stranded copper, minimum size No . 14 AWG , with 600 Volt, 90 degree C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation , NEMA Class II , Type B wiring. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the connected device . 2 . All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings . Coding shall be typed ·on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each w ire . The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing , solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. 3. All wiring shall be neatly bundled with ty-raps and supported to wire way supports. Control wiring shall be bundled separately from power wiring . In addition , low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the control wiring . D. Field Installed Internal Wiring 1. Fie ld installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic tie wraps . Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not stressed . In addition , low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the control wiring . 2 . All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire . The marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal 3. In general , all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be terminated , or from the top if shown on the Drawings. Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer. 2.04 OVERCURRENT AND SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A General 1. The Drawings indicate the type , voltage , current and interrupting rating of the circuit Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT breaker or safety switch . 2. Furnish lugs for incoming wiring , sizes as shown on the Drawings. Allow adequate clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified . 3. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furn ished where shown on the Drawings . B. Circuit Breakers 1. Insulated Case Circuit Breakers (ICCB 's) a . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings , circuit breakers , larger than a 2000 ampere rating, shall be insulated case (ICCB), 3 Pole, 600 Volt, fixed type , with stored energy closing mechanism. b. Breakers shall be manually operated unless indicated as electrically operated (EO) on the Drawings. c . All insulated case circuit breakers shall have a minimum symmetrical interrupting capacity of 65,000 amperes, with individual interrupting capacity as shown on the Drawings. To ensure a selective system , all circuit breakers shall have 30-cycle short- time withstand ratings equal to 18 times their frame ratings . Insulated case circuit breakers without an instantaneous trip element adjustment shall be equipped with a fixed internal instantaneous override set at the upper limit. d . All insulated case circuit breakers shall be constructed and tested in accordance with UL 1066 . The circuit breakers shall carry a UL label. e . All insulated case circuit breakers shall have an adjustable long time pickup, and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch; high range instantaneous (fixed at the breaker's short-time withstand rating), adjustable ground fault pickup and delay; ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective tripping, and overload, short circuit , and ground fault indicator lights. 2. Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB's) a . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, circuit breakers 225 ampere frame rating and larger, shall be molded case (MCCB), 3 Pole, 600 Volt, fixed type, with stored energy closing mechanism . Breakers shall be manually operated unless indicated as electrically operated (EO) on the Drawings . Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time pickup, and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch ; adjustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective tripping . b. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, circuit breakers less than 225 ampere frame rating shall be molded case , 3 Pole , 600 Volt, fixed type , manually operated with stored energy closing mechanism . Circuit breakers shall have inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics . C. Disconnect Switches 1. Disconnect switches shall be heavy duty, quick make, quick break, visible blades , 600 Volt, 3 Pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat and flange mounted operating handle . Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT handle . D. Fused Disconnect Switches 1. Fused disconnect switches shall be heavy duty , quick make , quick break, visible blades , 600 Volt , 3 Pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat and flange mounted operating handle. 2 . Fuses shall be rejection type , 600 Volts , 200 ,000 A.I.C ., dual element, time delay, Bussman Fusetron , Class RK 5 or equal. E. Double Throw Manual Transfer Switch 1. Manual transfer switches shall be heavy duty, quick make, quick break, visible blades, 600 Volt, 3 Pole , fused or non-fused as shown on the Drawings, with flange mounted operating handle. 2.05 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts: 1. 3 -Fuses of each type used . B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on the exterior of package. Identify each item with manufacturers name , description and part number 2.06 FACTORY TESTING A. The circuit breakers and disconnects shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment. B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI , IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the Owner/Engineer's approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer shall be specialized in installing low voltage circuit breakers and disconnect switches with minimum 5 years documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer. Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 3.03 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install a ll equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings . B. Install required safety labels . 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage . B. Check tightness of all access ible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values are spec ified in manufacturer's instructions . 3.05 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers , switches, access doors , operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions . B. The breaker protective devices shall be set in the field by a qua li fied representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 16105 Power System Study. 3.06 FIELD TESTING A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections fo solid-state equipment prior to testing . · B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance . Megger, for 1 m inute, at min imum voltage of 1000 VDC . Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megohms . In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test voltages be exceeded . C. Test the ground fault protection system using a high current in j ection method . D. Test the rating plug for correct rating . 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt , dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes , vacuum cleaner , or clean , lint free rags . Do not use compressed air. 3.08 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged $Urface cannot be returned to factory specification , the surface shall be replaced . END OF SECTION Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect Switches 16475-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT SECTION 16482 MEDIUM VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A The Contractor shall furnish and install one section of a medium voltage motor control center (MVMCC), together with appurtenances , complete and operable , as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings . B. Motor control center sect ion shall be sized to include the equipment shown on the Drawings . C. The new section shall be compatible with the existing GE MVMCC . 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 16000 Electrical -General Provis ions B. Section 16105 Power System Study 1.03 SUBMITTAL$ A Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Div ision 1, Section 16000 and as specified herein . B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed . C . The original MVMCC section manufacturer shall create all MVMCC shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams , in the manufacturer's engineering department. All MVMCC shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's MVMCC logo , drawing file numbers , and shall be mainta ined on file in the manufacturer's MVMCC archive file system . Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings . D. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data , for the following : 1. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation and plan views, dimensions, and weight. Indicate all options , special features , ratings and deviations from the Specifications . 2. Conduit entrance drawings, including floor penetrations . 3. Bus arrangement drawings. 4 . Detailed equipment description and nameplate data for the section . 5. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices , control relays , control stations , meters , pilot lights , etc . List all options and accessories furnished specifically for this project. Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT those items that do not apply. 6. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings showing interwiring and interlocking between units and to remotely mounted devices . Show wire and terminal numbers . Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings . 7. Master drawing index 8. Front view elevation 9. Floor plan 10 . Top view 11 . Single line 12. Schematic diagram 13 . Nameplate schedule 14 . UL Listing of the completed assembly . 15 . Component list with detailed component information , including original manufacturer's part number. 16 . Conduit entry/exit locations 17 . Assembly ratings including : a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Cont inuous current d . Basic impulse level 18 . Major component ratings including : a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 19 . Descriptive bulletins 20 . Product data sheets . 21 . Number and size of cables per phase , neutral if present, ground and all cable terminal sizes. 22 . Instruction and renewal parts books . Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 23 . Itemized list of spare parts furnished specifically for this project, including quantities, description and part numbers . E. Factory Tests . Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein . F. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein. G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals . 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information : a . Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service . b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c . Recommended renewal parts list d . Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The medium voltage motor control centers and all components in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. ANSI/IEEE C57 .13, Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers . 2. IEEE C37.90, Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated with Electric Power Apparatus 3. NEMA SG 2, High Voltage Fuses 4 . ANSI/NEMA ICS 6 -Enclosures For Industrial Controls and Systems 5. NEMA ICS 1 -General Standard For Industrial Control Systems 6 . NEMA ICS 3, Part 2 7. UL 347 -High Voltage Industrial Control Equipment 8. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) 9. NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories . 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of ten (10) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. The manufacturer of the section shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the section . C. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings . Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable . D. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified . 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer. B. · Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck , rail , or ship . Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids . Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately . C. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane . Where cranes are not available , equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite . If the equipment cannot be installed within seven (7) calendar days , the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite , at the Contractor's expense , until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service . 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 3 years from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents , the following Manufacturers are acceptable : 1. Cutler Hammer. 2. General Electric Co. 4. Square D Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions . Manufacturers listed above are not rel ieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety . 2.02 RA TINGS A The voltage , current and short circuit current ratings of the motor control centers shall be as shown on the Drawings . B. C . The vacuum contactor ratings shall be as follows : 7200V Max . 400 Amperes 800Amperes Max. Interrupting 8500 Amps 12,500 Amps Current (3 Ops) Rated Current -Enclosed 400 Amps 720 Amps Rated Current -Open 400 Amps 800 Amps Short Time Current 30 Sec. 2400A 4320A 1 Sec 6000A 10 ,800 A 0 .5 Cycle 631<A Peak 861<A Peak Impulse Withstand 60kV 60kV Feeder_switch ratings shall be as follows: Interrupting Capacity Max. Voltage (KV) BIL Rati ng (kV) Continuous Current (Amperes) (Amperes) Momenta!Y Current 5.5 5.5 60 60 600 1200 at 80% PF 600 1600 at 10 Cycles 4 Seconds 10% Asym . Sym . PF Amps. Amps. 80 40 ,000 25 ,000 300 61 ,000 38,000 Fault Closing Current Asym . Amps. 40 ,000 61 ,000 D. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A General 1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components ; current ratings of devices , bus bars, components ; protective relays , voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies ; and other required details. 3. Provide engraved laminated nameplates as follows : Equipment nameplate shall be located at the top of the MVMCC section . Provide control device nameplates for all devices screwed on near the vicinity of each device. A manufacturer's nameplate shall be attached to the MVMCC giving model number, bus amps, voltage, maintenance reference documents, and other applicable information. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated in Drawings . Nameplates shall be engraved , laminated impact acrylic, matte finish , not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in, Rowmark 322402 . Prior to installing the nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed . Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable . Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-5 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 4 . Furnish and install a weather-resistant non-conducting rubber floor mat , minimum o/. inch thick by 4 feet wide , and extending the full length of the equipment lineup . B. Enclosure 1. Enclosure shall be in accordance with the Area Classification and Enclosure Types as specified in Section 16000 Electrical -General Provisions . 2 . Enclosures shall be 90 inches high , 22 to 48 inches wide , and 30 inches deep, completely front connected . 3. All operating control devices , indicators , and instruments shall be securely mounted on the panel door. All controls shall be clearly labeled to indicate function and shall be NEMA 12 oiltight rated, and in accordance with the electrical area class ification specified in Section 16000_. _Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition . Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements . a. Ind icator lamps shall be 30 mm heavy duty, LED , w ith nameplates . Lens color shall be green for OFF, red for ON and amber for FAIL or ALARM. For all control appl icat ions , except NEMA 7, indicator lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature . A separate single lamp test push-button shall be incorporated on NEMA 7 control panels . b. Push-button , shall be heavy-duty , 30 mm , with momentary or maintained contacts as required by the Drawings , with nameplates . Button color shall be red for EMERGENCY STOP or START and black for STOP . Contact arrangement shall be as required . 4 . All cables shall enter and exit underground from the bottom of the cubicle , unless otherwise shown on the Drawings . 5. Controllers shall be mounted not more than one high or be provided with a truck to handle the controller if in a two high construction . Controllers shall not be more than two high . 6 . Interlocks shall be furnished to prevent operation of the isolating mechanism under load, operating of the high voltage compartment before the controller is isolated , and closing of the line contactors while the door is opened . 7. Finish shall be ANSI Z55 .1, No . 61 light gray enamel over rust resistant primer C. Construction 1. Isolating switch and contactor assemblies , including fuses, shall be of the component-to- component design with a min imum amount of interconnecting cables. The isolating switch shall be easily removable from the enclosure . Line and load cable terminations shall be completely accessible from the front. 2. The isolating switch shall be an externally operated manual three-pole drawout type , such that in the open position it grounds and isolates the starter from the line connectors with an isolating shutter leaving no exposed high-voltage components . Integral mechanical interlocks shall prevent entry into the high-voltage areas while the starter is energized and Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT shall block accidental opening or closing of the isolating switch when the door is open or the contactor is closed . The isolating switch handle shall have provisions for padlock ing in the open position . The isolating switch shall have a mechanical blown fuse indicating device . 3. The fuses shall include visible fuse condition indicators . The fuses shall incorporate proper coordination with the contactor and overload relay for maximum protection . This coordination shall be such that under a low-fault condition the interrupting rating and dropout time of the contactor shall be properly coordinated with all possible fuse sizes to eliminate contactor racing. The power fuses shall be mounted to permit easy inspection and replacement without disassembly. 4 . The vacuum contactor shall be of the mechanically-latched design'-Contactor shall have single-break high-pressure type main contacts with weld-resistant alloy contact faces . The vacuum contactor contact wear shall be such that the gap can be checked with the use of a "go/no-go " feeler gauge . D. Susses 1. Each phase shall be insulated. To allow for ease of maintenance or extension of lineups without disassembling of section, the main bus shall be front, top and side accessible . 2 . All bus bars shall be tin-plated copper, rated as shown on the Drawings 3. Prov ide a 1/4 x 2-inch ground bus which connects to the existing MVMCC lineup . E. Wiring 1. All control wire shall be UUCSA approved . 2 . Standard control wire shall be 14GA, stranded , tin-plated , red , dual-rated type XLPE (3173) 125 degrees C, SIS 90 degrees C. 3. Current transformer circuits shall utilize #12 wire with the same characteristics as above . Provide shorting blocks for all current transformers . 4. Provide "plug-in" terminal blocks, rated 600 V, 50 A with "clamping collar." 5. Wire markers shall be a molded plastic "clip-sleeve" type. 6 . "Clamping-collar" type terminals shall be used to terminate control wmng . Current transformer circuits shall be provided with ring-type terminals where applicable . 7. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings . Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each wire . The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE , or equal. 2.04 MECHANICALLY-LATCHED CONT ACTOR A Mechanically-latched contactor, where shown on the drawings, shall be provided. The contactor shall remain closed, if there is a loss of voltage or a reduced-voltage condition . B. Mechanically-latched contactor shall be closed electrically from a local or remote CLOSE Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT pushbutton , and tripped by a mechanical linkage to an externally operated manual trip device . C . An electrically-operated solenoid shall be supplied to trip the contactor as indicated on the Drawings . 2.05 SPARE PARTS A Provide the following spare parts : 1. 3 -Control fuses of type used . 2. One dozen each of cover bolts, spring nuts and door fasteners. 3. One quart of touch-up paint. B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage and clearly identified on the exterior of package . Identify each item with manufacturers name , description and part number 2.06 FACTORY TESTING A The Motor Control Center shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment. B. Prior to factory testing, the manufacturer shall check to see that all selections and settings required by the Power System Study Engineer have been performed . C . Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE , UL, and NEMA standards . D. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall be fed into the boards to check for proper operation . E. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports as specified in Paragraph 1.030. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's field engineer to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section for a period of not less than 2 working days-'-The manufacturer's field engineer shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment , connections and adjustments , and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's field testing report . 3.02 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS A Installer shall be specialized in installing medium voltage motor control centers with minimum 5 years documented experience . Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-8 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT prior to beginning work on this project. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Housekeeping pad shall be included for the section to be installed adjacent to the existing unit. Housekeeping pads should match the existing installation . C Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface . D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings . B. Install required safety labels . 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections . Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions . 3.07 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers , switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions . B. The manufacturer's field eng ineer shall check to confirm that all settings , designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 16105 Power System Study, have been made. 3.08 FIELD TESTING A. The manufacturer's field engineer shall make all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer, and including the following tests . B. Verify tightness of all bolted connections by calibrated torque-wrench in accordance with manufacturer's published data . C. Confirm the correct application of manufacturer's recommended lubricants . D. Perform a contact resistance test. E. Perform an insulation-resistance test on all control wiring at 1000 volts de . Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing . F. Perform an insulation-resistance test on all other wiring and current carrying parts at a Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-9 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT m inimum de test voltage of 2500 volts de, pole-to-pole, pole-to-ground, and across open poles . Minimum values shall not be less than 5 ,000 Megohms . In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test voltages be exceeded . G . The tests must adhere to manufacturer's testing recommendations for the proper testing methods and test voltage levels for each piece of equipment. Readings which fall below manufacturer's recommended values will not be acceptable and the Contractor shall be required to perform any necessary remedial action before the busing is energized. A data sheet shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for the MVMCC section . The test report shall include the following equipment information : 1. MVMCC Section Name and Number: 2. MVMCC Section Manufacturer: 3 . MVMCC Section Nameplate Data : a. Volts : b. Horizontal Bus Amps: c . Vertical Bus Amps d . Switch Amps: e . Insulation Test (measured): 1) Phase A-B : 2) Phase B-C : 3) Phase C-A: 4) Phase A-G: 5) Phase B-G: 6) Phase C-G : e. Equipment disconnect during test: f. Date of Test: g . Tested by: H . Where test reports show unsatisfactory results, the Owner/Engineer may require the removal of all defective or suspected materials, equipment and/or apparatus , and their replacement with new items, all at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all cost for any retesting . 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes , vacuum Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-10 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT cleaner, or clean, lint free rags . Do not use compressed air. 3.10 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish , as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification , the surface shall be replaced . 3.11 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A A qualified factory -trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted , including all settings designated in the Power System Study, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . 8 . The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification . 3.12 TRAINING A Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment furnished under this Section . 8 . The training shall be for a period of not less than one (1) eight hour day . C . The cost of train ing program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price . The training and instruction , insofar as practicable , shall be directly related to the system being supplied . D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the train ing course . The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative . Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters , protective devices , metering , and other major components . F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the tra ining sessions for the Owner's use . END OF SECTION Medium Voltage Motor Control Centers 16482-11 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16600 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM A Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways , manholes and handholes as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein . 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 16000 -Electrical -General Provisions B. Section 16110 -Raceways , Boxes, Fittings and Supports C. Section 16120 -Wire and Cables (600 Volt Maximum). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16000, shop drawings and product data, for the following : 1. Manholes, handholes and associated hardware. 2. Plastic duct spacers B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above . Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed . 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. ASTM A615/A615M-06a -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for concrete Reinforcement 4 . ASTM A48 -Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 5. ASTM A536 -Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 6 . AASHTO M306-04/ ASTM A48 -Drainage Structure Castings, Section 7.0 Proof Load Testing Underground System 16600-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 7 . ASTM C-850-Specifications for underground precast concrete utility structures B . All excavation, trenching , and related sheeting , bracing , etc ., as shown on the Drawings and listed in these Specifications , shall comply with the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) a. Excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P) -Excavation . 2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a . ASTM D 698a -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 ,400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600kN-m/m3)). C . All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in th is section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B . The precast manholes shall be manufactured in a NPCA (National Precast Concrete Association) Certified Plant. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Materials shall not be stored exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered . Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected . 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment, or materials shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Raceway System 1. Raceway system shall be Schedule 40 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC}, designed for use aboveground and underground as described in the NEC , resistant to sunlight. The conduits and fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-2, Federal Specification . WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. Minimum raceway size shall be 2 inch . Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-3 , Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 5148. Conduit shall have a UL Label. Conduit shall be Carlon , Kraloy , or approved equal. Underground System 16600-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT 2. All underground raceways of the underground system , terminating in manholes or handholes shall use terminators of the same size and type as the raceway 3. Blank Duct Plugs shall be sized for the duct installed on, and shall be TYCO Type JM-BLA- XXDXXXCR, with rubber gasket, or approved equal. 4. Duct spacers shall be as manufactured by Carlon or equal. 5. Where raceways terminate into existing and new manholes , handholes or structures , the duct bank steel shall be anchored into the manhole , handhole or structure with a Hilti HIT 150 MAX epoxy anchoring system . The termination of the duct bank steel shall utilize a minimum 24 inch length of reinforcing bar anchored not less than 4 inches into the manhole, handhole or structure wall, and lapped into each reinforcing bar in the duct bank . 6. Concrete encasement for raceways and duct banks shali be normal weight concrete weighing not more than 145 pcf with compressive strength , a minimum of 3000 psi, or greater if required by other Divisions of the Specifications, at 28 days, Concrete shall have crushed aggregate with a maximum size of :X-inch, a minimum cementious content of 564 lbs/cu yd, a slump of 4 - 6 In . and flow freely without the use of vibrators . Install red dye of 40 lbs per 10 cy . of concrete , installed in the truck at the concrete plant. 7. Reinforcing steel shall comply with ASTM A615 Grade 60 and of a size and installation as shown on the Drawings . B. Manholes and Handholes 1. General a. Manholes and handholes shall be of the precast concrete type, designed for a Class H20 load with sizes as shown on the Drawings, and as manufactured by Oldcastle Precast , Mansfield, TX, or approved equal. 2. Construction a . Concrete for manholes and handholes shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 5000 PSI. Cement shall be Type 1 or Ill. Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 with yield strength of 60,000 P.S. Design loadings shall be H-20-44 w/impact. b. The top of all manholes shall be field removable and have stainless steel lifting eyes . c . Duct bank entries into the manhole or handhole shall be centered on the entering wall, and shall contain the appropriate number and size of duct terminators to match the corresponding duct bank. d. Each manhole and handhole shall have a minimum of 12" x 12 " x 2" deep concrete sump in one corner of the manhole or handhole. 3. Manhole Covers a . Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, manhole and handhole covers shall be heavy duty 36 in. machined gray iron, and AASHTO M306-04/ ASTM A48 CL35B Min ., 40,000-pound proof load value (Class H20 X 2 .5) "True Traffic" load covers , complete with frame, and "Electric" or "Communication" raised lettering recessed flush , as required, on the cover. Covers shall be V-1600-5 , with drop handles as manufactured Underground System 16600-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT manufactured by East Jordan Iron Works , Ardmore , OK b. All castings shall be made In the USA, cast with the foundry 's name , part number, "Made in USA", and production date (example: mm/dd/yy). Castings without proper markings will be rejected . Manufacturer shall certify that all castings conform to the ASTM and AASHTO Designations as specified herein . All casting shall be true to pattern in form and dimension , free from pouring faults , sponginess , cracks , blow holes and other defects in positions affecting strength and value for the service intended. Angles shall be filleted, and arises shall be sharp and true . 5. Hardware a. Cable racks shall be of the heavy duty non-metallic type with arm lengths of 8", 14" and 20 ", each supporting a load of not less than 250 lbs . at the outer end. Racks shall be molded in one piece of U.L. listed glass reinforced nylon , Catalog CR36N with RA08N , RA14N and RA20N arms as manufactured by Underground Devices Inc. Northbrook, IL. Cable racks shall be secured to the manhole and walls by drilled , Hilti HIT 150 MAX epoxy anchoring system.with Hilti 316 stainless steel bolts . Arms for racks shall be vertically spaced not greater than 24" on centers . b. Pulling irons shall be of copolymer polypropylene coated %" dia . cable , tensile strength rated at 270,000 psi , with polyethylene pull ing iron pocket, all recessed in the manhole wall opposite each duct entry. Pulling irons for handholes shall have the pulling iron located in the floor of the handhole near the center of the handhole opposite the duct entry . Pulling irons shall be as manufactured by M.A. Industries , Inc. Peachtree , GA. or Bowco Industries , Portland OR. c. Manhole and handhole ladders shall be constructed of fiberglass reinforced plastic , safety yellow, 18" rung width with 12" rung spacings , Safrail as manufactured by Strongwell Corp., Bristol, VA. Furnish a total of two ladders , each of a length 4 ' greater than the deepest manhole in the underground system . C. Metallic Warning Tape 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable : a . Brady b. Approved Equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings , features and functions . Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 3. Warn ing tape shall be yellow. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall field verify the routing of all underground duct banks before placement. He shall modify the routing as necessary to avoid underground utilities or above ground objects . Modification or rerouting for the convenience of the Contractor, or to reduce the length of duct run as designed , will not be permitted. The Contractor shall provide any alternate routing of the Underground System 16600-4 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERA TOR PROJECT alternate routing of the duct banks to the Owner/Eng ineer and , after approval , shall proceed with the installation . B. All changes of direction , less than 20 degrees , shall be made using a hotbox, strictly in conformance with the conduit manufacturer's instructions . Changes of direction greater than 20 degrees shall be accomplished using long radius bends of PVC condu it. M inimum raceway size shall be 2 inch . C . The Contractor shall saw cut and repair existing pavements above new and mod ified existing duct banks. The Contractor shall provide the alternate routing of the duct banks to the Owner/Engineer and after approval shall proceed with the installation . D . Install raceways to drain away from buildings . Raceways between manholes or handholes shall drain toward the manholes or handholes . Raceway slopes shall not be less than 3 in per 100 ft. E. Reinforce raceway banks as shown on the Drawings. F. A #4/0 stranded bare tinned copper ground conductor shall be installed along the top of the rebar cage , as shown on the Drawings, for the full length of each duct run between manholes and handholes, and bonded to a ground rod in the vicinity of each manhole and handhole. G . Lay raceway lines in trenches on compacted earth as specified herein . H. Use plastic spacers located not more than 4 ft apart to hold raceways in place. Spacers shall provide not less than 2 in clearance between raceways . I. The minimum cover for raceway banks shall be 24 in unless otherwise perm itted by the Owner/Engineer. J . Raceway terminations at all manholes , existing and new, shall be with terminator for PVC conduit. K. Blank duct plugs shall be used to seal the ends of all unused ducts in the duct system . Plugs shall be installed at all locations where the ducts enter and leave the manholes or handholes , and all entrances and exits to the underground system . L. Where raceways enter or exit the Underground System, and the raceways rise to a higher elevation upon entering or leaving the System , such raceways shall be tightly sealed at the higher elevation , both before and after the installation of cables , such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Underground System at any time . Raceways shall be sealed with 3M 1 OOONS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. M. No wire shall be pulled until the duct system has been completed in every detai l. N . Swab all raceways clean before installing cable. 0. Train cables in manholes and handholes and support and restrain them on cable racks . All cables passing manhole duct entrances in the manhole or handhole shall pass above all duct entrances . No cable shall pass in front of or below duct bank entrances. P. Metallic Warning Tape shall be installed in the trench above each raceway or duct bank and located at the elevations shown on the Drawings. Q. The Contractor shall tag all underground conduits at all locations , exiting and entering from underground , including manholes and handholes . Underground System 16600-5 C ITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. The excavation shall extend to the width and depth as shown on the Drawings , or as specified , and shall provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances. B. Furnish and place all sheeting , bracing and supports. C. Excavation shall include material of every description and of whatever substance encountered , regardless of the methods or equipment required to remove the material. Pavement shall be cut with a saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating . D . The Contractor shall strip and stockpile topsoil from grassed areas crossed by trenches . At the Contractor's option, topsoil may be otherwise disposed of and replaced, when required, with approved topsoil of equal quality. E. While excavating and backfilling is in progress, traffic shall be maintained , and all utilities and other property protected, as provided for in the Contract Documents. F . Materials shall be excavated to the depth indicated on the Drawings and in widths sufficient fo r installing manholes and laying the ducts. Coordinate the trench width the Details shown on the Drawings. The bottom of the excavations shall be firm and dry in all respects acceptable to the Owner/Engineer. Trench width shall be a practical minimum, but not less than 6 inches greater on each side, than the total duct section arrang~ment, includ ing reinforcing steel. G . Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the undisturbed state of subgrade soils . The trench may be excavated by machinery to, or just below, the designated subgrade , provided that material remaining in the bottom of the trench is no more than slightly disturbed . Subgrade soils which become soft, loose or otherwise unsatisfactory as a result of i nadequate excavation , dewatering or other construction methods, shall be removed and replaced by gravel fill , of aggregate as specified herein , as required by the Owner/Eng ineer at the Contractor's expense. 3.03 EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE AND REFILL A. Regardless of the nature of Unstable material encountered , or the groundwater conditions , trench and excavation drainage shall be complete and effective. B. If deemed necessary by the Owner/Engineer, or as shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall be required to deposit pea gravel for duct bedding or gravel refill for excavation below grade , d irectly on the bottom of the trench immediately after excavation has reached the proper depth and before the bottom of the trench has become softened or disturbed by any cause whatsoever. All excavation shall be made in open trenches. Gravel used for this pu r pose , shall be aggregate, as specified that is s 1/2 the minimum clear spacing between electrical ducts, and a maximum coarse aggregate size of o/.-inch . 3.04 BACKFILLING A. Remove from the excavation all materials which the Owner/Engineer may deem unsuitable for backfilling . B. Backfilling shall not commence until , not less than 48 hrs after placing of any concrete embedment, have lapsed. Underground System 16600-6 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT C. Where the ductbanks are laid in the yard , the remainder of the trench, after concrete encasement, shall be filled with common fill material , void of rock or other non -porous material , in layers not to exceed 8-in in loose measure and compacted to 90% standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of+/-4%. The backfill shall be mounded 6-in above the existing grade or as directed by the Owner/Engineer. Where a grass , loam or gravel surface exists prior to excavations in the yard , it shall be removed , conserved and replaced to the full original depth as part of the work under the duct items . In some areas it may be necessary to remove excess material during the cleanup process, so that the ground may be restored to its original level and condition . D. Where the ductbanks are la id in paved areas or designated future paved areas, existing or designated f uture structures , or other existing o r future utilities , the remainder of the trench above the encasement, shall be backfilled with select common fi ll or select fill material in layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted at optimum moisture content(+/-3%) to 95 percent standard Proctor density. The top 18-inches below subgrade level shall be compacted at optimum moisture content(+/-3%) to 95 percent of standard Proctor density. E. Compaction shall be by use of hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weighing at least 20 lbs . The material being spread and compacted shall be placed in layers not over 8-in loose thick . If necessary, sprinkling shall be employed in conjunction with rolling or ramming . F. Bituminous paving shall not be placed in backfill. G. Water jetting will not be accepted as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill. H. All road surfaces shall be broomed and hose-cleaned immediately after backfilling . Dust control measures shall be employed at all times . 3.05 RESTORING TRENCH AND ADJACENT SURFACES A. In paved areas, the edge of the existing pavement to be removed shall be cut along straight lines , and the pavement replaced with the same type and quality of the ex isting paving . B. In sections where the ductbank passes through grassed areas , the Contractor shall , at his own expense , remove and replace the sod, or shall loam and reseed the surface to the satisfaction of the Owner/Eng ineer. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the underground system . Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of manholes, handholes and structures , using brushes , vacuum cleaner , or clean , lint free rags . Do not use compressed air. END OF SECTION Underground System 16600-7 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 16660 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. Furnish all labor, materials , equipment and incidentals required and install a complete grounding system in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code (NEC), as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein . B . All raceways, conduits and ducts shall contain equipment grounding conductors sized in accordance with the NEC. Minimum sizes shall be No . 12 AWG . 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16110 -Raceways, Boxes, Fittings and Supports B . Section 16120 -Wire and Cables (600 Volt Maximum). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Division 1and Section 16000, shop drawings and product data, for the following : 1. Ground rods . 2 . Grounding conduit hubs. 3. Waterpipe ground clamps. 4 . Buried grounding connections . 5. Compression lugs. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code (NEC) 2 . NFPA 70E -Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in th is section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate labe l of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Grounding System 16660-1 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years . When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect equipment during shipment, handl ing , and storage by suitable complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition . Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment, or materials , shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Conduit shall be as specified under Section 16110. B. Wire shall be as specified under Section 16120. C . Ground wire shall be uninsulated tinned copper sized as shown on the Drawings , in all cases where a single ground wire is indicated to be installed in a conduit with no other conductors in the conduit, or where the ground wire is d irectly buried in earth or concrete . In all other cases , insulate the ground wire with insulation as specified for low voltage wire. D. Ground rods shall be 3/4 in by 10 ft copper clad steel and constructed in accordance w ith UL 467 . The minimum copper th ickness shall be 0 .25 mm . Ground rods shall be Copperweld or equal. E. Grounding conduit hubs shall be malleable iron type , manufactured by Thomas & Betts Co.; Catalog No. 3940 (3/4 in conduit size), similar to Burndy; O .Z . Gedney Co . or equal, and of the correct size for the conduit. F. Waterpipe ground clamps shall be cast bronze saddle type , manufactured by Thomas & Betts Co . Cat. No . 2 (1/2 in , 3/4 in , or 1 in size), sim ilar by Burndy ; O .Z . Gedney Co. or equal, and of the correct size for the pipe . G . Buried grounding connections shall be by Cadweld process , T&B Furseweld SCR1 ,or equal. Where the Cadweld process cannot be used because of the Owner's operations , a Burndy Hyground Irreversible Compression System , or equal, shall be used . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Run grounding electrode conductors in rigid aluminum conduits . Bond the protecting conduits to the grounding electrode conductors at both ends . Do not allow water pipe connections to Grounding System 16660-2 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT be painted . If the connections are painted , disassemble them and re make them with new fittings. B. Install equipment grounding conductors w ith all feeders and branch circuits . C. Conduits and other raceways shall contain an equipment grounding conductor whether the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits , motors , cabinets , outlets and other equipment shall be properly grounded in accordance with NEC requirements. Where ground wire is exposed to mechanical damage , install wire in rig id aluminum conduit. Make connections to equipment w ith solderless connections. Wire connections to the ground rods of the ground mat shall be of the exothermic type equal to the Cadweld process. D . Bond all steel building columns in new structures together with ground wire in rig id conduit and connect to the distribution equipment ground bus, as shown on the Drawings . E. Ground wire connections to structural steel columns shall be made with long barrel type one hole heavy duty copper compression lugs , bolted through 1 /2 in maximum diameter holes drilled in the column web , with stainless steel hex head cap screws and nuts. F. Metal conduits stubbed into a motor control center shall be terminated with insulated grounding bush ings and connect to the motor control center ground bus . Bond boxes mounted below motor control centers to the motor control center ground bus. S ize the grounding wire i n accordance with NEC Table 250.122 , except that a minimum No . 12 AWG shall be used . G . Liquid tight flexible metal conduit in s izes 1 1/2 in and larger shall have bonding jumpers. Bonding jumpers shall be external , run parallel (not spiraled) and fastened with plastic tie wraps. H . Ground transformer neutrals to the nearest available ground ing electrode with a conductor sized in accordance with NEC Article 250 .66 . I. Drive grounding electrodes as shown on the Drawings . J. All equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames , conduits systems , cable armor, exposed structural steel and all other equipment and materials required by the NEC to be grounded , shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the NEC . K. Seal exposed connections between different metals w ith No Oxide Paint Grade A or equal. L. Lay all underground grounding conductors slack and , where exposed to mechanical injury, protect by pipes or other substantial guards . If guards are iron pipe , or other magnetic material , electrically connect conductors to both ends of the guard . Make connections as specified herein . M. Care shall be taken to ensure good ground continuity , in particular between the conduit system and equipment frames and enclosures . Where necessary, jumper wires shall be installed . N . All ground ing type receptacles shall be grounded to the outlet boxes with a No. 12 THWN green conductor connected to the ground terminal of the receptacle and fastened to the outlet box by means of a grounding screw. 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING Grounding System 16660-3 CITY OF FORT WORTH HOLLY WTP -BACKUP GENERATOR PROJECT A. Inspect the grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for t ightness and proper installation . B . Use Biddle Direct Reading Earth Resistance Tester or equivalent test instrument to measu re resistance to ground of the system . Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential method . C . All test equ ipment shall be provided under this Section and approved by the Owner/Engineer. D . Resistance to ground testing shall be performed during dry season . Submit test results in the form of a graph showing the number of points measured (12 minimum) and the numerical resistance to ground . E. Testing shall be performed before energizing the distribution system . F . A separate test shall be conducted for each building or system . G . Notify the Engineer immediately if the resistance to ground for any building or system is greater than five ohms. END OF SECTION Grounding System 16660-4 BONDS AND INSURANCE TO : CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Date: 05/28/2009 NAME OF PROJECT: SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed PROJECT NUMBER: "-P=26=5c...-4..:..::8=5..:..I0::..:8:....-6::..:0:...:.l..:..:l5:;...a:9"'"""9"'-9------------------- THlS IS TO CERTIFY THAT TEXSUN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described . Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy No. Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker's Compensation SF.F. A 'l"l' A I ~uli'n Comprehensive General Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance Ea. Occurrence: $ (Public Liability) SEE ATIA< !HED Property Damage: Ea Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence: $ Collapse of Buildings or structures adjacent to SEE ATIA( !HED Ea. Occurrence: $ excavations Damage to Underground SEE ATIA< IHED Utilities Ea. Occurrence: $ Builder's Risk Bodily Injury: Comprehensive SEE ATIA( Ea. Person: $ Automobile IRED Ea. Occurrence: $ Liability Property Damage: Ea Occurrence : $ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability SEE ATIA( llED Ea. Occurrence : $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Other HOLLY WTP Locations covered: 1511 11TH AVE,, FORT \lOR,TH, TX, 76102 Description of operations covered: --------------------------- ,- The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Wliere applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirem ents, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. Agency CENTRAL INSURANCE AGENCY Fort Worth Agent: Address : 6000 N. LAMAR BLVD. AUSTIN, TX. 78752 TEXSUN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. ----IA / By TOM CREW / ~ Y~ Title: PRESIDENT PERFORMANCE BOND THE ST A TE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : That we(!) ____________ _ a (2) _____ of _______ hereinafter called Principal, and (3) ___________ _ a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State ___ and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas , hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of: --------------------------------~($ _____ .J Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves , our heirs , executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City ofFort Worth, the Owner, dated the ___fu_ day of ____ , A .D. 2009, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the construction of: SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed designated as Project No.(s) P265-60115999, a copy of which contract is hereby attached , referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the "work". · NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which . may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void ; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. F-1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Article 8308-3.23 of Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of it's employees employed on City of Fort Worth Project Number =-P=26=5a...-..a.6..a..O.aa..1 ""'15'""9..a.9..a..9 _____ _ STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § TEXSUN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. CONTRACTOR~ (7YV),, ~ By : TOK CREW, PRESIDENT Title 04/14/09 Date BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared TOK CREW , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this 14TH day of APRIL , 2009. ""'" J.l.MES O. &URLESOTN es ~,EfS.,,..ON~Vll" ,,,,'t,, ·~t,,, 1• Ste te of ex l•t1(·· ···t-1-\ Note rv Pub ,c . . c plres i'": : E Mv Comm1sa1 on ,.x ~~~~i~~:,f~".::.~f~}~~;;;;;.i;a-'f>~ .. r~nao9~,;;20~1.;3iii!i!ii;;;;il• Notary Public in and for the State of Texas PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 407-69-78 THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (l )Texsun Electrical Contractors , a (2)Corporat ion of Ft Worth Texas hereinafter called Principal, and (3)Great American Insurance C,ompany a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State OH and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firm ly bound unto the City of Fon Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of: Eight Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Two Hundred and No/1 OO's ($ 829,200 .00 ) Dollars in lawfu l money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we hereby bind oursel ves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is s uch th at Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City ofFort Worth, the Owner, dated the 1.4!h. day of Apr j 1 , A.D. 2009 , a copy of wh ich is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the construction of: SCADA Building Generator Re placement and Dual Powe r Feed designated; as Project No.(s) P265-.6 0115999, a copy of which contract is hereby attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the "work". NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemni fy and save hannless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, an d shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then th is obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. F-1 I t f I f l I 1 I . <·I I .. ·'-I ~ ·."' """ --- I . I_ I=.: l L~-' ~ ·- PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action filed upon this bond , venue shall lie in Tarrant County , State of Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the fid Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be perfonned thereWlder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this instrument is executed in _L coWlterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original, this tJ1e 14th day of April A.D., 2009. ATTEST : TOM CREW (Principal) Secretary (SEAL) (S EAL) ~~~ • tness as to Surety --2435 N. C~n'tafe a f Expressway Ad ess Ste. 600 Richardson, TX 75080 Texsun Electrical Contractors . .PRINCIPAL (4).....-.--:::/ ~ {A ~",--- BY : TOM CREW ~1VVVV , 4646 MANSFIELD H\lY'., FOREST HU L, TX. 76119 F-2 (Address) Great American Insurance Company urety 2435 N . Central Expressway , Richardson , TX 75080 (Address) NOTE : Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract (l) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual , as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If Contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attac~ed to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact.. f GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY® Administrative Office : 580WALNUT STREET • CINCINNATI , OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 • FAX 513-723-2740 The n u mber of person s a uth o ri ze d b y th is power of atto rney is no t m o re th a n FIVE N o . 0 18489 POWE R OF ATTO RNEY KNOW AL L MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : T hat th e G REAT A M ERI CAN I NSU RANCE COMPAN Y, a co rp o rati o n o rga ni zed a nd ex ist in g und er and by virtue of th e laws of th e S ta le o f Oh io, does he re by nomi nate , constitut e and appo int the person or perso ns named below it s tru e a nd law fu l a norn e y-in - fa ct, fo r it a nd in its name , p lace and stead to execut e in beha lf of th e said Comp any. as s urety, a ny a nd a ll bond s , undert akings and co nu·acts o f s urecyshi p, or o th er w ri tt e n obl igati o ns in th e nature th ereof; provided that the liab ili ty of th e sa id Com pa ny o n any s uch bo nd, und ert aki ng o r con trac t of s ure tys hip exec ut ed und er thi s auth o rity sha ll no t exceed th e limit stated be low . MICHAEL B. MURPHY JOHN M . HIGGINS SCOTT HUBE MALAVE M . KINDER Na me CONST AN GE L. WOL F Add re ss ALL OF RICHARDSO N , T EXAS T hi s Power of Att o rn ey re vokes a ll pre vio us pow ers iss ued in be half of th e atto rn ey(s)-in -fact named above. L im it of Power ALL UNLIMITED IN WfTNESS WH ER EOF the G R EAT AMERlCAN I NSU RANCE COMPANY has caused th ese prese nts to be sig ned and att ested by it s a ppro pri ate o ffice rs and its co rp o rate seal here u nto affixed thi s 16TH d ay o f JANUARY 2008 Attes t G R EAT AMERI CAN INSU RANCE COM PANY STATE OF OHIO, CO UNTY O F HAMI LTON. ss : DAVID C. KITCHIN (5 13-41 2-4602) On thi s 16TH day o f JANUARY 2008 , be for e me pe r so na ll y a p peared DAV fD C. KITC HI N , Lo me kn ow n, bei ng dul y swo rn , de poses and says th at he re sid es in C inci nn ati . O hi o . th at he is th e Di vis ional Senio r Vice Pre sid ent of the Bo nd Di visio n o f Grea t Am erica n In s ura nce Com pany, the Company de scribed in and whi c h exec ut ed th e above in strume nt : th at he knows the seal o f th e said Co mpa ny; th a t th e seal affixed to th e sa id in strume nt is s uch corpo ra te sea l: th at it wa s so affixed by a utho rit y of h is office under th e B y-Laws o f said Com pany. a nd th at he s ig ned his nam e th ere to by like a uth ority. T hi s Power o f Att o rn ey is g ra nt ed by a uth o r ity o f the fo ll o w ing re so luti on s ado pted by th e B oa rd o f D irecto rs of Great American In sura nce Co mpany by un ani mou s writt e n co nsent dated March I . 19 9 3. R ESOLVED : Tha r ih e Divis io n al Presidenr. 1h e D ivis io 11 a l S en ior Vi c e Presidem. 1h e several Di vis io 11 al Vi ce P res ide m s a nd Divisona l A s s isram Vi ce Pres iden t s , o r any on e of 1h em. be and h e reby is aurh o ri :ed. fro m time 10 rime , to a ppo im o ne o r m o re A ll o m eys -in-Fac l 10 ex ecute o n b eh a lf £Jf 1h e Co mpanv. a s su rely, a 11 y a n d a ll bo n ds . unde rr a kin gs an d con1racts of sure iysh ip. o r o ih e r w riue n o bligatio n s in 1h e na wre ,he re o f; ro prescribe 1he ir res pective dut ie s a nd 1h e respec1ive /imi1 s of 1h eir a 11 1h o ri1 y; a nd to re voke a n _v such a ppo in rm e 111 a r a ny 1i111 e. R ESOLVED F U R T H ER: 7h cu th e Compa ny seal a n d ih e s ig na ru re of a 11 y of 1/,e aforesa id officers a nd a ny Secre1n ry o r Assisum t Secre1n 1y of rhe Company may be affixed by.facsimile tu any po we r of a u o m ey o r cerrifr c ate of e irh e r g i ve n fo r rh e exern ri o n 11 f a 11 y b ond. 1111de r1 a kin g, cont mer o r s ure ry ship. o r och e r wrill e11 o bligatio n in 1he na 111 re 1he reof. such s igna 111 re a nd seal 111h e11 .rn u sed hein g he re by a d op re d by 1h e Compa ny as 1he o rig in a l s ig n a tu re of s uch offi ce r a11 d 1he o rigin a l seal o f 1h e C ompa ny. ro be va lid a nd binding upo n th e Co m pa n y wirh 1h e sam e fo rce and effect as rlw ug h manua lly affixed. CE RTIFICATIO N l , RONAL D C. HAYES. A ss istant Secre tary or Great A meri can Ins ura nce Compan y. d o he re by cert ify th at th e fo rego in g Pow e r o f A tt o rney and th e Res o luti o ns of the Board of Direc to rs o f Marc h I. 1993 hav e no t bee n re vo ked an d ar e now in fu ll fo rce and e ffect. S ig ned and se a led thi s 14th da y o f April 2009 S 1029W (6/0?j PAYMENT BOND Bond No . 407-69-78 THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OFT ARRANT § KNOW AL L MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (I ) Texsun Electrical Contractors a (2) Corporation of Ft. Worth , Tx , hereinafter called Principal , and (3) Great American Insurance ,comp;:iny a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of OH and fully authorized to trans act business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and finnly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing un.der the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all person, firms, and corporations who may furnish materials, for or perfonn labor upon the building or improvements hereinafter referred to in the penal sum of: _____ --=---.-.....----.-....---.--,r-t-=-..., ,....,..... ______ _ Eight Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Two Hundred and No7100's ($29,200 .00 ) Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs , executors, administra tors and successors, jointly and severally, firmly to these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION i~ such that Whereas , the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth , the Owner, dated the 14th day of Z\.pr i l A .D., 2009, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part thereof, for the construction of: SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed designated as Project No.(s) P265-60US999, a copy of which contract is hereto attached, referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction be ing hereinafter referred to as the "work". NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as defined in Article S 1.60, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. THIS BOND IS MADE AND ENTERED into solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, as claimants are defined in said Article 5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct right of action under the bond as provided in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes. F-3 I r .. ·: ·-- PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the .A specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is exec uted in _3_ counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the 14th day of April AD., 2009. ATTEST: ~ .-'iVY\. ~~ TOM CREW-[ r/ ' . - ...._ (Principal). Secretary PRINCIP~/ ~ .. . BY: TOM CREW I vvv~ ] :. ---:_ .;-, - (SEAL) 4646 HANFTEI,P H\IY , FQBEST HU 1., 'IX. 76119 (Address) J J J -~~~..;:;.____ imess as to Surely 243 5 N •• cen tra J Expr e ss way (Address) Ri chardson, TX S te . 600 75080 F-4 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Correct Name of Contractor A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual, as case may be Correct name of Surety If Contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attorney-in-Fact. GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY® Administrative Office: 580 WALNUT STREET • CINCINNATI , OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 • FAX 513-723-2740 The number of persons authorized by this power of attorney is not more than FIVE No . O 18489 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW A LL MEN BY TH ESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under a nd by virtue of the laws of the State of O hi o, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the perso n or perso ns named below it s true a nd lawful attorney-in- fact , for it and in its na me , place and stead to execute in behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and co ntracts of s uretyship, or other wri tten obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any s uch bond , undertaking or contract of suretyshi p executed under thi s authority shall not exceed the li mit stated below. MICHAEL B. MURPHY JOHN M . HIGGINS scon HUBE MALAY E M. KINDER Name CONSTANCE L. WOLF Address ALL OF RICHARDSON , TE XAS This Power of Attorney revokes al l previous pow er s issued in beha lf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above. Limit of Power ALL UNLIMITED IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY ha s caused these presents to be s igned and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed thi s 16TH day of JANUARY 2008 Attest GREAT AMERICAN lNSURANCE COMPANY STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON_ ss : DAVID c. KITCHIN (513-412-4602) On this 16TH day of JANUARY 2008 , before me perso nally appeared DAVID C. KITC HIN, to me known , being d uly sworn, deposes and says that he re sides in Cincinnati. Ohio, that he is the Divi s ional Senior Vice President of the Bond Divi s ion of Great American Insurance Company, the Company described in and whic h executed the above instrument ; that he knows the seal of the sa id Company: that the sea l affixed to the sa id in strument is such crnvorate seal: that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By-Laws of said Company. and that he signed hi s name thereto by like authority. This Power of Allorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by th e Board of Directors of Great American In s ura nce Company by unanimous written consent dated March 1, 199 3. RESOLVED: Thar 1he Divisional President, che Divis ional Senior Vice Presidenl. che severa l Divisional Vice Presidents and Divi sonal Assiscam Vi ce Presiden1s, or any one of chem, be and hereby is aurhorized. from lime lU lime, to appoint one or m o re Attorneys-in-Fact to execute on behal.f ()f 1he Companv. as surely, any and a ll bonds. underwkings and co111rac1s ofsure1ysh ip, or other wrillen obligm ion.s in che nawrl' 1hae()f: to prescribl' 1h eir respec1ive chilies and 1he re spec1ive limits of 1heir aulhorirv; and co revoke anv such appo inrmelll al any 1i111e. RESOLVED FUl?TF-JER: Thal 1he Company seal a nd che signa/ure ()f any ci f the afores aid officers and any Secre1nry o r Assistanf Secrefary of 1he Company may be affixed by facsimile lo any power of auomey or ce nijicate of e i1h er g i ven fo r the execu1ion ci/" any bond. 11nder1aking , contmcl or su re1yship, o r other wri11en obligation i111h e nature there(){. such signa1 ure and seal when so used being he reby adopred by the Compan_v as 1he original signatu re of such officer and rhe original seal of 1he Company. /0 be valid and binding upon 1he Company wi1h the same fo rce and effec/ as though manually affixed. CERTIFICATION I, RONALD C . HAYES . Ass ista m Secretary or Great American In s urance Company. do here by certify that the foregoing Power o f Attorney and the Reso lution s of the Board of Directors of March I, 199:1 ha ve not been revoked and ar e now in full force and cff<.:cl. - Signed and sealed thi s 14th day of April 2009 S1029W (6/07) MAINTENANCE BOND Bond No . 407-69-78 THE STA TE OF TEXAS § .A COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That (1) Texsun Electrical Contractors as Principal , acting herein be and through (2) Te,sunElectricaiConlract<><• its duly authorized Corporation and (3) Great American lnsurance ompan~ corporation organized under the laws of the State of OH as surety, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation, chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of T5~1!.S, at Fort Worth, in Tarrant County, Texas the swn of Eig ht Hundred Twenty Nine Thousand Two Hundred and No/1 s ($829,200.00 ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City of Fort Worth and its successors, said Contractor and surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors.jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however; that, WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the City ofFort Worth, dated li day of April , 2009 for the performance of the following described public work and the construction of the following described public improvements: SCADA Building Generator Replacement and Dual Power Feed all of same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as Project No.(s) P265- 60l 15999 ; and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions and written instruments referred to therein as contract documents being hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes and made a part hereof, the same as if set out verbatim herein; and, WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will rema in in good repair and condition for and during the period Two (2) Years after the date of the final acceptance ofth.e work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of TWO (2) YEARS ; and, ' WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Deparnnent of the City of Fort Worth, it be necessary; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. · NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null F-5 l t t I I 1 1 ] ] ] . , -:... :, .. : .·· .. 4.: ..._ ·----: ...... ~: - and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise this Bond shall b~ and remain in full force and effect, and said City shall have and recover from the said Contractor and its surety damages in the premises prescr ibed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. WHEREAS , all parties covenant and agree that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas ; and, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in -3-counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, dated April 14 . 2009. -AITEST: /((J(Y'vVU/ ,,._ TOM CREV -(Principal) Secretary . -~--........ ,,.,,. -....... Texsun Electrical Contractors PRINCIPAL ~~ ~::~ ------] --. ------... ,,.. (SEA~) BY: TOM CREW J 4646 MANSFIELD HWY., FOR ST HI LL, TX. 76119 (Address) ] ] ] ] J J J ] J J (Address) A'JTEST: ~ L/Yl.. cJcv Al nc0..v= (Sufuty)Secretary (SEAL) -~~ itness as to Surety 2435 N. Central E x pressway 1 (Address) Ste. 600 Ri chardso n , TX 75080 F-6 (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation. a Partnership or an Individual, as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If Contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attorney -in-Fact. GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY® Adm inistrative Office: 580 WALNUT STREET • CINCINNATI , OHIO 45202 • 513-369-5000 • FAX 513-723-2740 The num ber of person s au t ho ri zed b y thi s power o f a tto rn ey is no t m ore th a n FIVE N o . 0 18489 POWE R OF ATTO RNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : T hat th e GREAT AMERI CAN INSU RANCE COM PAN Y. a co rp o ra ti o n o rga ni zed and ex istin g und er and by virtu e o f th e law s of th e Sta te of Ohi o , do cs he re by nom in ate , constitute and appo int th e perso n o r perso ns named be lo w its tru e a nd lawful att o rn ey-in- fac t , fo r it a nd in its nam e, p lace and stead to exec ut e in behalf of t he sai d Comp any, as surety, any and a ll bo nds, unde rt a king s an d contrac ts of s ure tyship , or o th er wri tt en o b li gat io ns in th e nature th ereof; pro vided that th e li a bilit y of th e sai d Company o n any such bo nd, un dert aki ng o r cont rac t o f s ure tys hip exec ut ed under thi s auth ority shall no t exceed th e limit stated below . MICHAEL B . MURPHY JOHN M . HIGGINS scon HUBE MALAYE M . KINDER Na me C ONST ANGE L. WOLF Add re ss ALL OF RICHARDSON , TEXAS T hi s Power of Att orney revokes a ll pre vio us powers iss ued in behalf of th e att o rn ey (s )-in -l'ac t na med above. L imit of Power A L L UNLIM ITED IN W IT NES S WH E R EO F th e GREAT AM ERICAN I NSURANCE COMPANY has caused th es e pre sents to be s igned and att ested by it s appropriate officers and i ts c o rpora te sea l hereu nto affi xed thi s 16TH d ay o f JANUARY 2008 Attest GREAT AM ERI CAN IN S URANCE COM PANY STATE O F O HI O , CO UNTY OF HA M ILTON -ss : DAVI D C. K ITCHIN (5 13-4 12-4602) O n th is 16TH d ay o f JANUARY 2008 , before me pe rso na ll y a ppeared DAV ID C. KITC HI N, to me kno wn, being d u ly sworn . d e poses and says th at he res ides in C inc inn ati. O hi o. th at he is th e Divis io nal Seni o r Vice Pre sid ent o f the Bo nd Divis io n o f Great A me ri ca n In sura nce Com pa ny, the Company d escri bed in and whi ch execut ed th e a bove in strum en t : that he kn ows the seal o f th e said Co mpa ny ; th at th e seal affixed to th e said in strum e nt is such corpo rate seal: tha t it wa s so affi xed by a uth o ri ty o f his office und e r th e By-Law s o f said Co m pany. and th at he signed his name th ereto by like a utho rity. T hi s Po we r of Att o rn ey is gran ted by a ut ho r ity of the fo ll o wi ng reso l uti o ns ad o pted b y th e Board o f Direc to rs o f Gre at Amer ican Ins ura nce C o mpa ny by una nim o us wr itten consent d ated M a rch I . 1993. RESOLVED: Thal 1h e Divis ional Pres ident. th e Divis ioll al Senior Vi ce President , 1he severa l D ivis iollal Vice Pres ide111s and DiP isona l Ass is cani Vi ce Pre s id ents. o r any on e of them . be and he reby is autho ri:ed, f ro m. time tu tim e, tu appoint o ne or m o re A u u m eys-in -Facl to execut e on behalf of th e Co mpany. a s s u rety, any and a ll bonds. unde rtak in g s and com rac ts of sure tys hip. o r 0 1her 1v riuen obl iga1ion s ill 1h e na wre th e reof; 10 prescribe rh eir res pec1i ve dmie s all d th e re spec1ive lim its of th eir awho rirv; and 10 re voke an.v s uch appo i111m e111 al any tim e. RESOLVED F URTH ER: 1hat 1h e Cu 111p a11y sea l and 1h e s ignature of any cil 1he afo re sa id of fice rs and any Secrela ry o r A ss iswnt Secrela ry of' 1h e Companv may he affi xed by.facsim ile 10 anv power of a 1tomey o r certi.fi cme of eilhe r gi ve n.fo r 1h e execut ion <if' w1 y bond. unde rta kin g, conl mct o r sure rysh ip . o r othe r wri11e11 oblig a1ion ill the na wre th e reof. s uch s igna ture and seal wh en so u sed be in g he reby adop1ed by the Co mpanv as 1he o rig in al sig ll al/lre of su ch offi ce r and rh e o rig in a l seal of th e Company. 10 be va lid and bindin g upon 1h e Co mpany 1vi1h 1he sa me.fo rce and effect as 1h ough manu a ll y affixed. CE RTIFI CATIO N I, RONALD C. HAY ES. Ass ista nt Secretary o f Great A merica n Ins ura nce Co mpa ny, d o he re by cert ify th at t h..: fo rego in g Po wer or Atto rne y and the Res o luti o ns of th e Boa rd of Directo rs o f Marc h I, 1993 hav e no t been revoked and are no w in fu ll fo rce a nd e ffe c t. S ig ne d and sealed thi s 14th d ay or April 2009 S 1029W (6107) ' -1:: 1 .. I .. PART O -CONTRACT THE ST A TE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § THTS CONTRACT, made and entered into .......;;;AP=-=R""'I=Lc;......,l._4=-1,,_.2..,0 .... 0 .... 9..._ ___________ _ by and between the City of Fort Worth, a home-rule municipal corporation located in Tarrant County, Texas, acting through its City Manager thereunto duly authorized so to do, Party of the First Part, hereinafter termed "OWNER", and TEXSUN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. . of the City of FOREST HilL , County of TARRANT and State of TEXAS "CONTRACTOR". Party of the Second Part, hereinafter tenned WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and perfonned by the Party of the First Part (Owner), said Party of the Second Part (Contractor) hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part (Owner) to commence and complete certain improvements described as follows: FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT SCADA BUILDING GENERATOR REPLACEMENT AND DUAL POWER FEED and all extra work connected therewith, under the terms as stated in the Contract Documents, and at his (their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, suppli~s, machinery, equipment, toots, superintendence, labor, bonds, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with all the requirements of the Contract Docwnents, which include all maps, plats, blueprints and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, and the specifications thereof, as prepared by the Engineers employed by the Owner, each of which has been identified by the endorsement of the Contractor and the Engineers thereon, together with the Contractor's Written Proposal and the other parts of the Contract Documents hereto attached, including the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and General Specifications, all of which are made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him, and to substantially completedlame within t11e time stated in the proposal. G-1 OFFICIAL RECORD CITVIECRETARV FT. WOlffll, TX The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the perfonnance of the contract in accordance with the Proposal submitted therefor, subject to _Jdditions and deductions, as provided in the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. lN WITNESS VlHEREOF, the Parties to these presents have executed this Contract in ~in the year and day first above written . City of Fort Worth, Texas (Owner) Party of the First Part B~ ..... :.-'c;;L Fernando Costa, Assistant City Manager Party of the Second Part TEXSUN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. WITNESSES: TOM CREW /'Y . # I Contractor ~QW)~ S. Frank Crumb, P.E., Director Water Department G-2 ATTEST: Con t rac t Author i:zatioa '-1-liu, 0 -//I}, . __,- Date -D,(lff~ OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY Ft WORTH,TX I I l r M&C Review Page 1 of2 Officia l site of t he City of Fort Worth, Texas , CITY COUNCIL AGENDA FORT WORTH ~ DATE: CODE: COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 4/14/2009 4/14/2009 REFERENCE NO.: C-23452 LOG NAME: C TYPE: PUBLIC NON-CONSENT HEARING: 60DUAL POWER NO SUBJECT: Authorize a Contract with Texsun Electrical Contractors in the Amount of $829 ,200.00 for Upgrading the Backup Power System at the South Holly Water Treatment Plant Administration Building RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Texsun Electrical Contractors in the amount of $829,200 .00 for upgrading the backup power system at the South Holly Water Treatment Plant Administration Building . DISCUSSION: On September 11 , 2007 , (M&C C-22379) the City Council authorized the City Manager to execute an engineering agreement with Gupta and Associates, Inc ., for design and preparation of plans and specifications for the Holly Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) Building Emergency Generator and Dual Power Supply Project. The SCADA building is located at the South Holly Water Treatment Plant. This building houses critical operations , hardware, and radio equipment that allows Water Department staff to remotely control the water system . Due to its importance, backup power systems are critical to the reliable operation of the water system. The scope of this project includes the replacement and upsizing of the existing generator, along with the upgrade of the existing power supply and the installation of a new backup power feed . The project was advertised on October 30 , 2008, and November 6, 2008 in the Fort Worth Star Telegram . On December 4, 2008 , the following bids were received : Bidder Texsun Electrical Contractors TPC Controls, Inc. Amount of Bid $829,200.00 $867,000.00 $961,000.00 Contract 270 calendar days Facility Solutions Group WHECO Electric, Inc . $1 ,048,500.00 In addition to the contract amount, $24 ,876 .00 is required for project contingencies . Texsun Electrical Contractors is in compliance with the City's M/WBE ordinance by committing to 13 percent M/WBE participation . The City's goal on this project is 13 percent. This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 9 . FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget , as appropriated, of the Water Capital Projects Fund. TO Fund/Account/Centers FROM Fund/Account/Centers http:// apps. cfwnet. org/ council _packet/me _review .asp ?ID= 1107 4&councildate=4/ 14/2009 5/29/2009 M&C Review Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: ATTACHMENTS Holly TreatmentPlantsArea . gdf Page 2 of2 P264 541200 609550081680 $829 .200 .00 Fernando Costa (6122) S . Frank Crumb (8207) Chris Harder (8293) http://apps.cfwnet.org/council_packet/mc _rev iew.asp?ID= 11074&councildate=4/14 /2009 5/29/2009